Prepared and filed by St Ives Financial

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 6-K

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a - 16 OR 15d - 16 OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the month of August, 2006

HSBC Holdings plc
42nd Floor, 8 Canada Square,
London E14 5HQ,
England


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F Form 40-F

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes No

If "Yes" is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-___

 

Back to Contents

This Report on Form 6-K with respect to our Interim Financial Statements and Notes thereon for the six-month period ended June 31, 2006, other than page 149 thereof, is hereby incorporated by reference in the following HSBC Holdings plc registration statements: file numbers 333-10474, 333-92024, 333-102027, 333-103887, 333-104203, 333-109288, 333-113427, 333-127327, 333-126531 and 333-135007.


H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Interim Report 2006

   

 

Table of contents


Page
   
Financial Highlights 1
   
Distribution of Results 3
   
Group Chairman’s Comment 4
   
Board of Directors and Senior Management . 8
   
Financial Review 12
   
   Summary 12
   Analysis by customer group and by  
     geographical region 29
 
   Changes in presentation of segmental  
       analysis by customer group 85
   
   Accounting developments 87
   
   Risk management 87
   
       Credit risk management 87
Page
   
       Liquidity and funding management 106
   
       Market risk management 106
   
       Operational risk management 113
   
       Reputational risk management 113
   
       Risk management of insurance operations 113
   
       Capital management and allocation 115
   
Financial Statements 119
   
Notes on the Financial Statements 123
   
Additional Information 150
   
Glossary of Terms 163
   
Index 165
   

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   
   

This Interim Report 2006 contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of HSBC. These forward-looking statements represent HSBC’s expectations or beliefs concerning future events and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainty that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. For example, certain of the market risk disclosures, some of which are only estimates and, therefore, could be materially different from actual results, are dependent on key model characteristics and assumptions and are subject to various limitations. Certain statements, such as those that include the words ‘potential’, ‘value at risk’, ‘estimated’, ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘objective’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’, ‘estimates’, and similar expressions or variations on such expressions may be considered ‘forward-looking statements’.

Written and/or oral forward-looking statements may also be made in the periodic reports to the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’) on Form 20-F, Form 6-K, summary financial statements to shareholders, proxy statements, offering circulars and prospectuses, press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by HSBC’s Directors, officers or employees to third parties, including financial analysts.

Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. Readers should be cautioned that a number of factors could cause actual results to differ, in some instances materially, from those anticipated or implied in any forward-looking statement. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and it should not be assumed that they have been reviewed or updated in the light of new information or future events. Trends and factors that are expected to affect HSBC’s results of operations are described in the ‘Financial Review’. A more detailed cautionary statement is given on pages 5 and 6 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

Certain Defined Terms

   
   

Unless the context requires otherwise, ‘HSBC Holdings’ means HSBC Holdings plc and ‘HSBC’ means HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiaries. Within this document, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China is referred to as ‘Hong Kong’. When used in the terms ‘shareholders’ equity’ and ‘total shareholders’ equity’, ‘shareholders’ means holders of HSBC Holdings ordinary and preference shares.


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Highlights

   

 

HSBC’s interim Financial Statements and Notes thereon, as set out on pages 119 to 148, have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard (‘IAS’) 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’. HSBC prepares its annual consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as endorsed by the European Union (‘EU’). At 30 June 2006, there is no difference between IFRSs as endorsed by the EU and IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) in terms of their application by HSBC.

In implementing IFRSs for the first time during the course of 2005, guidance on the interpretation and practical application of IFRSs was necessarily evolving, in particular with regard to the presentation of financial instruments, an area on which IFRSs are generally not prescriptive. Following publication of the Interim Report 2005, having regard to further interpretation and emerging consensus on the presentation of financial instruments, in particular those measured at fair value, HSBC revised the presentation of certain items in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005 compared with the presentation adopted at 30 June 2005. Accordingly, the presentation of comparative information in respect of the half-year to 30 June 2005 which appears in this Interim Report 2006 conforms with the presentation adopted in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. The changes are presentational only and have no impact on profit for the period or total equity. The effect of the changes in presentation on the consolidated income statement and consolidated balance sheet is set out on pages 145 to 148 and on the presentation of segmental analysis by customer groups is set out in a section of the Financial Review on pages 85 to 86.

HSBC uses the US dollar as its presentation currency because the US dollar and currencies linked to it form the major currency bloc in which HSBC transacts its business. Unless otherwise stated, all figures are presented in this document on a consolidated basis.

      Half-year to  
 





    30 June     30 June     31 December    
2006 2005 2005
US$m US$m US$m
For the period            
Total operating income 34,334   29,789   31,915  
Profit before tax 12,517   10,640   10,326  
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company 8,729   7,596   7,485  
Dividends (5,263 ) (4,575 ) (3,175 )
 
At period-end            
Total equity 107,370   91,681   98,226  
Total shareholders’ equity 101,381   86,713   92,432  
Capital resources1 116,636   101,722   105,449  
Deposits by banks and customer accounts 916,881   812,211   809,146  
Total assets 1,738,138   1,466,810   1,501,970  
Risk-weighted assets 872,893   794,834   827,164  
     
  US$   US$   US$  
Per ordinary share            
Basic earnings 0.78   0.69   0.67  
Diluted earnings 0.77   0.68   0.67  
Dividends 0.46   0.41   0.28  
Net asset value at period end 8.71   7.73   8.03  
     
    At     At     At    
30 June 30 June 31 December
2006 2005 2005
Share information            
US$0.50 ordinary shares in issue (million) 11,481   11,222   11,334  
Market capitalisation (billion) US$ 202   US$ 179   US$ 182  
Closing market price per ordinary share:            
   – London £9.52   £8.90   £9.33  
   – Hong Kong HK$ 136.10   HK$ 125.00   HK$ 124.50  
Closing market price per American Depositary Share (‘ADS’)2 US$ 88.35   US$ 79.65   US$ 80.47  
     
  Over 1 year   Over 3 years   Over 5 years  
HSBC total shareholder return (‘TSR’) to 30 June 20063 112.2   154.7   145.0  
Benchmarks:            
   FTSE 1004 118.0   160.3   122.0  
   MSCI World5 117.5   161.9   135.2  
       
For footnotes, see page 3.

 

1


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Highlights (continued)

   
   
     
Capital and performance ratios (annualised)    
   
     Half-year to  
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December
  2006   2005   2005
  %   %   %
Capital ratios          
Tier 1 capital 9.4   8.7   9.0
Total capital 13.4   12.8   12.8
 
Performance ratios          
Return on average invested capital6 17.2   16.5   15.3
Return on average total shareholders’ equity7 18.1   17.6   16.1
Post-tax return on average total assets 1.12   1.18   0.95
Post-tax return on average risk-weighted assets 2.21   2.09   1.93
 
Credit coverage ratios          
Loan impairment charges as a percentage of total operating income 11.3   11.0   14.3
Loan impairment charges as a percentage of average gross customer advances 1.04   1.02   1.30
Total impairment allowances outstanding as a percentage of impaired loans at period end 92.5   101.1   99.1
 
Efficiency and revenue mix ratios          
Cost efficiency ratio8 50.1   51.4   51.0
As a percentage of total operating income:          
   – net interest income 48.7   51.4   50.2
   – net fee income 24.4   23.6   23.2
   – net trading income 12.4   9.7   9.3
 
Financial ratio          
Average total shareholders’ equity to average total assets 5.9   6.4   5.6

For footnotes, see page 3.

Constant currency

Constant currency comparatives for the half-years to 30 June 2005 and 31 December 2005, used in the 2006 commentaries, are computed by retranslating into US dollars:

the income statements for the half-years to 30 June 2005 and 31 December 2005 of non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates at the average rates of exchange for the half-year to 30 June 2006; and
   
the balance sheets at 30 June 2005 and 31 December 2005 for non-US dollar branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates at the rates of exchange ruling at 30 June 2006.

No adjustment has been made to the exchange rates used to translate foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities into the functional currencies of any HSBC branches, subsidiaries, joint ventures or associates.

   Growth in revenue and costs:
half-year to 30 June 2006 compared with the half-year to
 
 
  30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
      Constant     Constant  
      currency on     currency on  
  As   an underlying   As   an underlying  
  reported   basis   reported   basis  
  %   %   %   %  
Operating income and cost growth        
Total operating income 15   14   8   5  
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
15   13   9   6  
Total operating expenses 12   11   7   5  

For details of the underlying constant currency basis, see ‘Comparison of financial information’ on page 3.

 

2


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Distribution of Results

   
 
   
By geographical region  












 
       Half-year to
 
 
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
Profit before tax                  
   Europe 3,600   28.8   2,886   27.2   3,470   33.6  
   Hong Kong 2,654   21.2   2,419   22.7   2,098   20.3  
   Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,657   13.2   1,280   12.0   1,294   12.5  
   North America 4,272   34.1   3,713   34.9   3,159   30.6  
   South America 334   2.7   342   3.2   305   3.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit before tax 12,517   100.0   10,640   100.0   10,326   100.0  
     
     
     
Tax expense (3,272 )     (2,658 )     (2,435 )  
 
     
     
     
Profit for the period 9,245       7,982       7,891    
 
     
     
     
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company 8,729       7,596       7,485    
           
Profit attributable to minority interests 516       386       406    
           
By customer group          

     Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
Profit before tax                
   Personal Financial Services 5,908   47.2   5,219   49.1   4,685   45.4  
   Commercial Banking 2,862   22.9   2,374   22.3   2,587   25.0  
   Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets 3,144   25.1   2,301   21.6   2,862   27.7  
   Private Banking 600   4.8   451   4.2   461   4.5  
   Other 3     295   2.8   (269 ) (2.6 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Profit before tax 12,517   100.0   10,640   100.0   10,326   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Comparison of financial information

When reference is made to ‘constant currency’ or ‘constant exchange rates’ in the commentaries, comparative data reported in the functional currencies of HSBC’s operations have been translated at the exchange rates applied in the current period on the basis described under ‘Constant currency’ on page 2. When reference to ‘underlying’ is made, comparative data have been expressed at constant currency and adjusted for the impact of acquisitions.

Footnotes to Financial Highlights

1 Capital resources are total regulatory capital, the calculation of which is set out on page 117.
2 Each ADS represents five ordinary shares.
3 TSR is defined on page 220 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.
4 The Financial Times-Stock Exchange 100 Index.
5 The Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index.
6 The definition of return on average invested capital and a reconciliation to the equivalent Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (‘GAAP’) measures are set out on page 28.
7 The return on average total shareholders’ equity is defined as profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company divided by average total shareholders’ equity.
8 The cost efficiency ratio is defined as total operating expenses divided by net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.

 

3


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Group Chairman’s Comment

   

 

In the first half of the year, HSBC achieved strong revenue growth in new business streams in which we have invested and also in our emerging markets businesses generally. At the same time, our businesses in the mature economies continued to perform well. Furthermore, we have grown our income strongly and faster than our costs, in line with our strategy of ‘Managing for Growth’.

Profit attributable to shareholders for the first half of 2006 rose by 15 per cent to US$8.7 billion – a new high – and represented earnings per share of US$0.78, a rise of 13 per cent. The Directors have approved a second interim dividend of US$0.15 per share, taking the total dividends declared to date in respect of 2006 to US$0.30 per share (US$0.02, or 7 per cent, higher than in the prior period).

Income grew by US$4.5 billion and costs rose by US$1.7 billion. Net operating income growth compared with the first half of 2005 was 14 per cent. It is a measure of the success of the investments we have made in support of our ‘Managing for Growth’ strategy that growth in net operating income was 65 per cent more than in the first half of 2005. This has been achieved almost entirely organically; the effect of acquisitions made in 2005 and 2006 was small.

Our cost efficiency ratio improved to 50.1 per cent. Cost growth, including significant investment in our business, in the first half of 2006 was US$100 million lower than the increase in the first half of 2005. Substantially, this reflects the completion during 2005 of the major investment phase of our Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets strategy.

Operating environment

The global operating environment has been broadly favourable, with a stable US economy and a resurgent Japan counterbalancing the tightening effect of higher interest rates in most countries and increased energy costs.

The credit environment was generally stable, with corporate and commercial credit continuing to be benign. Retail credit deterioration, where it occurred, was largely offset by improved performance in other retail portfolios.

Global equity markets enjoyed strong gains for a large part of the period, encouraging an expansion in investment flows and a receptive marketplace for mergers and acquisitions activity and initial public offerings.

A key element of our strategy – and a competitive advantage – is to manage our businesses around the world in a joined-up way. Linking our customer bases in the developed world to our capabilities in emerging markets remains a core competitive strength of HSBC and one whose potential we are increasingly tapping. We also continue to export products and services developed in mature economies to the faster growing emerging markets. As a result, our emerging market operations have provided increases of 20 per cent or more in pre-tax profit in a range of countries: Brazil, mainland China, India, Malaysia, Mexico, the Middle East and the Philippines. Furthermore, strong interest in emerging markets by corporates and investors played to our strengths in foreign exchange, in custody, in asset management and in cross-border transactional and investment banking.

Investment in our existing businesses has proved to be the most attractive use of capital in recent years when, in our view, enthusiasm for emerging market and consolidation targets has run ahead of value. The Group’s return on equity improved to 18.1 per cent in the first half of 2006 driven by improved returns; capital ratios strengthened modestly.

Investing in the customer experience in Personal Financial Services

In Personal Financial Services, we continue to invest in areas designed to grow the customer base and to improve customer experience.

We are positioning HSBC to provide for our customers’ future needs. We published a major global study on the future of retirement, based on a survey of 21,000 people and 6,000 companies in 20 countries and territories. As retirement issues will become ever more important to our customers, we are now planning how best to configure financial services in an ageing world.

We are working hard to improve our existing services. In the UK, we started an ambitious programme to upgrade the branch network, committing to spend some US$715 million in the single largest refurbishment programme in recent history. We have extended our opening hours at our top branches to reflect retail, not banking, hours.

Improvement programmes have been launched in many other countries including the US, Mexico, Turkey and mainland China. Also, in the US we launched a new internet savings proposition at the end of 2005 which, to date, has added US$5 billion in deposits, diversifying our funding base and increasing our brand visibility.


 

4


Back to Contents

We invest where we see growth. So, for example, strong growth in Mexico has led us to recruit 1,700 new employees in 2006, principally in front office, collections, credit cards and in sales of microfinance, mortgages and investments.

We continue to see strong demand for new financial services in emerging markets, particularly in consumer finance. We are using HSBC Finance’s expertise to drive this business. In emerging markets, we are piloting 23 consumer finance offices in India and four centres in Indonesia. We also opened branches in 2006 in the Czech Republic, Ireland, Poland and Slovakia.

Growing businesses in Commercial Banking

Small and medium-sized enterprises (‘SMEs’) are vital to any successful economy. This very important sector grew to 2.4 million customers, an increase of 8 per cent. One million of them are now registered for internet banking services, and online transaction volumes increased by 29 per cent.

As the world’s local bank, we are working with many of our customers to support their increasingly international businesses – an area where we see opportunities to improve our service and profitability. For example, we completed the roll-out of a cross-border referral system connecting 4,000 relationship managers in over 50 countries.

We also aim to serve our customers’ local needs. Among many such initiatives, I would highlight: HSBC Business Direct, a fee-free internet and phone banking service in the UK; new commercial cards in Hong Kong and the UK; a dedicated SME centre in Sri Lanka; and commercial insurance initiatives in Brazil, Indonesia and China.

Real momentum in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets

In the first half of 2006 we moved from the build phase in this business into full execution mode. Our overall investment spend was considerably lower and, most encouragingly, cost growth was largely in performance-related expenses as revenue growth accelerated.

The results are clear. Pre-tax profit rose 37 per cent, compared to the first half of 2005. In the first half of 2005 net operating income was broadly unchanged on the first half of 2004 while costs rose by some US$650 million. In the first half of 2006 net operating revenues grew by US$1,368 million, while cost growth, largely in performance-related pay and the volume-driven businesses in Global Transaction

Banking, was US$429 million. This translated into a positive gap between revenue growth and cost growth of 12 per cent.

Under the leadership of Stuart Gulliver, we restructured the business into four principal product lines: Global Markets, Global Banking, Group Investment Businesses and Global Transaction Banking.

Whilst financial performance remains somewhat constrained, due to the continuing impact on balance sheet management revenues of the flat interest rate yield curves in major currencies, this is more than offset by strong growth in sales and trading revenues and in transactional banking revenues.

All elements of the Global Markets business developed strongly in 2006 and past investment in structured derivatives, asset-backed securities, equity and equity derivative products and fixed income capabilities paid off. Our share of international bond issuance rose, placing HSBC fourth in global market share.

We captured a growing number of headline investment banking deal positions, including four of the five largest deals announced during the period in Europe, where our ability to offer a combination of financing, structuring, hedging and advice gave a strong competitive edge.

Group Investment Businesses also delivered a record result across its broad range of activities, boosted by exceptional performance fees in emerging market funds and higher assets under management in emerging markets.

Global Transaction Banking had another record period, primarily driven by strong growth in emerging markets, and the beneficial effect of the higher interest rate environment on larger balances.

Building one of the world’s leading Private Banks

The transformation of our Private Banking business has been one of the great successes in HSBC. In just a few years, the private banking arms of the various Group entities have been knitted together into one global proposition for our high net worth customers.

We rebranded as HSBC Private Bank in 2004 and a measure of our success is that pre-tax profits of US$600 million in the first half of 2006 have more than doubled over the past three years.

We have succeeded by extending the product range available to customers, in particular in the area


 

5


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Group Chairman's Comments (continued)

   

 

of alternative investments, and by adding capabilities relevant to our wealthiest customers in the areas of residential property advice, trust and tax advice.

Client assets increased by 22 per cent to US$305 billion, benefiting from net new money of US$18.6 billion in the first half of 2006. Again we are managing the business in a more joined-up way, with increasing cross-referrals from the wider Group contributing some US$2.9 billion of net new money. Regional expansion within the UK and France, as well as a good start from the recently launched onshore operations in Dubai and India, have established a solid foundation for further growth.

The credit environment

The generally benign credit environment has been driven by continuing strong global growth, stable employment patterns in major economies, modest inflationary pressures and good liquidity, which have kept asset prices – most importantly residential real estate values – high.

There is now evidence of slowing residential housing markets, particularly in the US. The consequent effect on future price appreciation, together with the impact of higher interest rates on adjustable rate mortgages that reach reset dates, will put pressure on some borrowers. Although overall retail credit experience in the US has been favourable in the first half of 2006, we began to see some deterioration in certain segments amongst recent mortgage originations. We are taking action to mitigate the potential effects.

In the UK, the unsecured personal sector again contributed the major portion of the impairment charge in the period, largely as a result of rising bankruptcy filings and individual voluntary arrangements. Although the charge was considerably higher than the first half of 2005, it was in line with that incurred in the second half of last year. We are seeing an improvement in the credit quality of more recent originations.

Excessive consumer indebtedness is increasingly an issue in the public domain. Banks have an obligation here. We were the first major UK bank to share positive credit information, and we have deliberately reduced our market share of unsecured lending in the UK.

In the first half of 2006, we have seen public policy interventions in a number of countries, both emerging and developed. It is clearly in everyone’s interest to ensure regulation targets individuals who

need support and does so without causing unintended consequences, as we have seen in several countries.

Outlook

The world economy remains fundamentally strong. China continues to grow at an intense pace, attracting huge investment flows and providing a massive opportunity for the world’s exporters.

During the first half of 2006, the Federal Reserve in the US continued to increase interest rates and was followed by many other central banks. Consumers are experiencing significantly higher energy prices. Concerns about inflation persist although there is little evidence of any significant pick-up in either wages or inflationary expectations. We remain alert, however, to the possibility that these factors, together with slowing housing markets, may constrain economic growth.

The apparent collapse of the Doha round of the WTO is disappointing. Overall, we believe that trade liberalisation is a force for good in terms of economic development, which is intimately related to people’s wellbeing. We are concerned by signs that the world is heading towards a more protectionist trading system, when in fact we should be moving in the other direction.

In any event, we will continue to position HSBC to take best advantage of the changing nature of the world’s economy. We have a unique set of franchises around the world: well over 100 million customers in more than 200 countries and operations in 76 economies. Our diversification combined with our strong capital position is a crucial strength.

We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of opportunities as they arise. Indeed, earlier this month we announced an agreement to acquire Grupo Banistmo, the leading banking group in Central America. This will improve our franchise in Panama and extend it to Costa Rica, Honduras, Colombia, Nicaragua and El Salvador.

We aspire to be the number one brand in financial services. Customer experience will remain a key driver of our success in achieving this, so we will focus relentlessly on improving the quality of that experience. Technology will play an increasingly important role in this.

However, at its heart, banking is a people business, and our people will be at the forefront of our success. Engaging our 280,000 colleagues is critical to the delivery of our strategy, and with well


 

6


Back to Contents

over 100,000 participants, we believe that HSBC has one of the largest employee bases in the world with an interest in their company’s shares. It is the talent and dedication of the HSBC team around the world that will secure success for our people, our customers and our shareholders.


Stephen Green, Group Chairman
31 July 2006


 

7


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Board of Directors and Senior Management

   

 

Directors
 
 
S K Green, Group Chairman
 
Age 57. An executive Director since 1998; Group Chief Executive from 2003 to 26 May 2006. Joined HSBC in 1982. Chairman of HSBC Bank plc, HSBC Bank USA, N.A., HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA, and HSBC USA Inc. A Director of HSBC France, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Grupo Financiero HSBC, S.A. de C.V., HSBC North America Holdings Inc. and HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt KGaA. Group Treasurer from 1992 to 1998. Executive Director, Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets from 1998 to 2003.
   
* The Baroness Dunn, DBE, Deputy Chairman and senior non-executive Director
 
Age 66. An executive Director of John Swire & Sons Limited and a Director of Swire Pacific Limited. A non-executive Director since 1990 and a non-executive Deputy Chairman since 1992. A member of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1981 to 1996. A member of the Asia Task Force. A former Senior Member of the Hong Kong Executive Council and Legislative Council.
 
Sir Brian Moffat, OBE, Deputy Chairman and senior independent non-executive Director
 
Age 67. A non-executive Director since 1998 and a non-executive Deputy Chairman since 2001. Chairman of the Group Audit Committee and of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive Director of Macsteel Global BV. Former Chairman of Corus Group plc and a former member of the Court of the Bank of England.
 
M F Geoghegan, CBE, Group Chief Executive
 
Age 52. An executive Director since 2004. Joined HSBC in 1973. A Director and, since 6 March 2006, Deputy Chairman of HSBC Bank plc. A Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC France and HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA. President of HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo from 1997 to 2003 and responsible for all of HSBC’s business throughout South America from 2000 to 2003. Chief Executive of HSBC Bank plc from 2004 to 6 March 2006. A non-executive Director and Chairman of Young non-executive Director and Chairman of Young Enterprise.
The Rt Hon the Lord Butler of Brockwell, KG, GCB, CVO
   
  Age 68. Master, University College, Oxford. A non-executive Director since 1998. Chairman of the Corporate Responsibility Committee, a member of the Nomination Committee and Chairman of the HSBC Global Education Trust. A non-executive Director of Imperial Chemical Industries plc. A member of the International Advisory Board of Marsh McLennan Inc. Chaired the UK Government Review of Intelligence on Weapons of Mass Destruction in 2004. Secretary of the Cabinet and Head of the Home Civil Service in the United Kingdom from 1988 to 1998.
   
R K F Chien, CBE
   
  Age 54. Chairman of CDC Corporation and of its subsidiary, China.com Inc. A non-executive Director since 1998. A member of the Group Audit Committee. Non-executive Chairman of HSBC Private Equity (Asia) Limited and a non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited since 1997. Non-executive Chairman of MTR Corporation Limited and a non-executive Director of Convenience Retail Asia Limited, Inchcape plc, VTech Holdings Limited and The Wharf (Holdings) Limited.
   
J D Coombe
   
  Age 61. Chairman of Hogg Robinson plc. A non-executive Director since March 2005. A member of the Group Audit Committee and, since 1 June 2006, a member of the Remuneration Committee. A non-executive Director of GUS plc and of the Supervisory Board of Siemens AG. A member of The Code Committee of the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers. A trustee of the Royal Academy Trust. Former executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of GlaxoSmithKline plc. A former Chairman of The Hundred Group of Finance Directors and a former member of the Accounting Standards Board.
   
R A Fairhead
   
  Age 44. Chief Executive Officer of the Financial Times Group Limited and a Director of Pearson plc. A non-executive Director since 2004. A member of the Group Audit Committee. A non-executive Director of The Economist Newspaper Limited. Former Executive Vice President, Strategy and Group Control of Imperial Chemical Industries plc.

 

8


Back to Contents

 

  D J Flint, CBE, Group Finance Director
   
  Age 51. Joined HSBC as an executive Director in 1995. A Director of HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad. A non-executive Director of BP p.l.c. Chaired the Financial Reporting Council’s review of the Turnbull Guidance on Internal Control. Served on the Accounting Standards Board and the Standards Advisory Council of the International Accounting Standards Board from 2001 to 2004. A former partner in KPMG.
   
W K L Fung, OBE
   
  Age 57. Group Managing Director of Li & Fung Limited. A non-executive Director since 1998. A member of the Corporate Responsibility Committee and of the Remuneration Committee. A non- executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited and Deputy Chairman since May 2005. A non-executive Director of CLP Holdings Limited, Integrated Distribution Services Group Limited and VTech Holdings Ltd. A member of The Trade Development Council and the Hong Kong Logistics Development Council. Former Chairman of the Hong Kong General Chamber of Commerce, the Hong Kong Exporters’ Association and the Hong Kong Committee for the Pacific Economic Co-operation Council.
   
S Hintze
   
  Age 61. Former Chief Operating Officer of Barilla S.P.A.A non-executive Director since 2001. A member of the Corporate Responsibility Committee and of the Remuneration Committee. A non- executive Director of Premier Foods plc. A former non-executive Director of Safeway plc and the Society of Genealogists, a registered charity. A former Senior Vice President of Nestlé S.A. With Mars Incorporated from 1972 to 1993, latterly as Executive Vice President of M&M/Mars in New Jersey.
   
J W J Hughes-Hallett
   
  Age 56. Chairman of John Swire & Sons Limited. A non-executive Director since March 2005. A member of the Group Audit Committee since 1 June 2006. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1999 to 2004. A non-executive Director and formerly Chairman of Cathay Pacific Airways Limited and Swire Pacific Limited. A trustee of the Dulwich Picture Gallery, the Hong Kong Maritime Museum and the Esmée Fairbairn Foundation. A member of the London School of Oriental and African Studies Governing Body.
Sir Mark Moody-Stuart, KCMG
 
Age 65. Chairman of Anglo American plc. A non-executive Director since 2001. Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Corporate Responsibility Committee. A non-executive Director of Accenture Limited, a Governor of Nuffield Hospitals, President of the Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine and Chairman of the Global Business Coalition on HIV/AIDS, Chairman of the Global Compact Foundation. A former Director and Chairman of The ‘Shell’ Transport and Trading Company, plc and former Chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors of the Royal Dutch/Shell Group of Companies.
 
S W Newton
 
Age 64. Chairman of The Real Return Holdings Company Limited. A non-executive Director since 2002. A non-executive Director of Flying Brands Limited. A Member of the Advisory Board of the East Asia Institute and of the Investment Board at Cambridge University. A member of The Wellcome Trust Investment Committee. Founder of Newton Investment Management, from which he retired in 2002.
 
S M Robertson
 
Age 65. Non-executive Chairman of Rolls-Royce Group plc and the founder member of Simon Robertson Associates LLP. A non-executive Director since 3 January 2006. A non-executive Director of Berry Bros. & Rudd Limited, The Economist Newspaper Limited and The Royal Opera House Covent Garden Limited. Chairman of Trustees of the Royal Academy Trust and the Ernest Kleinwort Charitable Trust. A trustee of the Eden Project and the Royal Opera House Endowment Fund. A former Managing Director of Goldman Sachs International. Former Chairman of Dresdner Kleinwort Benson and a former non-executive Director of Inchcape plc, Invensys plc and the London Stock Exchange.
 
* H Sohmen, OBE
 
Age 66. Chairman of Bergesen Worldwide Limited, Bergesen Worldwide Offshore Limited and Bergesen Worldwide Gas ASA. Chairman and President of BW Corporation Limited (formerly World-Wide Shipping Group Limited) and Chairman of The International Tanker Owners Pollution Federation Limited. A non-executive Director since 1990. A non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1984 to 2005 and Deputy Chairman from 1996 to 2005.

 

9


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Board of Directors and Senior Management (continued)

   

 

Sir Brian Williamson, CBE
     
  Age 61. Chairman of Electra Private Equity plc. A non-executive Director since 2002. A member of the Nomination Committee. A non-executive Director of Resolution plc and a member of the Supervisory Board of Euronext NV. A senior adviser to Fleming Family and Partners. Former Chairman of London International Financial Futures and Options Exchange, Gerrard Group plc and Resolution Life Group Limited. A former non-executive Director of the Financial Services Authority and of the Court of The Bank of Ireland.
   
  * Non-executive Director
  Independent non-executive Director
     
Adviser to the Board
 
 
D J Shaw
 
Age 60. An Adviser to the Board since 1998. Solicitor. A partner in Norton Rose from 1973 to 1998. A Director of The Bank of Bermuda Limited and HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) SA.
 
Secretary
 
 
R G Barber
 
Age 55. Group Company Secretary since 1990. Joined HSBC in 1980; Corporation Secretary of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited from 1986 to 1992. Company Secretary of HSBC Bank plc from 1994 to 1996.
 
Group Managing Directors
 
 
C C R Bannister
 
Age 47. Group Managing Director, Insurance with effect from 1 August 2006. Joined HSBC in 1994. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001. Deputy Chief Executive Officer HSBC Securities Inc, USA from 1996 to 1998 and Chief Executive Officer, Group Private Banking from 1998 to 2006.
 
V H C Cheng, OBE
 
Age 58. Chairman of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited. A Group Managing Director since May 2005. Joined HSBC in 1978. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1995. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Hang Seng Bank Limited from 1998 to 2005.
 

C-H Filippi

Age 53. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC France. A Group Managing Director since 2004. A Director of HSBC Bank plc. Joined HSBC France in 1987 having previously held senior appointments in the French civil service. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2001. Global Head of Corporate and Institutional Banking from 2001 to 2004.

A A Flockhart

Age 54. Group Managing Director and President, Latin America and the Caribbean with effect from 1 October 2006. Joined HSBC in 1974. Appointed a Group General Manager and Chief Executive Officer, Mexico in 2002. Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Thailand from 1992 to 1994. Managing Director of The Saudi British Bank from 1997 to 1999 and Senior Executive Vice-President, Commercial Banking, HSBC Bank USA Inc. from 1999 to 2002.

S T Gulliver

Age 47. Head of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets and Group Investment Businesses. A Group Managing Director since 2004. Joined HSBC in 1980. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000. Head of Treasury and Capital Markets in Asia-Pacific from 1996 to 2002, Head of Global Markets from 2002 to 2003 and Co-Head of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets from 2003 to May 2006.

D H Hodgkinson

Age 55. Group Chief Operating Officer. Appointed a Group Managing Director on 26 May 2006 and, since 24 July 2006, Chairman of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited. Joined HSBC in 1969. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2003. Managing Director of The Saudi British Bank from 1999 to 2003. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Bank Middle East Limited from 2003 to May 2006.

D D J John

Age 56. Chief Executive, HSBC Bank plc. Appointed a Group Managing Director on 6 March 2006. Joined HSBC Bank plc in 1971. Appointed a Group General Manager in 2000. Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad from 1999 to 2002. Chief Operating Officer of HSBC Bank plc from 2003 to May 2005 and Deputy Chief Executive from May 2005 to 6 March 2006.


 

10


Back to Contents

S N Mehta

Age 48. Chief Executive of HSBC North America Holdings Inc, and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Finance Corporation. A Group Managing Director since April 2005. Joined HSBC Finance Corporation in 1998 and was appointed Vice Chairman in 2004.

Y A Nasr

Age 51. President, HSBC Bank Brasil S.A.-Banco Múltiplo. With effect from 1 October 2006, Group Managing Director, Strategic Investments. A Group Managing Director since 2004. Joined HSBC in 1976. Appointed a Group General Manager in 1998. President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC Bank Canada from 1997 to 1999. President and Chief Executive Officer of HSBC USA Inc. from 1999 to 2003.


 

11


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review

   
   
 
Summary

      Half-year to       
 
   
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Interest income 35,785     29,202     30,892    
Interest expense (19,054 )   (13,886 )   (14,874 )  
Net interest income 16,731     15,316     16,018    
Fee income 10,441     8,558     8,928    
Fee expense (2,061 )   (1,514 )   (1,516 )  
Net fee income 8,380     7,044     7,412    
Trading income excluding net interest income 3,112     1,804     1,852    
Net interest income on trading activities 1,149     1,087     1,121    
Net trading income 4,261     2,891     2,973    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 260     547     487    
Gains less losses from financial investments 493     354     338    
Dividend income 222     95     60    
Net earned insurance premiums 2,834     2,396     3,040    
Other operating income 1,153     1,146     1,587    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income 34,334     29,789     31,915    
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities (2,149 )   (1,760 )   (2,307 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 32,185     28,029     29,608    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (3,890 )   (3,277 )   (4,524 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income 28,295     24,752     25,084    
 
   
   
   
Employee compensation and benefits (8,992 )   (7,869 )   (8,276 )  
General and administrative expenses (6,065 )   (5,444 )   (5,739 )  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (748 )   (831 )   (801 )  
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets (334 )   (276 )   (278 )  
 
   
   
   
Total operating expenses (16,139 )   (14,420 )   (15,094 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit 12,156     10,332     9,990    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 361     308     336    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax 12,517     10,640     10,326    
Tax expense (3,272 )   (2,658 )   (2,435 )  
 
   
   
   
Profit for the period 9,245     7,982     7,891    
 
   
   
   
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company 8,729     7,596     7,485    
Profit attributable to minority interests 516     386     406    
                   

HSBC made a profit before tax of US$12,517 million, a rise of US$1,877 million, or 18 per cent, compared with the first half of 2005.

Of particular note was the strong revenue growth following investment in new business streams and within the Group’s emerging markets businesses. Operations in the mature economies also continued to perform well. All customer groups were ahead of both the comparable period in 2005 and the intervening six months.

The economic backdrop to the 2006 interim results was favourable. Global equity markets enjoyed strong gains for much of the period,

encouraging expanded investment flows and a receptive marketplace for the high levels of mergers and acquisitions and initial public offering (‘IPO’) activity which followed. The credit environment was generally stable, with corporate and commercial credit continuing to be exceptionally good and retail credit deterioration, where it arose, largely compensated for through improved performance in other retail portfolios. Strong interest in emerging markets from corporates and investors seeking growth opportunities played to HSBC’s strengths in foreign exchange, custody, asset management and cross-border transactional and investment banking. Linking the Group’s customer bases in the


12


Back to Contents

developed world to its capabilities in emerging markets remains a core competitive strength of HSBC as globalisation grows.

The rate of revenue growth accelerated in the period. Net operating income grew by US$3.5 billion, or 14 per cent, compared with the first half of 2005 and this incremental net operating income was 65 per cent higher than that achieved in the first half of 2005 against the first half of 2004. Cost growth of US$1.7 billion, or 12 per cent, in the first half of 2006 was lower than the cost growth of US$1.8 billion in the first half of 2005 compared with the first half of 2004.

Efficiency improved. The Group’s cost efficiency ratio fell 1.3 percentage points to 50.1 per cent. Significant investment in HSBC’s businesses continued in emerging markets, in new business streams and to support higher volumes. The impact of this was shielded by a significant slowdown in cost growth in the Group’s Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets businesses, where growth in net operating income of 25 per cent was double the rate of cost growth. Essentially, this reflected the move in 2006 from the investment phase to the execution phase as the build-up of the business peaked in 2005.

These results were almost entirely achieved through organic expansion and a focus on efficiency, and the impact from acquisitions and investments was small. Incremental contributions to pre-tax profit from Metris Companies Inc. (‘Metris’), the Argentine retail bank, Banca Nazionale del Lavoro S.A. (‘Banca Nazionale’) and Ping An Insurance Company (Group) of China, Limited (‘Ping An Insurance’) added US$208 million to pre-tax profits in the period. These represented the bulk of changes in the constitution of the Group.

Profit growth was achieved without diluting returns on capital, as investment in the Group’s existing businesses proved to be the most attractive use of capital in a period when enthusiasm for emerging markets and consolidation targets ran ahead of value.

Average invested capital increased by US$9.0 billion compared with the first half of 2005 and returns on that capital improved by 0.7 per cent to 17.2 per cent. This represented a 24 per cent annualised return on the incremental capital invested. The Group’s Tier 1 ratio strengthened to 9.4 per cent.


 

Net interest income

     Half-year to   
 
 
  30 June 2006    30 June 2005    31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
By geographical region            
Europe 4,094   24.5   4,056   26.5   4,165   26.0  
Hong Kong 2,158   12.9   2,019   13.2   2,045   12.8  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,479   8.8   1,157   7.6   1,255   7.8  
North America 7,859   47.0   7,279   47.4   7,608   47.5  
South America 1,141   6.8   805   5.3   945   5.9  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income1 16,731   100.0   15,316   100.0   16,018   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
    Half-year to 
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Net interest income1 16,731   15,316   16,018  
Average interest-earning assets 1,081,398   969,059   1,029,289  
Gross interest yield (per cent)2 6.67   6.08   5.95  
Net interest spread (per cent)3 3.01   2.83   2.85  
Net interest margin (per cent)4 3.12   3.19   3.09  
             
1 ‘Net interest income’ comprises interest income less interest expense on financial assets and liabilities which is not recognised as part of ‘Net trading income’ or ‘Net income earned from financial instruments designated at fair value’.
2 Gross interest yield is the average annualised interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets (‘AIEA’).
3 Net interest spread is the difference between the average annualised interest rate earned on AIEA and the average annualised interest rate paid on average interest-bearing funds.
4 Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as an annualised percentage of AIEA.

 

13


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Net interest income of US$16,731 million was US$1,415 million, or 9 per cent, higher than in the first half of 2005. Underlying growth was 7 per cent. The commentary below is on an underlying basis.

The following factors influenced movements in net interest income:

higher short-term interest rates, primarily in US dollars and linked currencies, increased the value of low-cost deposits and transactional balances. This was particularly relevant to the Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking customer bases in Hong Kong, but also favourably affected the value of balances within the Group’s custody and payments and cash management businesses;
   
the cumulative effect of higher short-term interest rates in all major currencies over recent years has, by flattening interest rate yield curves, reduced the opportunities available to Global Markets to generate additional margin.
This effect continued in the first half of 2006;
   
strong liquidity and benign credit conditions put lending margins under pressure as credit spreads tightened. Increased competition for core deposits also reduced deposit spreads in certain markets; and
   
HSBC concentrated balance sheet expansion on attracting liabilities and, in consequence, customer deposits grew at a rate which exceeded the growth in customer loans.

In Europe, growth in personal and commercial lending and deposits supported a 5 per cent increase in net interest income. In UK Personal Financial Services, growth was strongest in transactional and savings accounts. Mortgage and credit card lending also increased. In Commercial Banking, a greater focus on attracting savings balances, together with strong current account customer acquisition, led to a 16 per cent rise in UK deposit balances. Lending growth was also strong, although much of this was achieved in the second half of 2005. UK balance sheet management revenues fell as short-term interest rates continued to rise and yield curves remained flat. Corporate lending spreads narrowed in a competitive market.

In Hong Kong, net interest income rose by 6 per cent. Interest rate rises led to wider deposit spreads and also contributed to renewed demand for deposit and savings products among HSBC’s customers. The resulting strong balance growth in

Commercial and Corporate Banking deposits contrasted with broadly flat balances in Personal Financial Services, reflecting an increasingly competitive environment. A subdued residential property market led to a fall in the average level of personal mortgage balances. Customer recruitment resulted in a 15 per cent increase in average personal credit card balances. Balance sheet management revenues declined as the rising trend in short-term interest rates continued and yield curves remained flat.

In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, business expansion and the launch of several new products contributed to a 28 per cent increase in net interest income. Rising interest rates again stimulated demand for savings products and led to widening liability spreads. Increased promotional activity contributed to higher credit card and mortgage balances as HSBC expanded its regional presence in these areas. Corporate and Commercial Banking deposits grew strongly, most notably in the Middle East, where they benefited from the buoyant oil-based economies. Asset spreads declined throughout the region.

In North America, net interest income was slightly higher than in the first half of 2005, benefiting from strong growth in US mortgage, credit card and motor finance balances. These volume benefits were partly offset by lower asset spreads. A continuing focus on personal savings and deposits in the US, including the recently launched online savings product, contributed to higher liability balances, although spreads declined as customers transferred their savings to higher-yielding products. In Mexico, mortgage and credit card balances grew strongly, although asset spreads declined. Branch expansion and a strong economy led to higher Commercial Banking lending in the US, while credit demand continued to grow in both Canada and Mexico. The flat US dollar yield curve resulted in lower balance sheet management revenues, partly offset by payments and cash management income which increased as customer numbers grew.

In South America, net interest income rose by 23 per cent. Favourable economic conditions and customer acquisition resulted in higher lending balances, and falls in Brazilian interest rates led to higher asset spreads.

Average interest earning assets were US$1,081 billion, or 12 per cent, higher than in the first half of 2005.


 

14


Back to Contents

Net fee income

     Half-year to     
 
 
  30 June 2006    30 June 2005    31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
By geographical region                        
Europe 3,513   42.0   3,159   44.7   3,140   42.3  
Hong Kong 1,000   11.9   842   12.0   832   11.2  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 785   9.4   632   9.0   708   9.6  
North America 2,684   32.0   2,146   30.5   2,460   33.2  
South America 398   4.7   265   3.8   272   3.7  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net fee income 8,380   100.0   7,044   100.0   7,412   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
      Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Account services 1,688   1,522   1,610  
Credit facilities 462   504   376  
Remittances 223   193   203  
Cards 2,642   2,085   2,614  
Imports/exports 383   357   365  
Underwriting 150   147   127  
Insurance 533   558   524  
Mortgage servicing 47   37   39  
Trust income 113   108   91  
Broking income 728   529   575  
Global custody 423   310   346  
Maintenance income on operating leases 59   99   81  
Funds under management 1,571   874   957  
Unit trusts 265   223   165  
Corporate finance 95   124   87  
Other 1,059   888   768  
 
 
 
 
Total fee income 10,441   8,558   8,928  
Less: fee expense (2,061 ) (1,514 ) (1,516 )
 
 
 
 
Net fee income 8,380   7,044   7,412  
 
 
 
 
             
             

Net fee income of US$8,380 million was US$1,336 million, or 19 per cent, higher than in the first half of 2005. On an underlying basis, net fee income was 18 per cent higher. The principal drivers of underlying growth were as follows:

increased personal credit card transaction volumes and balances led to a 30 per cent increase in card fee income, notably in the US, Mexico and the UK;
   
in Private Banking, increased funds under management boosted fee income. The Hermitage Fund, a leading public equity fund investing in Russia, performed strongly, which resulted in higher net fee income, including increased performance fee income and a commensurate rise in performance fees paid to the fund’s investment advisor. In addition, US tax-based services grew strongly;
strong performance in asset management activities, particularly in emerging market ‘BRIC’ (Brazil, Russia, India and China) funds, contributed to significantly higher performance fees from funds under management;
   
rising stock markets in the first four months of the year and increased IPO activity stimulated customer demand for equity-related products. This led to higher unit trust, broking and custody income, most notably in Europe and Hong Kong;
   
increased sales of packaged accounts in the retail and commercial segments which offer customers bundled services in a fee-based relationship; and
   
increased customer numbers and higher transaction volumes, which led to a 12 per cent rise in account services fees, the majority in Europe and the Americas.

 

15


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

These factors were partially offset by:

a subdued UK personal lending market, which led to lower sales of personal loans and associated creditor protection insurance products; and
the sale of the operational functions of the UK fleet management business in the second half of 2005, which led to a 38 per cent fall in maintenance income on operating leases.

 

Net trading income

  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
By geographical region                        
Europe 2,187   51.4   1,385   48.0   1,651   55.6  
Hong Kong 306   7.2   380   13.1   166   5.6  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 551   12.9   387   13.4   473   15.9  
North America 1,046   24.5   521   18.0   492   16.5  
South America 171   4.0   218   7.5   191   6.4  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net trading income 4,261   100.0   2,891   100.0   2,973   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
      Half-year to      
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Trading activities 3,055   1,964   1,920  
Net interest income on trading activities 1,149   1,087   1,121  
Other trading income            
   Hedge ineffectiveness:            
     – on cash flow hedges (46 ) (68 ) (28 )
     – on fair value hedges (11 ) 37   (23 )
Non-qualifying hedges 114   (129 ) (17 )
 
 
 
 
Net trading income 4,261   2,891   2,973  
 
 
 
 
             

Investment made in widening Global Markets’ product range and developing its sales and execution capabilities generated a 47 per cent rise in net trading income through increased transaction volumes. Income from structured derivatives improved as investment in technical expertise and systems over the past three years enabled HSBC to address a broader spectrum of client needs. Further benefit was derived from the expansion of the business to include structured fund products, along with higher volumes as market volatility increased. Also, as the business matured, additional income deferred in 2005 was recognised.

Foreign exchange revenues remained strong due to successful positioning against the back-drop of increased currency volatility, particularly in emerging markets. In the US, gains in the metals trading business and increased customer volumes reflected high metals prices and positive sentiment in the market.

Strong performance within the Credit and Rates business reflected gains from interest rate derivatives and emerging market bonds, driven by new deal volumes and interest rate volatility. Revenues also increased in the US residential mortgage-backed securities business, reflecting its first full half-year contribution.


 

16


Back to Contents

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value

  Half-year to      At    
  30 June 2006       30 June 2006    
 

 
  Net income       Assets   Liabilities  
  US$m   %   US$m   US$m  
By geographical region                
Europe 129   49.6   10,561   28,649  
Hong Kong 6   2.3   4,000   4,067  
Rest of Asia-Pacific (5 ) (1.9 ) 854   307  
North America 24   9.2     31,143  
South America 106   40.8   1,440   188  
 
 
 
 
 
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 260   100.0   16,855   64,354  
 
 
 
 
 
                 
  Half-year to      At 
  30 June 2005       30 June 2005 
 
 
 
  Net income       Assets   Liabilities  
  US$m   %   US$m   US$m  
By geographical region            
Europe 224   40.9   8,510   26,414  
Hong Kong (21 ) (3.8 ) 3,783   3,738  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 14   2.6   802   195  
North America 284   51.9     27,426  
South America 46   8.4   938   647  
 
 
 
 
 
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 547   100.0   14,033   58,420  
 
 
 
 
 
                 
  Half-year to    At  
  31 December 2005   31 December 2005  

 
 
  Net income     Assets   Liabilities  
  US$m   %   US$m   US$m  
By geographical region        
Europe 138   28.3   9,077   27,442  
Hong Kong 15   3.1   3,909   3,999  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 44   9.0   872   300  
North America 150   30.8     29,934  
South America 140   28.8   1,188   154  
 
 
 
 
 
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 487   100.0   15,046   61,829  
 
 
 
 
 
                 
      Half-year to     

  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
 Income from assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and  investment contracts 318   571   1,189  
Change in fair value of liabilities to customers under investment contracts (226 )   (414 )   (712 )  
Movement in fair value of HSBC’s long-term debt issued and related derivatives 135   363   40  
      – change in own credit spread on long-term debt (172 )   (91 )   21  
      – other changes in fair value 307   454   19  
Income from other instruments designated at fair value 33   27   (30 )  
 
   
   
   
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 260   547   487  
 
   
   
   
                   

HSBC has used the fair value designation principally in the following instances:

for certain fixed-rate long-term debt issues whose interest rate characteristic has been changed to floating through interest rate swaps, as part of a documented interest rate management strategy. Approximately US$52 billion of the Group’s debt issues have
  been accounted for using the fair value option. The movement in fair value of these debt issues includes the effect of own credit spread changes and any ineffectiveness in the economic relationship between the related swaps and own debt. As credit spreads narrow accounting losses are booked, and the reverse is true in the event of spreads widening. These valuation adjustments have no cash flow implications. Ineffectiveness

 

17


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

  arises from the different credit characteristics of the swap and own debt coupled with the sensitivity of the floating leg of the swap to changes in short-term interest rates. In addition, the economic relationship between the swap and own debt can be affected by relative movements in market factors, such as bond and swap rates, and the relative bond and swap rates at inception. The size and direction of the accounting consequences of changes in own credit spread and ineffectiveness can be volatile from period to period, but do not alter the cash flows envisaged as part of the documented interest rate management strategy;
   
for certain financial assets held by insurance operations and managed at fair value to meet liabilities under insurance contracts (approximately US$5 billion of assets); and
   
for financial liabilities under investment contracts and the related financial assets, when the change in value of the assets is correlated with the change in value of the liabilities to policyholders (approximately US$10 billion of assets and related liabilities).
   
     Income from assets designated at fair value and held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts is correlated with changes in

 

liabilities under the related investment and insurance contracts. Under IFRSs, liabilities under investment contracts are classified as financial instruments. There is, however, a mismatch in presentation of the insurance business results for which asset returns are included within ‘Net interest income’ and in ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ with the related change in the value of the insurance contract liabilities included within ‘Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities’.

Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value decreased over the comparable period in 2005. This was primarily driven by a narrowing (i.e. improvement) of credit spreads on certain fixed-rate long-term debt issued by HSBC Finance Corporation (‘HSBC Finance’) and lower net mark-to-market movements on this debt and the related interest rate swaps. During the period, HSBC Finance’s debt was upgraded to AA- by both Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s (‘S&P’).

Income from assets held to meet liabilities under insurance and investment contracts was some 45 per cent lower, reflecting movements in the market values of assets. The increase in the fair value of liabilities under investment contracts was also about 45 per cent lower than in the first half of 2005.


Gains less losses from financial investments

     Half-year to   

 
  30 June 2006    30 June 2005    31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
By geographical region            
Europe 266   54.0   209   59.0   230   68.1  
Hong Kong 122   24.7   65   18.4   43   12.7  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 27   5.5   2   0.6   16   4.7  
North America 60   12.2   40   11.3   48   14.2  
South America 18   3.6   38   10.7   1   0.3  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains less losses from financial investments 493   100.0   354   100.0   338   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

      Half-year to   
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Net gain/(loss) from disposal of:          
      –  debt securities 154   141   (3 )
      –  equity securities 338   187   318  
      –  other financial investments 8   7    
 
 
 
 
  500   335   315  
Impairment (charge)/recovery of impairment charge (7 ) 19   23  
 
 
 
 
Gains less losses from financial investments 493   354   338  
 
 
 
 

 

18


Back to Contents

The net gains of US$493 million from the disposal of available-for-sale financial investments were 39 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005, primarily due to the following:

a gain of US$93 million arising from the partial redemption of HSBC’s investment in MasterCard Incorporated following its IPO in May: the gain was distributed across all geographical regions as most HSBC Group banks were members of MasterCard; and
a gain of US$101 million on the sale of part of HSBC’s stake in UTI Bank Limited, an Indian retail bank.

In the first half of 2005, HSBC benefited from an impairment reversal of US$31 million of coverage bonds and other items related to 2002’s pesification in Argentina and a US$25 million gain from the sale of investment securities in HSBC’s Private Banking operations in 2005 which did not recur in 2006.


 

Net earned insurance premiums

     Half-year to   

 
  30 June 2006    30 June 2005    31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
By geographical region            
Europe 668   23.6   870   36.3   729   24.0  
Hong Kong 1,317   46.5   866   36.2   1,468   48.3  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 89   3.1   29   1.2   126   4.1  
North America 317   11.2   290   12.1   312   10.3  
South America 443   15.6   341   14.2   405   13.3  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earned insurance premiums 2,834   100.0   2,396   100.0   3,040   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
      Half-year to     
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Gross insurance premium income 3,262   2,724   3,428  
Reinsurance premiums (428 ) (328 ) (388 )
 
 
 
 
Net earned insurance premiums 2,834   2,396   3,040  
 
 
 
 
             

Net earned insurance premiums of US$2,834 million were US$438 million, or 18 per cent, higher than in the first half of 2005. On an underlying basis, net earned premiums were also 18 per cent higher.

In Europe, net earned premium income decreased by 23 per cent to US$668 million. In the UK, the reduction in premium income primarily reflected lower demand for life and critical illness protection products, coupled with a decline in sales of single premium bonds. This was compounded by lower premiums from the general insurance business, due to lower volumes and a change in reinsurance arrangements.

In Hong Kong, net earned premium income increased by 52 per cent. Improved premium income from the life business was driven by the launch of new endowment products and, complementing HSBC’s global study on the future of retirement, a customer proposition designed to meet a number of financial retirement needs. An increase in non-life insurance premiums was primarily attributable to improved renewal premium pricing for health insurance products, as concerns over reforms to

public healthcare provision led to higher demand for private medical insurance services. Sales of home insurance policies grew with the launch of an integrated mortgage and home insurance proposition. The establishment of a dedicated Commercial Banking insurance business in the latter half of 2005 also contributed to an increase in premium income.

In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, HSBC continued to expand its insurance business across the region, increasing the number of in-force policies. New initiatives were launched to grow sales, such as a credit card payment option for non-life insurance policies in India and higher levels of telemarketing in Taiwan.

In North America, an increase in revenues from non-life insurance products reflected higher cross-sales of motor products through the branch network in Mexico.

In South America, the disposal of the Brazilian general insurer, HSBC Seguros de Automoveis e Bens Limitada (‘HSBC Seguros’), during the latter half of 2005 resulted in a significant reduction in non-life premium income. However, during the first


 

19


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

half of 2006, this was more than offset by an increase in premiums in Argentina, reflecting higher

volumes of motor and life insurance sales in response to increased consumer confidence.


 

Other operating income

  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
By geographical region                  
Europe 633   35.8   731   46.8   872   41.4  
Hong Kong 443   25.0   423   27.0   382   18.1  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 288   16.3   131   8.4   204   9.7  
North America 397   22.4   240   15.4   500   23.7  
South America 9   0.5   38   2.4   150   7.1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,770   100.0   1,563   100.0   2,108   100.0  
     
   
   
Intra-HSBC elimination (617 )   (417 )   (521 )  
 
     
     
     
Other operating income 1,153     1,146     1,587    
 
     
     
     

 

  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Rent received 340   461   398  
Gain on disposal of assets held for resale 79   11    
Valuation gains on investment properties 80   111   90  
 Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment, and non-financial investments 180   173   530  
Gain on disposal of operating leases   26    
Change in present value of in-force long-term insurance business 57   54   (14 )
Other 417   310   583  
 
 
 
 
Other operating income 1,153   1,146   1,587  
 
 
 
 
             

Other operating income of US$1,153 million was US$7 million, or 1 per cent, higher than in the first half of 2005. On an underlying basis, other operating income was 2 per cent higher. Disposal gains within this heading primarily related to sales of non-core assets.

In Europe, lower other operating income was primarily driven by a decline in rental income following the sale of the operational functions of HSBC’s vehicle financing and fleet management business, along with the absence of gains on disposal of structured finance leases in the UK. This was partly offset by profit on the sale of HSBC’s stake in The Cyprus Popular Bank Limited (‘Cyprus Popular Bank’) for US$93 million and the revaluation of assets held in HSBC Specialist Investment Limited property investment funds.

In Hong Kong, an increase in other operating income reflected profit from the sale of Hang Seng Bank Limited’s (‘Hang Seng Bank’) former head-office building, partly offset by the non-recurrence of investment real estate revaluations and profit from the disposal of a leasehold residential property.

In North America, an increase in other operating income reflected, in part, a gain made on the sale of Wesco Insurance Company, disposals of real estate and higher rental income.

A decrease in other operating income in South America was largely due to the non-recurrence of the receipt of coverage bonds issued as compensation for asymmetric pesification in Argentina.


 

20


Back to Contents

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities

  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
By geographical region                        
Europe 287   13.4   502   28.5   316   13.7  
Hong Kong 1,193   55.5   751   42.7   1,308   56.7  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 63   2.9   37   2.1   129   5.6  
North America 173   8.1   173   9.8   160   6.9  
South America 433   20.1   297   16.9   394   17.1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in                        
   policyholders’ liabilities 2,149   100.0   1,760   100.0   2,307   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
           
Gross insurance claims and movement in policyholders’ liabilities 2,270   1,952   2,201  
Reinsurers’ share of claims incurred and movement in          
   policyholders’ liabilities (121 ) (192 ) 106  
 
 
 
 
   Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities 2,149   1,760   2,307  
 
 
 
 
             

Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities of US$2,149 million was 22 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005. On an underlying basis, the increase was also 22 per cent.

Net insurance claims incurred and the movement in policyholders’ liabilities comprises both life and non-life insurance business. For non-life business, amounts reported in this line represent the cost of the claims paid during the period together with the estimated cost of notified claims. For life business, the main elements of claims are the setting up of the liability to policyholders that is created on the initial underwriting of the policy and the subsequent movement in the liability that arises, primarily as a consequence of the attribution of investment performance to savings-related policies. This means that claims will rise in line with additional sales of savings-related business and with investment market growth.

In Europe, net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities decreased by

43 per cent to US$287 million, primarily driven by lower sales of critical illness and creditor protection products, along with the effect of adverse movements in fixed interest rate markets on the value of policyholders’ liabilities.

Net insurance claims and movement in policyholders’ liabilities in Hong Kong increased by 59 per cent. In the life insurance business, reserves for policyholders’ liabilities rose in line with business growth, partly offset by lower claims paid. Growth in the underwriting of accident and health business resulted in higher non-life insurance claims reserves.

In South America, higher sales of life and pension fund products led to an increase in net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities. Lower movements in the non-life insurance liabilities were due to the sale of the non-life insurance business, HSBC Seguros, in Brazil during the latter half of 2005.


 

21


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions

  Half-year to
 
 
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
By geographical region            
Europe 935   24.0   933   28.5   996   22.0  
Hong Kong 70   1.8   56   1.7   90   2.0  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 271   7.0   23   0.7   111   2.5  
North America 2,244   57.7   2,023   61.7   3,015   66.6  
South America 370   9.5   242   7.4   312   6.9  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 3,890   100.0   3,277   100.0   4,524   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

      Half-year to       
 
   
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
Loan impairment charges                  
   New allowances 5,050     4,404     5,736    
   Reversal of allowances no longer required (811 )   (895 )   (891 )  
   Recoveries of amounts previously written off (343 )   (222 )   (272 )  
 
   
   
   
  3,896     3,287     4,573    
Individually assessed allowances 178     162     356    
Collectively assessed allowances 3,718     3,125     4,217    
Other credit risk provisions (6 )   (10 )   (49 )  
 
   
   
   
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 3,890     3,277     4,524    
 
   
   
   
At end of period                  
Customer impaired loans 12,296     11,928     11,446    
Customer loan impairment allowances 11,381     12,084     11,357  `  
                   

The charge for loan impairment adjusts the balance sheet allowance for loan impairment to the level deemed adequate to absorb actual and inherent losses in HSBC’s loan portfolios. The majority of the Group’s loan impairment charges are determined on a portfolio basis, employing statistical calculations using roll rate methodologies.

In the six months to 30 June 2006, the total charge for loan impairment and other credit risk provisions was US$3,890 million, a 19 per cent increase on the total charge of US$3,277 million in the equivalent period in 2005. On an underlying basis, charges increased by 13 per cent. This reflected:

11 per cent underlying lending growth (excluding lending to the financial sector and settlement accounts);
   
evidence of credit deterioration in the unsecured personal and credit card lending markets in the UK, Brazil, Taiwan and Indonesia; and
   
indications of some weaker performance in 2005 originations within the mortgage services business in the US;

offset by:

favourable experience in unsecured lending in the US driven by the strong economy and an acceleration of bankruptcy filings in the fourth quarter of 2005 in anticipation of the change in bankruptcy law;
   
the effect of a change in product mix in the US towards more real estate secured products and higher quality borrowers; and
   
modestly higher releases and recoveries.

In Europe, net loan impairment charges were broadly in line with the prior period. In the UK, a rise in new impairment charges, driven by an increase in customer loans and a deterioration in the credit quality of certain pools of unsecured personal lending, was more than offset by an increase in releases and recoveries, boosted by the deployment of greater collection resources. Personal bankruptcies and Individual Voluntary Arrangements (‘IVAs’) reached a record high in the first half of the year caused, in part, by legislative changes in 2004. This was compounded by increased strain from rising unemployment and high levels of personal debt. HSBC tightened underwriting controls in 2005 and began to change the portfolio towards lower risk customers. These measures had a positive


 

22


Back to Contents

 

impact in 2006 by improving the credit quality of new business. In France, net loan impairment charges increased, mainly as a result of the non-recurrence of releases and recoveries.

The credit environment remained relatively benign in Hong Kong, where a modest charge for personal lending contrasted with net releases in the first half of 2005. The effect was limited by a reduction in charges relating to commercial lending.

In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, Taiwan and Indonesia experienced credit deterioration. This was particularly marked in Taiwan, where the imposition of a government debt negotiation mechanism, allowing customers to extend and heavily discount repayment terms, led to systemic losses within the market. HSBC reported a US$133 million charge for credit card impairment in Taiwan. Elsewhere in the region, credit quality remained stable.

In the US, the decline in bankruptcy filings following the significant rise ahead of legislative changes at the end of 2005, a stable economic environment and a fall in the estimated exposure resulting from hurricane Katrina, reduced the underlying impairment charge. This was partially offset by growth in advances and increased charges, following evidence of deterioration in some portions of loans originated in 2005. Second lien loan originations in the mortgage services business increased significantly during 2005 and 2006 as a percentage of total originations. To date, second lien originations from 2005 have underperformed HSBC’s first lien mortgages from the same period. As a result, HSBC increased its collective

impairment allowances in the US by US$73 million and took action to mitigate the effects of the deterioration on the portfolio. Credit quality in other parts of the mortgage portfolio and other US businesses remained stable.

In Mexico, loan impairment charges increased as a consequence of loan growth, with credit quality remaining stable.

In South America, the increase in impairment charges arose mainly in the personal sector in Brazil. This was driven by both loan growth and weaker conditions in the consumer market, where significant increases in the availability of credit led to some customers becoming over-indebted. Action was taken in 2005 to improve underwriting procedures and consequently the credit quality of new business improved.

The aggregate outstanding customer loan impairment allowances at 30 June 2006 of US$11,381 million represented 1.4 per cent of gross customer advances (net of reverse repos and settlement accounts), compared with 1.7 per cent at the same time in 2005.

Impaired loans to customers were US$12,296 million at 30 June 2006 compared with US$11,446 million at 31 December 2005. At constant exchange rates, impaired loans were 4 per cent higher than in 2005 compared with underlying lending growth (excluding lending to the financial sector and settlement accounts) of 6 per cent. This was mainly due to the factors noted above.


 
Operating expenses
  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
By geographical region                        
Europe 6,723   40.1   6,364   42.9   6,275   40.2  
Hong Kong 1,504   9.0   1,381   9.3   1,486   9.5  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,609   9.6   1,264   8.5   1,498   9.6  
North America 5,768   34.4   4,956   33.4   5,261   33.7  
South America 1,152   6.9   872   5.9   1,095   7.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  16,756   100.0   14,837   100.0   15,615   100.0  
     
     
     
 
Intra-HSBC elimination (617 )     (417 )     (521 )    
 
     
     
     
Operating expenses 16,139       14,420       15,094      
 
     
     
     

 

23


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
By expense category            
Employee compensation and benefits1 8,992   7,869   8,276  
Premises and equipment (excluding depreciation) 1,640   1,448   1,529  
General and administrative expenses 4,425   3,996   4,210  
 
 
 
 
Administrative expenses 15,057   13,313   14,015  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 748   831   801  
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets2 334   276   278  
 
 
 
 
Operating expenses 16,139   14,420   15,094  
 
 
 
 
   
1 A charge of US$135 million was recognised arising from the waiver of the TSR-related performance condition in respect of the 2003 awards under the HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan (‘the Plan’). As explained in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005, in light of the impressive and sustained performance and shareholder returns over the three years covered by the 2003 awards, the Group Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion, as permitted within the Plan, to waive the TSR performance condition. Under both IFRSs and US GAAP this is treated as a modification which requires an additional accounting charge: this is a non-cash item.
2 Intangible asset amortisation comprises the expensing through the income statement of purchased intangibles such as mortgage servicing rights and customer/merchant relationships and amounts allocated to intangible assets on the fair valuation of assets within acquired businesses. This latter category principally includes the value of customer relationships.
             
  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
Staff numbers (full-time equivalent)            
Europe 77,736   73,146   77,755  
Hong Kong 26,739   25,260   25,931  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 63,299   48,026   55,577  
North America 77,667   72,638   75,926  
South America 33,952   31,644   33,282  
 
 
 
 
  279,393   250,714   268,471  
 
 
 
 

 

Operating expenses of US$16,139 million were US$1,719 million, or 12 per cent, higher than in the first half of 2005. On an underlying basis, cost growth was 11 per cent, contrasting with a 14 per cent increase in net operating income. The main drivers of underlying cost growth were as follows:

increased performance-related pay, particularly in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets and Private Banking, reflecting the strong operating performance in the period;
   
increased staff and marketing costs as HSBC expanded the range of products and services available to customers through a broader range of distribution channels;
increased infrastructure costs as HSBC extended UK branch opening hours, refurbished certain UK branches, added to its branch network in the US, Mexico, Turkey and parts of Asia-Pacific, expanded the US direct deposit initiative and invested in systems to support growth in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets; and
   
volume-related costs in Global Transaction Banking and in US consumer finance.

 

24


Back to Contents

 

Cost efficiency ratios

HSBC’s cost efficiency ratio improved from 51.4 per cent to 50.1 per cent. Productivity improved in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking, with strong performances in Europe, Hong

Kong and the Rest of Asia-Pacific. Revenues grew significantly faster than costs in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, resulting in an improvement in its cost efficiency ratio from 61.1 per cent to 55.4 per cent.


                   
  Half-year to    
 
   
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  %     %     %    
HSBC 50.1     51.4     51.0    
Personal Financial Services 49.0     49.2     48.3    
Europe 60.2     60.4     56.0    
Hong Kong 31.1     32.8     33.8    
Rest of Asia-Pacific 68.6     69.4     74.8    
North America 43.3     43.2     42.6    
South America 68.2     67.5     65.8    
                   
Commercial Banking 44.5     46.7     44.4    
Europe 48.0     51.2     48.6    
Hong Kong 27.1     28.8     25.8    
Rest of Asia-Pacific 40.8     42.7     44.6    
North America 47.3     47.6     44.5    
South America 59.0     58.5     62.2    

Share of profit in associates and joint ventures

  Half-year to  
 










 
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
By geographical region                        
Europe (66 ) (18.3 ) 9   2.9   111   33.0  
Hong Kong 10   2.8   4   1.3   19   5.7  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 386   106.9   248   80.5   205   61.0  
North America 31   8.6   47   15.3   1   0.3  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 361   100.0   308   100.0   336   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
    Half-year to  
   
 
    30 June   30 June   31 December  
    2006   2005   2005  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
Share of profit in:            
associates 357   305   241  
joint ventures 4   3   95  
   
 
 
 
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 361   308   336  
   
 
 
 
               

Income from associates and joint ventures was US$361 million, an increase of 17 per cent compared with the first half of 2005. Improved contributions from The Saudi British Bank, Bank of Communications Limited (‘Bank of Communications’) and Industrial Bank Co. Limited (‘Industrial Bank’) were complemented by a full six months’ contribution from Ping An Insurance

following an additional investment to take HSBC’s stake in this business to 19.9 per cent in August 2005. These strategic investments are of increasing significance to HSBC’s operations in the Rest of Asia-Pacific region. These profits were partly offset by a loss arising from an impairment charge on a private equity investment of an associate in Europe.


 

25


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Asset deployment

  At   At   At  
   30 June 2006       30 June 2005     31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
                         
Loans and advances to customers 814,209   46.8   706,724   48.2   740,002   49.3  
Loans and advances to banks 162,482   9.3   155,141   10.6   125,965   8.4  
Trading assets 299,295   17.2   215,301   14.7   232,909   15.5  
Financial investments 192,334   11.1   188,687   12.9   182,342   12.1  
Derivatives 104,665   6.1   63,594   4.3   73,928   4.9  
Goodwill and intangible assets 34,544   2.0   32,500   2.2   33,200   2.2  
Other 130,609   7.5   104,863   7.1   113,624   7.6  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,738,138   100.0   1,466,810   100.0   1,501,970   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and advances to customers include:                        
reverse repos 15,038       14,222       14,610      
settlement accounts 8,094       3,399       2,142      
                   
Loans and advances to banks include:                        
reverse repos 37,101       34,328       24,754      
settlement accounts 6,691       16,114       2,669      
                         

HSBC’s total assets at 30 June 2006 were US$1,738 billion, an increase of US$236 billion or 16 per cent since 31 December 2005. The effect of acquisitions on this growth was negligible. On an underlying basis, total assets grew by 12 per cent.

At 30 June 2006, HSBC’s balance sheet remained highly liquid. The proportion of assets deployed in customer advances was 46.8 per cent, 2.5 percentage points lower than at 31 December 2005. Continued expansion of the fixed income business generated marked increases in trading and derivative assets at a rate of growth which exceeded the growth in customer lending.

Customer advances increased by 10 per cent, driven by mortgage financing and, to a lesser extent, lending to fund consumer spending either by way of personal loans or cards. Mortgage growth was mainly in the US consumer finance business and in the UK, where HSBC maintained its market share. Lending to the real estate sector benefited from sustained growth in the UK housing market. Growth in corporate lending was mainly in the Commercial Banking sector, with strong growth in infrastructure lending in the Middle East, trade-related expansion in Asia and real estate secured lending in the UK and US. Growth in France was underpinned by improvements in customer relationship management. On an underlying basis, net loans and advances to customers grew by 7 per cent in 2006.

At 30 June 2006, assets held by HSBC as custodian amounted to US$3,880 billion, 20 per cent higher than the US$3,242 billion held at 31 December 2005. At constant exchange rates, growth was 14 per cent. Custody is the safekeeping and administration of securities and financial instruments on behalf of others.

Complementing this was HSBC’s assets under administration business. At 30 June 2006, the value of assets held under administration by the Group amounted to US$954 billion, 22 per cent higher than the US$779 billion held at 31 December 2005. At constant exchange rates, growth was 17 per cent.

Trading assets and financial investments

Trading assets principally consist of debt and equity instruments acquired for the purpose of market making or to benefit from short-term price movements. Securities classified as held for trading are carried in the balance sheet at fair value with movements in fair value reflected within the income statement.

Trading assets of US$299 billion at 30 June 2006 were 29 per cent higher than at 31 December 2005. This increase was primarily driven by the continued expansion of the trading platform in Global Markets, which resulted in an increase in trading assets across all of its asset classes, with a commensurate rise in settlement accounts.

Financial investments include debt and equity instruments that are classified as available for sale or, to a very small extent, held to maturity. The available-for-sale investments essentially represent a core element of the Group’s liquidity and may be disposed of either to manage that liquidity or in response to reinvestment opportunities arising from favourable movements in economic indicators, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and equity prices. They are carried at fair value with unrealised gains and losses from movements thereon reported in equity until disposal. On disposal, the accumulated unrealised gain or loss is recognised


 

26


Back to Contents

through the income statement and reported as ‘Gains less losses from financial investments’.

Financial investments of US$192 billion at 30 June 2006 were marginally higher than at 31 December 2005, primarily due to growth in debt securities in Hong Kong and to a lesser extent in the UK. Net unrealised gains included in the valuation of equities amounted to US$1,297 million.

Funds under management

Funds under management of US$615 billion were US$103 billion, or 20 per cent, higher than at 30 June 2005 and US$54 billion, or 10 per cent, higher than at 31 December 2005.

Group Investment Businesses managed US$294 billion of assets at 30 June 2006, a 20 per cent increase compared with 30 June 2005, driven by US$12 billion of net flows from clients in the first half of 2006 and a good investment performance.

Private Banking, which benefited from increased recognition of HSBC in the market and its improved range of products, reported funds under management of US$213 billion.

Client assets, which provide an indicator of overall Private Banking volumes and include funds under management, cash deposits and certain on-balance sheet trust assets, rose by 22 per cent compared with 30 June 2005 to US$305 billion.


             
    Half-year to     
 




 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$bn   US$bn   US$bn  
Funds under management          
At beginning of period 561   476   512  
Net new money 26   32   31  
Value change 15   12   33  
Exchange and other 13   (8 ) (15 )
 
 
 
 
At end of period 615   512   561  
 
 
 
 
Business analysis          
Group Investment Businesses 294   246   272  
Private Banking 213   183   202  
Other 108   83   87  
 
 
 
 
  615   512   561  
 
 
 
 
             

Economic profit

HSBC’s internal performance measures include economic profit, a calculation which compares the return on financial capital invested in HSBC by its shareholders with the cost of that capital. HSBC prices its cost of capital internally and the difference between that cost and post-tax profit attributable to ordinary shareholders represents the amount of economic profit generated. Economic profit is used by management as a means of deciding where to allocate resources so that they will be most productive.

In order to concentrate on external factors rather than measurement bases, HSBC emphasises the

trend in economic profit rather than absolute amounts within business units. In light of the current levels of world interest rates, and taking into account its geographical and customer group diversification, HSBC believes that its true cost of capital on a consolidated basis remains 10 per cent. HSBC plans to continue using this rate until the end of the current five-year strategic plan in 2008 in order to ensure consistency and comparability.

Economic profit increased by US$643 million, or 21 per cent, compared with the first half of 2005, reflecting improved profitability. In addition, there was an improvement in the return on invested capital which led to a 70 basis point improvement in the economic profit spread.



27


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Economic profit

    Half-year to  
 











  30 June 2006 1 30 June 2005 1 31 December 2005 1
  US$m   % US$m   % US$m   %
Average total shareholders’ equity 97,117       86,813       92,320      
Add: Goodwill previously amortised or                        
         written off 8,172       8,172       8,172      
Less: Property revaluation reserves (1,092 )     (1,092 )     (1,092 )    
         Reserves representing unrealised                        
              gains on effective cash flow                        
              hedges (259 )     (242 )     (387 )    
         Reserves representing unrealised                        
              gains on available-for-sale                        
              securities (886 )     (975 )     (1,608 )    
         Preference shares (1,405 )           (696 )    
 
     
     
     
Average invested capital2 101,647       92,676       96,709      
 
     
     
     
Return on invested capital3 8,684   17.2   7,596   16.5   7,464   15.3  
Benchmark cost of capital (5,041 ) (10.0 ) (4,596 ) (10.0 ) (4,875 ) (10.0 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Economic profit/spread 3,643   7.2   3,000   6.5   2,589   5.3  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 Expressed as a percentage of average invested capital.
2 Average invested capital is measured as average total shareholders’ equity after adding back goodwill previously written-off directly to reserves, deducting average preference shares issued by HSBC Holdings and deducting average reserves for unrealised gains/(losses) on effective cash flow hedges and available-for-sale securities. This measure reflects capital initially invested and subsequent profit.
3 Return on invested capital is based on the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company.

 

28


Back to Contents

Analysis by customer group and by geographical region

By customer group

Profit/(loss) before tax

  Half-year to 30 June 2006    
 















   
              Corporate,                            
  Personal       Investment           Inter-        
  Financial   Commercial   Banking &   Private       segment        
  Services   Banking   Markets   Banking   Other7     elimination   Total    
Total US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m    
 
Net interest income/ (expense) 12,736   3,515   1,394   482   (292 )   (1,104 )   16,731    
Net fee income 4,285   1,555   1,810   705   25     8,380    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
314   91   2,613   209   (115 )     3,112    
Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities 103   5   (117 )   7   47   1,104   1,149    
Net trading income/(expense)1 417   96   2,496   216   (68 )   1,104   4,261    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value .
120   (40 )   47     133     260    
Gains less losses from financial investments
66   23   269   28   107     493    
Dividend income 8   2   147   4   61     222    
Net earned insurance premiums 2,517   128   41     148     2,834    
Other operating income 343   126   578   25   1,544   (1,463 )   1,153    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 20,492   5,405   6,782   1,460   1,658   (1,463 )   34,334    
Net insurance claims2 (1,975 )   (42 )   (31 )     (101 )     (2,149 )  
 
   

 
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income3 18,517   5,363   6,751   1,460   1,557   (1,463 )   32,185    
Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(3,709 )   (260 )   109   (29 )   (1 )     (3,890 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 14,808   5,103   6,860   1,431   1,556   (1,463 )   28,295    
Total operating expenses (9,073 )   (2,385 )   (3,740 )   (831 )   (1,573 )   1,463   (16,139 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 5,735   2,718   3,120   600   (17 )     12,156    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
173   144   24     20     361    
 
   
   
   
   
   

 
   
Profit before tax 5,908   2,862   3,144   600   3     12,517    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                               
  %   %   %   %   %       %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 47.2   22.9   25.1   4.8         100.0    
Cost efficiency ratio 49.0   44.5   55.4   56.9   101.0       50.1    
                               
  U$Sm   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m       US$m    
Selected balance sheet data4                              
Loans and advances to customers (net)
424,796   152,318   203,159   31,903   2,033       814,209    
Total assets 511,552   186,195   940,177   67,643   32,571       1,738,138    
Customer accounts 355,627   165,706   235,329   76,496   584       833,742    
Loans and advances to banks (net)5
        136,912                    
Trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments5,6
        448,595                    
Deposits by banks5         77,584                    
 
For footnotes, see page 38.

 

29


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax (continued)

  Half-year to 30 June 2005    
 
   
              Corporate,                            
  Personal       Investment           Inter-        
  Financial   Commercial   Banking &   Private       segment        
  Services   Banking   Markets   Banking   Other7     elimination   Total    
Total US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m    
                               
Net interest income/ (expense) 11,406   2,949   1,644   414   (215 )   (882 )   15,316    
Net fee income 3,521   1,420   1,384   531   188     7,044    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income 256   70   1,376   126   (24 )     1,804    
Net interest income on trading activities 106   28   44     27   882   1,087    
Net trading income1 362   98   1,420   126   3   882   2,891    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value .
185   (9 )   51     320     547    
Gains less losses from financial investments (2 )   (2 )   220   53   85     354    
Dividend income 4   1   51     39     95    
Net earned insurance premiums 2,111   118   42     125     2,396    
Other operating income 314   172   634   38   1,243   (1,255 )   1,146    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 17,901   4,747   5,446   1,162   1,788   (1,255 )   29,789    
Net insurance claims2 (1,576 )   (78 )   (31 )     (75 )     (1,760 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income3 16,325   4,669   5,415   1,162   1,713   (1,255 )   28,029    
Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(3,163 )   (204 )   77   12   1     (3,277 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 13,162   4,465   5,492   1,174   1,714   (1,255 )   24,752    
Total operating expenses (8,029 )   (2,180 )   (3,311 )   (723 )   (1,432 )   1,255   (14,420 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 5,133   2,285   2,181   451   282     10,332    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 86   89   120     13     308    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 5,219   2,374   2,301   451   295     10,640    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                               
  %   %   %   %   %       %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 49.1   22.3   21.6   4.2   2.8       100.0    
Cost efficiency ratio 49.2   46.7   61.1   62.2   83.6       51.4    
                               
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m       US$m    
Selected balance sheet data4                              
Loans and advances to customers (net) 375,361   136,514   166,664   25,949   2,236       706,724    
Total assets 459,485   167,526   749,867   57,944   31,988       1,466,810    
Customer accounts 315,674   134,359   198,063   61,934   434       710,464    
Loans and advances to banks (net)5         133,144                    
Trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments5,6
        357,987                    
Deposits by banks5         97,814                    
 
For footnotes, see page 38.

 

30


Back to Contents

  Half-year to 31 December 2005            
 
   
              Corporate,                            
  Personal           Investment                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other7     elimination     Total    
Total US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                           
Net interest income/ (expense) 11,945     3,361     1,357     434     (257 )   (822 )   16,018    
Net fee income 3,792     1,456     1,583     549     32         7,412    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income 104     80     1,543     191     (66 )       1,852    
Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities 108     (31 )   262         (40 )   822     1,121    
Net trading income/(expense)1 212     49     1,805     191     (106 )   822     2,973    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value .
389     (3 )   16     (1 )   86         487    
Gains less losses from financial investments 21     11     255     (8 )   59         338    
Dividend income 12     8     28     9     3         60    
Net earned insurance premiums 2,753     118     34         135         3,040    
Other operating income 415     155     987     30     1,391     (1,391 )   1,587    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 19,539     5,155     6,065     1,204     1,343     (1,391 )   31,915    
Net insurance claims2 (2,140 )   (40 )   (23 )       (104 )       (2,307 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income3 17,399     5,115     6,042     1,204     1,239     (1,391 )   29,608    
Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(4,374 )   (343 )   195         (2 )       (4,524 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 13,025     4,772     6,237     1,204     1,237     (1,391 )   25,084    
Total operating expenses (8,398 )   (2,273 )   (3,527 )   (743 )   (1,544 )   1,391     (15,094 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 4,627     2,499     2,710     461     (307 )       9,990    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 58     88     152         38         336    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   

 
Profit/(loss) before tax 4,685     2,587     2,862     461     (269 )       10,326    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                           
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 45.4     25.0     27.7     4.5     (2.6 )         100.0    
Cost efficiency ratio 48.3     44.4     58.4     61.7     124.6           51.0    
                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
Selected balance sheet data4                                          
Loans and advances to customers (net) 398,884     142,041     169,435     27,749     1,893           740,002    
Total assets 484,314     175,120     755,056     59,827     27,653           1,501,970    
Customer accounts 321,240     148,106     202,361     67,205     507           739,419    
Loans and advances to banks (net)5             106,123                            
Trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments5,6
            373,787                            
Deposits by banks5             65,853                            
 
For footnotes, see page 38.

 

31


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Personal Financial Services

Profit before tax

  Half-year to    
 






   
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Net interest income
12,736     11,406     11,945    
Net fee income
4,285     3,521     3,792    
Trading income excluding net interest income
314     256     104    
Net interest income on trading activities
103     106     108    
Net trading income1
417     362     212    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
120     185     389    
Gains less losses from financial investments
66     (2 )   21    
Dividend income
8     4     12    
Net earned insurance premiums
2,517     2,111     2,753    
Other operating income
343     314     415    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income
20,492     17,901     19,539    
Net insurance claims2
(1,975 )   (1,576 )   (2,140 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income3
18,517     16,325     17,399    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(3,709 )   (3,163 )   (4,374 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income
14,808     13,162     13,025    
Total operating expenses
(9,073 )   (8,029 )   (8,398 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit
5,735     5,133     4,627    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
173     86     58    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax
5,908     5,219     4,685    
 
   
   
   
By geographical region
                 
Europe
912     889     1,043    
Hong Kong
1,420     1,331     1,297    
Rest of Asia-Pacific
205     252     125    
North America
3,307     2,667     2,094    
South America
64     80     126    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax
5,908     5,219     4,685    
 
   
   
   
                   
  %     %     %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
47.2     49.1     45.4    
Cost efficiency ratio
49.0     49.2     48.3    
                   
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
Selected balance sheet data4
                 
Loans and advances to customers (net)
424,796     375,361     398,884    
Total assets
511,552     459,485     484,314    
Customer accounts
355,627     315,674     321,240    

For footnotes, see page 38.

Business highlights

Pre-tax profits from Personal Financial Services grew by 13 per cent to US$5,908 million, led by improved performances in North America and Hong Kong and notably strong rates of growth in Turkey, the Middle East and Mexico. On an underlying basis, growth was 10 per cent.
   
In the US, lending grew strongly in credit cards (in part due to the acquisition of Metris at the end of 2005) and in real estate secured lending. Deposit growth was driven by the continuing success of the online savings proposition, with balances growing to US$4.8 billion at the end of the half year.
   
HSBC conducted and published findings on the largest global study on retirement ever undertaken, surveying 21,000 people and 6,000 companies in 20 countries. This enabled HSBC to understand and position itself more effectively to meet customers’ financial retirement needs.
   
Usage and availability of HSBC’s direct sales channels continued to develop. Retail branch networks were expanded in the US, France, Turkey and parts of Asia-Pacific, and upgraded in the UK, where HSBC committed to investing some US$715 million on branch refurbishment. Major branding campaigns were also launched in the US and France in the first half of 2006 to support the online savings proposition in the US and the recent name change in France.
   
In the UK, HSBC’s progress in channel management was recognised by a number of awards, including the international ‘Technology Award for New Channels’ from The Banker for the Group’s innovative use of branch self-service technology.
   
In Hong Kong, HSBC won MasterCard’s ‘Bank of the Year’ award for a record sixth year running. Other awards won by HSBC in Hong Kong included the ‘Customer Service Grand Award’ from the Hong Kong Retail Management Association and the ‘Best Regional Retail Business in Asia’ award from The Asian Banker Excellence in Retail Financial Services Program.
   
In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, HSBC continued to expand its presence with sub-branches opened in Beijing, Guangzhou and Shanghai in mainland China. HSBC’s network there now consists of 23 outlets, comprising 12 branches and 11 sub-branches.

 

32


Back to Contents

Commercial Banking

Profit before tax

      Half-year to    
 






   
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
           
Net interest income
3,515     2,949     3,361    
Net fee income
1,555     1,420     1,456    
Trading income excluding net interest income
91     70     80    
Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities
5     28     (31 )  
Net trading income1
96     98     49    
Net expense from financial instruments designated at fair value
(40 )   (9 )   (3 )  
Gains less losses from financial investments
23     (2 )   11    
Dividend income
2     1     8    
Net earned insurance premiums
128     118     118    
Other operating income
126     172     155    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income
5,405     4,747     5,155    
Net insurance claims2
(42 )   (78 )   (40 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income3
5,363     4,669     5,115    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(260 )   (204 )   (343 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income
5,103     4,465     4,772    
Total operating expenses
(2,385 )   (2,180 )   (2,273 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit
2,718     2,285     2,499    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
144     89     88    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax
2,862     2,374     2,587    
 
   
   
   
By geographical region
             
Europe
1,076     977     962    
Hong Kong
587     394     561    
Rest of Asia-Pacific
498     406     412    
North America
596     507     557    
South America
105     90     95    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax
2,862     2,374     2,587    
 
   
   
   
         
  %     %     %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
22.9     22.3     25.0    
Cost efficiency ratio
44.5     46.7     44.4    
         
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
Selected balance sheet data4              
Loans and advances to customers (net)
152,318     136,514     142,041    
Total assets
186,195     167,526     175,120    
Customer accounts
165,706     134,359     148,106    

For footnotes, see page 38.

Business highlights

Pre-tax profits increased by 21 per cent to US$2,862 million, driven by balance sheet growth and enhanced interest spreads. The cost efficiency ratio improved from 46.7 per cent to 44.5 per cent.
   
Customer account balances increased by 23 per cent and loans and advances to customers grew by 12 per cent following targeted growth initiatives in the UK and North America. Customer numbers rose by 8 per cent to 2.6 million.
   
HSBC’s strategy to be the best bank for small business was reinforced by the introduction of HSBC BusinessDirect in the UK, which provides a non-fee internet and phone banking service to SMEs, together with continued growth in BusinessSmart customer numbers in the US. A dedicated SME centre was opened in Sri Lanka and a new start-up package was launched in Malta.
   
Progress continued towards establishing HSBC as the international business bank. The implementation of a cross-border referral system connecting over 50 sites and 4,000 relationship managers was completed. Successful referrals with an aggregate facility value of over US$1.3 billion were subsequently concluded. International Business Centres were established in 7 major sites, providing dedicated resources to support cross-border activity and a new streamlined account opening process.
   
The number of customers registered for commercial internet banking services exceeded one million for the first time, an increase of 31 per cent. Associated transaction volumes increased by over 29 per cent.
   
HSBC continued to expand its business insurance and commercial wealth management capabilities. Significant growth in new business was achieved in the UK and Hong Kong, while insurance services were launched in Indonesia and an insurance referral programme was established in mainland China.
   
HSBC was named ‘Best Factor 2006’ in the UK by Trade Magazine and received accolades from The Asian Banker for ‘Excellence in SME Banking’ in Hong Kong. Global Finance magazine recognised HSBC as the ‘Best Trade Finance Bank 2006’ for the Asia Region, Hong Kong and the UK.

 

33


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   
   

 

Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets

Profit before tax

      Half-year to    
 






   
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
           
Net interest income
1,394     1,644     1,357    
Net fee income
1,810     1,384     1,583    
Trading income excluding net interest income
2,613     1,376     1,543    
Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities
(117 )   44     262    
Net trading income1
2,496     1,420     1,805    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
47     51     16    
Gains less losses from financial investments
269     220     255    
Dividend income
147     51     28    
Net earned insurance premiums
41     42     34    
Other operating income
578     634     987    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income
6,782     5,446     6,065    
Net insurance claims2
(31 )   (31 )   (23 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income3
6,751     5,415     6,042    
Net recovery of loan impairment recoveries and other credit risk provisions
109     77     195    
 
   
   
   
Net operating income
6,860     5,492     6,237    
Total operating expenses
(3,740 )   (3,311 )   (3,527 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit
3,120     2,181     2,710    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
24     120     152    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax
3,144     2,301     2,862    
 
   
   
   
By geographical region
             
Europe
1,202     711     1,403    
Hong Kong
477     598     324    
Rest of Asia-Pacific
839     531     676    
North America
458     379     395    
South America
168     82     64    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax
3,144     2,301     2,862    
 
   
   
   
         
  %     %     %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
25.1     21.6     27.7    
Cost efficiency ratio
55.4     61.1     58.4    

Business highlights

Pre-tax profit in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets rose by 37 per cent to US$3,144 million. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 6 percentage points on the comparable period in 2005 and by 3 percentage points on the second half of 2005. Cost growth continued to slow as Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets continued the execution phase of its five-year development strategy. Some 1,894 people were recruited in 2006 and 822 departed. Global Transaction Banking accounted for 729 of the new hires.
   
Positive revenue trends continued in key product areas where investment has been made, particularly in sales and trading activities. Structured derivatives income grew by some 85 per cent, while Credit and Rates and foreign exchange income increased by some 65 per cent and 40 per cent, respectively. Group Investment Businesses revenues increased significantly with exceptional performance fees on emerging markets funds. The strong business momentum in these client-driven product lines demonstrated the success of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets’ growth strategy. Additionally, revenues grew faster in emerging markets than in established markets, underscoring the competitive strength of HSBC’s geographic network. The Group’s emerging markets capabilities were recognised in industry surveys and awards. HSBC was named ‘Best Investment Bank in the Middle East’ and, for the ninth consecutive year, ‘Best at Treasury and Risk Management in Asia’ by Euromoney magazine.
   
The ongoing trend of increasing capital flows between developed and emerging markets and between emerging markets themselves continued to generate business opportunities, and client demand for cross-border services remained strong across major product areas.
   
While balance sheet management revenues continued to be affected by market conditions, client-driven businesses within Global Markets benefited from trading opportunities created by increased volatility, especially in emerging markets. Client demand for structured products remained robust, reflecting both the increase in market volatility and HSBC’s enhanced ability to offer more innovative solutions.

 

34


Back to Contents

Management view of total operating income

During the first half of the year, the management structure of Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets was restructured into four principal product lines: Global Markets, Global Banking, Group Investment Businesses and Global Transaction Banking.

   Half-year to
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Global Markets and Global Banking
     
Balance sheet management 359   786   452  
Foreign exchange 844   601   599  
Credit and Rates 691   420   511  
Structured derivatives 400   216   171  
Equities 186   160   164  
Investment Banking 491   471   551  
Lending 606   622   638  
Private Equity 220   217   431  
 
 
 
 
  3,797   3,493   3,517  
             
Group Investment Businesses 667   394   448  
Global Transaction Banking 1,442   1,007   1,166  
Other1 876   552   934  
 
 
 
 
Total operating income 6,782   5,446   6,065  
 
 
 
 
Selected balance sheet data4      
Loans and advances to:      
– customers (net) 203,159   166,664   169,435  
– banks (net) 136,912   133,144   106,123  
Total assets 940,177   749,867   755,056  
Customer accounts 235,329   198,063   202,361  
Trading assets, financial      
   instruments designated      
   at fair value, and      
   financial investments6 448,595   357,987   373,787  
Deposits by banks 77,584   97,814   65,853  
             
1 ‘Other’ includes the Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets business of HSBC Trinkaus & Burkhardt, and net interest earned on free capital held in Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets not assigned to products.

For other footnotes, see page 38.

Structured derivatives activity and revenues rose as investment in technical expertise and systems over the past three years enabled Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets to address a wider spectrum of client needs.
   
Credit and Rates revenue rose as the benefits of previous investment were realised, and HSBC is now a dealer in all eurozone government bond markets. Equities revenue continued to rise.
   
Lending income fell as spreads continued to be pressured by abundant liquidity in all major markets. Credit conditions remained benign.
   
Investment Banking income rose modestly. HSBC was mandated as an adviser on four of the five largest European mergers and acquisitions transactions in the first half of 2006, demonstrating client confidence in the bank’s enhanced capabilities in this area. HSBC’s share of international bond issuance rose to 5.5 per cent, placing HSBC fourth in global market share.
   
Private Equity revenues were broadly in line with the comparable period in 2005.
   
In Group Investment Businesses, operating income rose by 69 per cent, boosted by exceptional performance fees and higher assets under management, particularly in emerging markets. At 30 June 2006, assets under management were US$294 billion, 19 per cent higher than the first half of 2005, driven by US$12 billion of net inflows from clients and buoyant market conditions.
   
In Global Transaction Banking, operating income increased across all major product areas, including payments and cash management, trade services and securities services. Costs increased by 27 per cent, reflecting increased investment in systems and higher transaction volumes.

 

35


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Private Banking

Profit before tax

  Half-year to    
 






   
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Net interest income 482     414     434    
Net fee income 705     531     549    
Trading income excluding                  
   net interest income 209     126     191    
Net interest income on                  
   trading actitivies 7            
Net trading income1 216     126     191    
Net expenses from financial                  
   instruments designated                  
   at fair value         (1 )  
Gains less losses from                  
   financial investments 28     53     (8 )  
Dividend income 4         9    
Other operating income 25     38     30    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income 1,460     1,162     1,204    
Net insurance claims2            
 
   
   
   
Net operating income3 1,460     1,162     1,204    
Loan impairment (charges)/                  
   recoveries and other                  
   credit risk provisions (29 )   12        
 
   
   
   
Net operating income 1,431     1,174     1,204    
Total operating expenses (831 )   (723 )   (743 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit 600     451     461    
Share of profit in associates                  
   and joint ventures            
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax 600     451     461    
 
   
   
   
By geographical region                  
Europe 388     236     303    
Hong Kong 123     111     79    
Rest of Asia-Pacific 48     43     35    
North America 38     60     44    
South America 3     1        
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax 600     451     461    
 
   
   
   
  %     %     %    
Share of HSBC’s profit                  
   before tax 4.8     4.2     4.5    
Cost efficiency ratio 56.9     62.2     61.7    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
Selected balance sheet data4                  
Loans and advances to                  
   customers (net) 31,903     25,949     27,749    
Total assets 67,643     57,944     59,827    
Customer accounts 76,496     61,934     67,205    

For footnotes, see page 38.

Business highlights

Pre-tax profits of US$600 million grew by 33 per cent compared with the first half of 2005, supported by strong growth in client assets, lending and product enrichment. On an underlying basis, growth was 35 per cent.
   
Operational efficiency was enhanced through greater integration of the business across the Group, improved customer segmentation and increased use of Group Service Centres. The cost efficiency ratio improved by over 5 percentage points to 56.9 per cent.
   
Client assets increased by 22 per cent to US$304.6 billion, benefiting from net new money of US$18.6 billion in the first half of 2006. Globally, the importance of cross-referrals within HSBC increased during the period, contributing some US$2.9 billion of net new money during the period.
   
Discretionary and advisory managed assets rose by 23 per cent, and represented 45.2 per cent of total client assets at 30 June 2006 (30 June 2005: 45.0 per cent). Assets invested in the Strategic Investment Solutions and Core Investment Solutions products grew to US$3.7 billion, benefiting from net new money of US$0.8 billion in the first half of 2006. A new multi-manager discretionary programme, the Actively Managed Portfolio, was launched in Europe and raised some US$0.4 billion of funds.
   
The balance sheet grew strongly in most regions. Increased lending, notably in the US, the UK and Switzerland, was matched by deposit inflows from new customers, particularly in Switzerland and the US, where a deposit-raising campaign attracted US$2.5 billion of funds.
   
HSBC opened further regional offices in the UK and France. The London-based regional property advisory business also expanded into the UK regions and France. In the US, Wealth and Tax Advisory Services (‘WTAS’) opened new offices in Palo Alto, Seattle and Chicago.

 

36


Back to Contents

Other

Profit/(loss) before tax

  Half-year to    
 






   
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Net interest expense (292 )   (215 )   (257 )  
Net fee income 25     188     32    
Trading expense excluding              
   net interest income (115 )   (24 )   (66 )  
Net interest income/              
   (expense) on trading              
   activities 47     27     (40 )  
Net trading              
   income/(expense)1 (68 )   3     (106 )  
Net income from financial              
   instruments designated              
   at fair value 133     320     86    
Gains less losses from              
   financial investments 107     85     59    
Dividend income 61     39     3    
Net earned insurance              
   premiums 148     125     135    
Other operating income 1,544     1,243     1,391    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income 1,658     1,788     1,343    
Net insurance claims2 (101 )   (75 )   (104 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income3 1,557     1,713     1,239    
Loan impairment (charges)/              
   recoveries and other              
   credit risk provisions (1 )   1     (2 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income 1,556     1,714     1,237    
Total operating expenses (1,573 )   (1,432 )   (1,544 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) (17 )   282     (307 )  
Share of profit in associates              
   and joint ventures 20     13     38    
 
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 3     295     (269 )  
 
   
   
   
By geographical region              
Europe 22     73     (241 )  
Hong Kong 47     (15 )   (163 )  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 67     48     46    
North America (127 )   100     69    
South America (6 )   89     20    
 
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 3     295     (269 )  
 
   
   
   
  %     %     %    
Share of HSBC’s profit              
   before tax     2.8     (2.6 )  
Cost efficiency ratio 101.0     83.6     124.6    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
Selected balance sheet  data4              
Loans and advances to              
   customers (net) 2,033     2,236     1,893    
Total assets 32,571     31,988     27,653    
Customer accounts 584     434     507    

For footnotes, see page 38

Notes

For a description of the main items reported under ‘Other’, see footnote 7 on page 38.
   
HSBC sold part of its stake in UTI Bank Limited, realising a gain of US$101 million in February 2006.
   
Movement in the fair value of own debt designated at fair value was US$149 million, 43 per cent lower than in the first half of 2005.
The movement was principally in North America and Europe.
   
Disposals of investment properties in Hong Kong realised gains of US$100 million, significantly higher than in the first half of 2005. However, property revaluation gains were lower, reflecting slower growth in Hong Kong property values.
   
Increases in US interest rates led to higher floating rate debt servicing costs, partly offset by increased income on centrally held US dollar denominated investments.
   
Costs incurred in the Group Service Centres outside the US increased by 63 per cent to US$215 million, reflecting the ongoing creation of centres of excellence capable of supporting a wider range of Group activities. Over 20,000 staff are now employed in the Group Service Centres, principally in India, mainland China and the Philippines.
   
In the first half of 2005, HSBC in Argentina booked a one-off benefit from the receipt of coverage bonds and other items related to the 2002 sovereign debt crisis. These benefits were not repeated in 2006.
   
Group head office costs rose by 19 per cent, driven by increased marketing costs in support of the global HSBC brand.

 

37


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

By geographical region

In the analysis of profit by geographical region that follows, operating income and operating expenses include intra-HSBC items of US$617 million (first half of 2005: US$417 million; second half of 2005: US$521 million).

Profit before tax            
  Half-year to
 










 
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
Europe 3,600   28.8   2,886   27.2   3,470   33.6  
Hong Kong 2,654   21.2   2,419   22.7   2,098   20.3  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,657   13.2   1,280   12.0   1,294   12.5  
North America 4,272   34.1   3,713   34.9   3,159   30.6  
South America 334   2.7   342   3.2   305   3.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  12,517   100.0   10,640   100.0   10,326   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Total assets4

At   At   At  
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
Europe 767,608   44.1   645,013   44.0   636,703   42.4  
Hong Kong 246,781   14.2   236,887   16.1   235,376   15.7  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 168,857   9.7   134,693   9.2   142,014   9.5  
North America 526,124   30.3   426,434   29.1   463,143   30.8  
South America 28,768   1.7   23,783   1.6   24,734   1.6  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  1,738,138   100.0   1,466,810   100.0   1,501,970   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         

Basis of preparation

Customer group results are presented in accordance with the accounting policies used in the preparation of HSBC’s consolidated financial statements. HSBC’s operations are closely integrated and, accordingly, the presentation of customer group data includes internal allocations of certain items of income and expense. These allocations include the costs of certain support services and head office functions, to the extent that these can be

meaningfully attributed to operational business lines. While such allocations have been made on a systematic and consistent basis, they necessarily involve a degree of subjectivity.

Where relevant, income and expense amounts presented include the results of inter-segment funding as well as inter-company and inter-business line transactions. All such transactions are undertaken on arm’s length terms.


 

Footnotes to ‘Analysis by customer group and by geographical region’

1 In the customer group analyses, net trading income comprises all gains and losses from changes in the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities classified as held for trading, together with related external and internal interest income and interest expense, and dividends received; in the statutory presentation internal interest income and expense are eliminated.
2 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
3 Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions.
4 Third party only.
5 Assets and liabilities recorded here were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
6 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.
7 The main items reported under ‘Other’ are the income and expenses of wholesale insurance operations, certain property activities, unallocated investment activities including hsbc.com, centrally held investment companies, movements in the fair value of own debt designated at fair value, and HSBC’s holding company and financing operations. The results include net interest earned on free capital held centrally and operating costs incurred by the head office operations in providing stewardship and central management services to HSBC. Net operating income of the Group’s wholesale insurance operations amounted to US$220 million in the first half of 2006 (first half of 2005: US$204 million; second half of 2005 US$254 million). ‘Other’ also includes the costs incurred by the Group Service Centres and Shared Service Organisations and associated recoveries.

 

38


Back to Contents

Europe  
 
Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer group  
  Half-year to    
 






   
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
Personal Financial Services 912     889     1,043    
                   
United Kingdom 629     682     793    
France1 132     90     133    
Turkey 71     59     75    
Other 80     58     42    
                   
Commercial Banking 1,076     977     962    
                   
United Kingdom 851     768     727    
France1 101     142     136    
Turkey 27     19     20    
Other 97     48     79    
                   
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets2 1,202     711     1,403    
                   
United Kingdom 662     323     863    
France1 306     178     294    
Turkey 22     55     37    
Other 212     155     209    
                   
Private Banking 388     236     303    
                   
United Kingdom 106     65     106    
France1 16     14     (7 )  
Switzerland 169     98     156    
Other 97     59     48    
                   
Other 22     73     (241 )  
                   
United Kingdom 99     89     (136 )  
France1 (62 )   (39 )   (108 )  
Other (15 )   23     3    
 
   
   
   
Total 3,600     2,886     3,470    
                   
United Kingdom 2,347     1,927     2,353    
France1 493     385     448    
Turkey 120     133     132    
Switzerland 169     98     156    
Other 471     343     381    
                   
                   
1 France primarily comprises the domestic operations of HSBC France and the Paris branch of HSBC Bank plc.
2 Including venture capital gains of US$117 million in the first half of 2006 (US$234 million in the first half of 2005: US$376 million in the second half of 2005).
   

 

39


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit before tax

  Half-year to  
 




 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
Europe US$m   US$m   US$m  
       
Net interest income 4,094   4,056   4,165  
Net fee income 3,513   3,159   3,140  
Net trading income 2,187   1,385   1,651  
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 129   224   138  
Gains less losses from financial investments 266   209   230  
Dividend income 121   42   21  
Net earned insurance premiums 668   870   729  
Other operating income 633   731   872  
 
 
 
 
Total operating income 11,611   10,676   10,946  
             
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities (287 ) (502 ) (316 )
 
 
 
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other            
   credit risk provisions 11,324   10,174   10,630  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (935 ) (933 ) (996 )
 
 
 
 
Net operating income 10,389   9,241   9,634  
Total operating expenses (6,723 ) (6,364 ) (6,275 )
 
 
 
 
Operating profit 3,666   2,877   3,359  
Share of (loss)/profit in associates and joint ventures (66 ) 9   111  
 
 
 
 
Profit before tax 3,600   2,886   3,470  
 
 
 
 
             
  %   %   %  
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 28.8   27.2   33.6  
Cost efficiency ratio 59.4   62.6   59.0  
             
Period-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) 77,736   73,146   77,755  
             
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Selected balance sheet data1            
Loans and advances to customers (net) 359,399   309,522   312,537  
Loans and advances to banks (net) 64,564   73,343   44,360  
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value and            
   financial investments2 230,035   184,107   187,359  
Total assets 767,608   645,013   636,703  
Deposits by banks 55,783   73,249   47,202  
Customer accounts 392,733   330,411   334,200  
       
1 Third party only.
2 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.
   

Economic activity in the UK rebounded during the first half of 2006 following a sluggish 2005. Annual gross domestic product (‘GDP’) growth was 2.5 per cent for the first half of the year, the average rate for most of the past fifteen years. Companies began to invest again, encouraged by increased profitability and stronger balance sheets, as the strength in global demand fed through to UK exports and industry. Consumer spending stabilised, while house prices and housing transactions rebounded sharply during the period. Doubts remained over the strength of consumer spending and the sustainability of housing-related activity, given the rise in unemployment during the period (by 0.4 percentage points to 5.4 per cent) and the fall in real personal disposable income,

the latter partly the consequence of the rise in energy costs. Personal bankruptcies and IVAs were sharply up in 2005 and continued to rise in 2006, partly as a result of the increase in the unemployment rate and partly because of the change in bankruptcy law in 2004 which made it easier to declare bankruptcy. Consumer Price Index (‘CPI’) inflation slightly exceeded the Bank of England’s 2 per cent target, but much of that rise was directly attributable to higher energy bills. The price of consumer goods continued to fall and wage growth remained subdued. As a result of the reasonably benign economic environment, the Bank of England left interest rates unchanged at 4.5 per cent throughout the first half of 2006.


 

40


Back to Contents

Growth in the eurozone gradually improved, with GDP rising by about 2 per cent in the first half of 2006. Encouragingly, demand within the eurozone seemed to be recovering. Consumer spending accelerated in the period, boosted by a drop in unemployment of 0.4 percentage points to approximately 7.9 per cent. Investment growth was weak, though this may prove to be temporary. Growth rates in France and Germany converged, as strong export and industrial production continued to offset sluggish consumer spending in the latter. Eurozone inflation rose to 2.5 per cent in June, with core inflation, which excludes energy and food, a more benign 1.5 per cent. The European Central Bank (‘ECB’) increased interest rates by 25 basis points in both March and June, raising the key policy rate to 2.75 per cent. Rates were unchanged in July, but the ECB indicated that further tightening was to be expected.

Turkey’s economic growth rate was robust at 6.4 per cent in the first quarter of 2006 and the unemployment rate averaged 11.5 per cent, approximately the same as in the first quarter of 2005. In May, Turkey suffered a major equity market correction following unexpectedly bad news on inflation, which in June reached 10.1 per cent, double the year-end official target. The currency fell more than 17 per cent against an equally weighted basket of US dollars and euros, and the central bank tightened economic policy, raising short-term rates by 4 per cent and draining liquidity from the markets. Benchmark interest rates rose nearly 6 per cent. The government remained committed to Turkey’s International Monetary Fund (‘IMF’) programme and began a comprehensive reform of social security, which is considered critical for long-term fiscal sustainability. Strong economic activity kept the current account deficit at around 7 per cent of GDP during the first half of 2006, despite high energy import costs. It was largely financed with longer-term capital inflows and foreign direct investment.

European operations reported a pre-tax profit of US$3,600 million compared with US$2,886 million in the first half of 2005, an increase of 25 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits grew by 30 per cent. Underlying net operating income increased by 17 per cent, 7 percentage points ahead of operating expenses, which grew by 10 per cent. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets made significant gains in expanded trading activities. Its results were also favourably affected by the non-recurrence of a fair value loss on non-qualifying hedges in Global Markets in the prior year period. Record profits in Private Banking were driven by

lending growth, as well as higher client assets. Commercial Banking increased income while maintaining broadly flat costs. In Personal Financial Services, income growth was tempered by higher loan impairment charges.

The following commentary is on an underlying basis.

Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$912 million, an increase of 8 per cent compared with the first half of 2005. In the UK, the benefits of strong balance sheet growth were offset by lower insurance revenues, the write-down of intangibles attributed to acquired card portfolios, and increased loan impairment charges following a sharp rise in UK personal bankruptcies and IVAs. The higher loan impairment charges were the principal cause of the write-down of the intangible assets referred to above. In France, revenue benefits from recruiting target customers were offset by spread compression. In Turkey, where pre-tax profits rose by 24 per cent to US$71 million, strong growth in credit cards, personal lending and savings products reflected continued expansion of the overall business.

In the UK, attention was focused on further improving sales and channel management, including the branch refurbishment programme, and on enhancing customer segmentation. Marketing campaigns helped raise awareness of HSBC products and build customer retention, while a simplified and successfully positioned product range also helped boost sales. In France, successful marketing campaigns following the rebranding exercise in 2005 accelerated lending growth and grew customer numbers. In Turkey, investment in recruitment and marketing during the past twelve months aided growth in the personal customer base.

Net interest income rose by 5 per cent to US$2,711 million, driven by increases in the UK and Turkey. The benefit of balance sheet growth in France was more than offset by competitive pressure on margins and a lower benefit from free funds.

With personal lending growth opportunities in the UK constrained by weaker demand and tighter underwriting standards, increased attention was directed towards transactional and savings accounts.

Current account balances in the UK increased by 7 per cent to US$24.9 billion, driven by strong customer recruitment and improved customer retention. Overall customer accounts increased by 6 per cent, of which HSBC’s first value-driven packaged account in the UK market, launched in 2005, contributed 2 percentage points.


 

41


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Sales of new UK savings accounts increased in a highly competitive market, and HSBC’s share of new accounts rose markedly. Competitive internet-based products were a key driver of the growth, with average balances in First Direct’s e-savings product, and the Online Saver product launched in 2005, together growing to US$9.4 billion. Overall, average savings balances increased by 31 per cent to US$60.7 billion, more than offsetting competitive reductions in margin, and net interest income rose by 12 per cent.

Average UK credit card balances rose by 6 per cent to US$13.0 billion, reflecting the success of targeted promotional campaigns and marketing activity during 2006. Growth was notable in Marks & Spencer branded cards, which substantially drove the increase.

Average UK mortgage balances rose by 14 per cent to US$65.3 billion, as competitive pricing and marketing strategies, including the launch of a new proposition in 2006, helped maintain market share. Spreads remained broadly in line with 2005.

There was a modest decline in UK unsecured lending, with loan sales restrained by stricter underwriting criteria implemented by HSBC and reduced consumer demand. Overall, average balances fell by 1 per cent. Spreads narrowed, reflecting the introduction in 2005 of preferential pricing for lower risk customers, and a mix change towards higher value but lower yielding loans.

In Turkey, net interest income grew by 43 per cent, predominantly due to asset growth which was substantially funded by rising deposits. Growth was strongest in personal lending, where marketing initiatives and cross-sales with credit card customers helped more than double balances. Mortgage lending also nearly doubled. Credit card balances rose by 32 per cent in a market subject to calming measures through increased regulation. Savings deposit balances rose by 55 per cent, driven by competitive pricing, though there was a consequent narrowing of spreads.

In France, net interest income fell by 7 per cent. Marketing campaigns based around the HSBC France brand aided strong sales and customer recruitment, notably through mortgages. Cross-sales of current and savings accounts were also strong. The benefit of this growth was more than offset by lower spreads, as competitive pricing reduced yields on lending products, and the maturing of older, higher-yielding hedges reduced the funding benefit from deposits.

Net fee income increased by 16 per cent to US$1,230 million. In the UK, fee income grew from higher sales of packaged current accounts and investment products, as well as from overdrafts and credit cards. Creditor protection income reduced, reflecting lower demand in a subdued market for personal loans. Reduced sales volumes were compounded by a smaller average loan size, with a corresponding reduction in average premiums.

In Turkey, fee income rose by 6 per cent, driven by the strong growth in personal lending volumes and, to a lesser extent, credit cards. Sales of pension products launched during the year and insurance also grew strongly, following the recruitment of additional sales staff supported by increased marketing expenditure. In France, there was strong growth in commissions on sales of insurance products, retail broking and collective investment products. Rising sales of packaged current accounts also contributed to the growth.

Net trading income increased, predominantly due to the fair value measurement of embedded options linked to government regulated home-savings products in France. The US$32 million gain from financial investments reflected Personal Financial Services’ share of proceeds arising from the MasterCard Incorporated IPO.

The decline in net income from financial instruments designated at fair value reflected the effect of market movements on insurance assets, largely offset by a corresponding decrease in net insurance claims. Lower sales of life and creditor repayment protection, driven by the constraints on personal lending growth referred to above, and a change in reinsurance arrangements at the end of 2005, contributed to the decrease in net earned insurance premiums.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$847 million were 8 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005, largely attributable to a weaker credit environment in the UK. This contrasted with France and Turkey, where credit quality remained sound.

In the UK, loan impairment charges rose by 8 per cent, substantially driven by a continuation of the trend in personal bankruptcies and IVAs seen in the second half of 2005 as a consequence of the legislative change in 2004, and increased marketing of debt reduction services. HSBC responded to the deteriorating credit environment in 2005 by refining its credit eligibility criteria, enhancing its credit scorecards with full positive credit reference data, and investing in collections capabilities and its Retail Credit Risk Management function. The benefits of


 

42


Back to Contents

this were noticeable in the first half of 2006 through early signs that the credit quality of more recent unsecured lending had improved. Consequently, the rate of increase in consumer lending impairment was lower than the trend in 2005.

Operating expenses increased by 7 per cent compared with the first half of 2005, predominantly in the UK, where the non-cash write-down of intangibles attributed to acquired card portfolios added US$57 million to operating expenses. The roll out of the UK branch network refurbishment programme to 32 branches, and the recruitment of additional counter staff following an increase in opening hours in certain branches, also increased costs. These were, in part, offset by savings from the continued focus on direct channels and the further centralisation of support functions during 2005. A review of provisions for the likely compensation due to UK customers for shortfalls on certain mortgage endowment policies and investment products increased costs by US$16 million. In France, a 3 per cent rise in operating expenses was driven by the recruitment of additional sales staff and higher marketing expenditure. In Turkey, marketing costs increased by 72 per cent and staff costs by 27 per cent, largely in support of the growing consumer lending, insurance and pensions businesses.

Commercial Banking reported pre-tax profits of US$1,076 million, an increase of 15 per cent. The sale of the UK fleet management and vehicle finance leasing business in the autumn of 2005 led to a 5 per cent decrease in operating income, together with an 8 per cent reduction in costs. Excluding this, net operating income grew by 12 per cent, reflecting strong growth in UK lending balances and customer numbers. UK credit quality stabilised, following a decline in the second half of 2005, and loan impairment charges were lower than in the first half of that year.

Net interest income increased by 8 per cent. In the UK, HSBC concentrated its efforts on attracting transactional and savings balances and, as a result, deposit balances increased by 16 per cent. Deposit spreads remained broadly unchanged. Average lending and overdraft balances increased by 16 per cent following strong growth throughout 2005. Lending spreads were also in line with the first half of 2005.

Current account balances increased by 8 per cent, reflecting growth in sterling current account customer numbers and higher average balances per customer. The successful launch of commercial theme weeks helped HSBC to increase its current account customer base. During these weeks, HSBC

sought to attract new customers by offering incentives to both potential clients and sales staff, increase client contact by embedding specialist commercial sales managers in branches, and develop the skills of branch network staff by allowing them to work alongside experienced relationship managers. HSBC opened 51,000 start-up accounts, while the bank acquired over 12,500 customers who switched their business from another bank, 11 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005. The launch of a new, simplified foreign currency current account in January 2006, together with the establishment of an International Banking Centre to serve customers’ international banking requirements, led to an increase in international and foreign currency current accounts. As the current account base grew, HSBC in the UK attracted its one millionth business customer in the first half of 2006.

Net interest income in Turkey increased by 38 per cent as HSBC continued to develop its SME business, which was established in 2005. Lending balances increased by 53 per cent, following the introduction of pre-approved credit limits for existing customers, while internal campaigns to attract savings balances led to a 59 per cent increase in deposit balances. In France, strong competition reduced spreads, though a number of business initiatives, including the reassignment of experienced relationship managers to the largest Commercial Banking customers, increased both lending and deposit balances.

Net fee income increased by 7 per cent to US$845 million. In the UK, increased customer numbers and higher transaction volumes contributed to a 7 per cent increase in current account and money transmission income. Client workshops and other promotional activity contributed to higher sales of foreign exchange and interest rate management products and led to a 37 per cent increase in treasury fees.

Other operating income was 51 per cent lower than in the first half of 2005. The fall was driven by lower asset finance revenues following the sale of the UK fleet management business, partly offset by US$38 million of the gain on the sale of HSBC’s stake in Cyprus Popular Bank.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were 8 per cent lower than in the first half of 2005. In the UK, lower charges reflected the non-recurrence of a significant allowance against a single customer, partly offset by the effect of lending growth. Overall credit quality remained satisfactory. In France, loan impairment charges returned to more


 

43


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

normal levels compared with net releases in the first half of 2005. Overall credit quality was stable.

Operating expenses decreased by 1 per cent. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 3 percentage points to 48 per cent as revenues grew significantly faster than costs. Excluding the sale of UK fleet management activities, Europe costs were 7 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005 and UK costs rose by 8 per cent. The increase in UK costs represented Commercial Banking’s share of branch refurbishment costs, together with increases in front-line sales staff, who contributed to rising operating income. In France, costs were in line with the first half of 2005. In Turkey, the recruitment of additional sales and support staff in 2005 and the cost of developing the SME business led to a 39 per cent increase in operating expenses.

Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$1,202 million, an increase of 77 per cent, compared with the first half of 2005. Excluding the effect of the non-recurrence of adverse mark-to-market movements on non-qualifying hedges discussed in the Interim Report 2005, pre-tax profit increased by 34 per cent. Significant gains from trading activities, higher operating income in Global Transaction Banking and a slowdown in the rate of operating expense growth resulted in a cost efficiency ratio of 62 per cent, a marked improvement on the 73 per cent recorded in the comparable period in 2005.

Net interest income increased by 24 per cent to US$429 million. In the UK, balance sheet management revenues decreased by US$45 million as short-term interest rates continued to rise and yield curves remained flat.

Lending income was marginally higher, with the benefit of a 12 per cent increase in balances being partly offset by lower margins driven by competitive market pressure.

Payments and cash management and securities services revenues grew by 48 per cent, benefiting from growth in deposit balances, increased transaction volumes and higher interest rates.

Net fee income rose by 26 per cent. There has been strong growth in debt capital markets income due to an increase in the level of issuance. Income from Group Investment Businesses reported strong growth, reflecting increased assets under management and higher performance fees allied to revenues from disposals of principal property and infrastructure fund investments.

Securities services operations reported a 123 per cent increase in income, as customer volumes grew

in higher-value products such as securities lending and foreign exchange. Assets under custody also increased.

Trading income increased as positive revenue trends continued in key product areas where HSBC had invested, particularly structured derivatives and Credit and Rates. Structured derivatives income more than doubled, demonstrating the success of HSBC’s investment programme in growing this business. Credit and Rates income was boosted by gains from interest rate derivatives and emerging market bonds, as market volatility increased. Higher foreign exchange revenue was driven by greater customer volumes and the increased trading opportunities offered by a combination of US dollar weakness and more volatile conditions, especially in emerging markets.

Gains from sales of financial investments increased by 21 per cent to US$198 million, primarily due to the sale of specialist property and infrastructure fund investments by Group Investment Businesses.

The net recovery on loan impairment charges was higher than that recorded in the first half of 2005. The continuation of a benign credit environment led to a net release against collective impairment charges.

Operating expenses increased by 15 per cent to US$1,989 million. In Global Markets, higher costs reflected an increase in performance-related staff costs and continued investment, particularly in structured derivatives. Global Transaction Banking costs were driven higher by business expansion and increased volumes in the payments and cash management and the securities services businesses.

Private Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$388 million, an increase of 69 per cent compared with the first half of 2005. Excluding the effect of a net favourable mark-to-market movement on non-qualifying hedges, pre-tax profit increased by 46 per cent. Client assets, lending and transaction volumes all grew strongly, buoyed by greater brand awareness and a broader product range. Enhancements to customer segmentation and operational improvements boosted productivity in most countries.

Net interest income rose by 24 per cent to US$322 million, driven by balance sheet growth across the region, most notably in the UK and Switzerland. Overall, lending balances increased by 23 per cent, funded by deposit inflows as new customers placed cash prior to investment. In the UK, the expansion of the residential property


 

44


Back to Contents

advisory business helped boost mortgage balances by 22 per cent in a market which remained buoyant at the upper end. In Switzerland, a 23 per cent increase in lending reflected customers’ borrowing on a secured basis to invest in higher yielding securities or alternative investments.

Client assets, including deposits and funds under management, rose by 25 per cent to US$200 billion. Overall, net new money was US$12.5 billion, with inflows strongest in Switzerland and the UK. In Switzerland, greater brand awareness, successful product placement and improvements in customer segmentation all contributed to the growth. In the UK, regional expansion over the past 12 months, organic growth and cross-referrals helped generate US$2.1 billion of net new money. Cross-referrals were also a notable driver of growth in France, where net new money increased by US$700 million. In Monaco and Germany, growth in client assets benefited from strong net new money inflows in the second half of 2005.

Fee income increased by 36 per cent, to US$482 million. Included in this was a performance fee from the Hermitage Fund, a public equity fund dedicated to Russia, which was US$23 million more than in the first half of 2005. The growth in fee income was driven by increased funds under management and an improved mix towards higher fee-earning discretionary and advisory managed assets. This reflected, in part, the success of the Strategic Investment Solutions and Actively Managed Portfolio products, which together raised US$0.7 billion of net new money. The expansion of HSBC’s residential property advisory business, which opened new offices in the UK and France, also contributed to fee income growth.

Transactional fees and trading revenues grew strongly, compounded by a higher mark-to-market benefit on non-qualifying hedges. Underlying growth was driven by new clients investing and successful product placement, notably in structured products. Buoyant market conditions, particularly in Switzerland, also contributed.

Gains from financial investments in both 2005 and 2006 arose mainly from the sale of debt and investment holdings.

Operating expenses increased by 16 per cent, reflecting front office recruitment in all countries, together with the costs of supporting the regional offices opened in the UK. Performance-related remuneration was 4 per cent of the cost growth, driven by the strong revenue growth. Enhanced productivity, in part driven by refinements in customer segmentation, was reflected in 9 percentage points improvement in the cost efficiency ratio.

In Other, movements in the fair value of own debt and associated swaps led to a rise in net operating income, principally from movements in HSBC’s own credit spread. The fair value of own debt incorporates an element attributable to the credit spread on HSBC’s debt instruments. As HSBC’s credit spreads narrow, accounting losses are reported, and the reverse is true in the event of spreads widening. These valuation adjustments amortise to zero over the life of the debt and have no cash flow implications.

Group head office costs increased by 19 per cent, driven by higher marketing and sponsorship expenditure incurred to promote the HSBC brand.


 

45


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group

  Half-year to 30 June 2006    
 
   
              Corporate,                            
  Personal           Investment                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total    
Europe US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                             
Net interest income 2,711     1,367     429     322     20     (755 )   4,094    
Net fee income 1,230     845     796     482     160         3,513    
                                           
Trading income excluding net interest income
100     5     1,373     54     15         1,547    
Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities
    2     (124 )   7         755     640    
                                           
Net trading income 100     7     1,249     61     15     755     2,187    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
11     1     4         113         129    
Gains less losses from financial investments
32     12     198     20     4         266    
Dividend income     2     113     4     2         121    
Net earned insurance premiums
461     60             147         668    
Other operating income 61     58     416     5     139     (46 )   633    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 4,606     2,352     3,205     894     600     (46 )   11,611    
                                           
Net insurance claims1 (181 )   (5 )           (101 )       (287 )  
 
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
4,425     2,347     3,205     894     499     (46 )   11,324    
                                           
Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(847 )   (145 )   56     1             (935 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 3,578     2,202     3,261     895     499     (46 )   10,389    
                                           
Total operating expenses (2,666 )   (1,126 )   (1,989 )   (507 )   (481 )   46     (6,723 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 912     1,076     1,272     388     18         3,666    
                                           
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
        (70 )       4         (66 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 912     1,076     1,202     388     22         3,600    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                           
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax
7.3     8.6     9.6     3.1     0.2           28.8    
Cost efficiency ratio 60.2     48.0     62.1     56.7     96.4           59.4    
                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
Selected balance sheet data2                                          
Loans and advances to customers (net)
132,064     71,357     134,892     21,085     1           359,399    
Total assets 157,214     85,445     475,006     45,739     4,204           767,608    
Customer accounts 140,210     69,322     136,695     46,506               392,733    
Loans and advances to banks (net)3
            53,280                            
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
            207,563                            
Deposits by banks3             53,711                            
     
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

46


Back to Contents

Half-year to 30 June 2005
 
 
              Corporate,                            
Personal   Investment   Inter-
Financial   Commercial   Banking &   Private   segment
Services   Banking   Markets   Banking   Other   elimination   Total
Europe US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m
                                           
Net interest income 2,666   1,317   376   264   15   (582 )   4,056
Net fee income 1,110   819   660   364   206     3,159
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
32     10     629     9     (4 )       676    
Net interest income on trading activities 9     5     102         11     582     709    
Net trading income 41   15   731   9   7   582   1,385
                           
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
117   35   10     62     224
Gains less losses from financial investments
(1 )   2   168   34   6     209
Dividend income   1   22     19     42
Net earned insurance premiums 683   61       126     870
Other operating income 47   125   514   8   137   (100 )   731
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 4,663   2,375   2,481   679   578   (100 )   10,676
Net insurance claims1 (377 )   (50 )       (75 )     (502 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
4,286   2,325   2,481   679   503   (100 )   10,174
                                           
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(810 )   (160 )   32   5       (933 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 3,476   2,165   2,513   684   503   (100 )   9,241
Total operating expenses (2,590 )   (1,191 )   (1,812 )   (448 )   (423 )   100   (6,364 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   

 
   
Operating profit 886   974   701   236   80     2,877
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
3   3   10     (7 )     9
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 889   977   711   236   73     2,886
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
%   %   %   %   %   %
 
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 8.4   9.2   6.7   2.2   0.7   27.2
Cost efficiency ratio 60.4   51.2   73.0   66.0   84.1   62.6
                                           
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m
Selected balance sheet data2
Loans and advances to customers (net) 117,822   65,051   110,448   16,201     309,522
Total assets 141,058   79,713   382,936   38,652   2,654   645,013
Customer accounts 120,510   58,901   113,787   37,213     330,411
Loans and advances to banks (net)3   63,251
 
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
  163,625
Deposits by banks3   71,349
     
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

47


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   
 
 
Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group (continued)
Half-year to 31 December 2005  
 
   
              Corporate,                            
Personal   Investment   Inter-
Financial   Commercial   Banking &   Private   segment
Services   Banking   Markets   Banking   Other   elimination   Total  
Europe US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                               
Net interest income 2,643     1,342     451     284     80     (635 )   4,165    
Net fee income 1,204   802   679   366   89     3,140  
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
49   6   864   84   (19 )     984  
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities (6 )   (3 )   57     (16 )   635   667  
Net trading income/(expense) 43   3   921   84   (35 )   635   1,651  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
188   36   7     (93 )     138  
Gains less losses from financial investments
(3 )   2   228   (7 )   10     230  
Dividend income 2   6   5   9   (1 )     21  
Net earned insurance premiums 537   54       138     729  
Other operating income/(expense) (5 )   53   738   10   192   (116 )   872  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 4,609   2,298   3,029   746   380   (116 )   10,946  
Net insurance claims1 (200 )   (12 )       (104 )     (316 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
4,409   2,286   3,029   746   276   (116 )   10,630  
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(901 )   (218 )   123         (996 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 3,508   2,068   3,152   746   276   (116 )   9,634  
Total operating expenses (2,468 )   (1,110 )   (1,835 )   (443 )   (535 )   116   (6,275 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 1,040   958   1,317   303   (259 )     3,359  
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
3   4   86     18     111  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 1,043   962   1,403   303   (241 )     3,470  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
%   %   %   %   %   %  
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 10.1   9.3   13.6   2.9   (2.3 )   33.6  
Cost efficiency ratio 56.0   48.6   60.6   59.4   193.8   59.0  
                       
US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Selected balance sheet data2
Loans and advances to customers (net) 120,302   66,965   107,899   17,368   3   312,537  
Total assets 143,095   80,864   367,893   40,971   3,880   636,703  
Customer accounts 122,118   61,789   109,086   41,206   1   334,200  
Loans and advances to banks (net)3   34,218
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
  168,062
Deposits by banks3   45,075
                                 
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

48


Back to Contents

Hong Kong

Profit before tax by customer group

  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
         
Personal Financial Services 1,420   1,331   1,297  
Commercial Banking 587   394   561  
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets 477   598   324  
Private Banking 123   111   79  
Other 47   (15 ) (163 )
 
 
 
 
  2,654   2,419   2,098  
 
 
 
 

Profit before tax

  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
       
Net interest income 2,158   2,019   2,045  
Net fee income 1,000   842   832  
Net trading income 306   380   166  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value 6   (21 ) 15  
Gains less losses from financial investments 122   65   43  
Dividend income 59   29   12  
Net earned insurance premiums 1,317   866   1,468  
Other operating income 443   423   382  
 
 
 
 
Total operating income 5,411   4,603   4,963  
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities (1,193 ) (751 ) (1,308 )
 
 
 
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 4,218   3,852   3,655  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (70 ) (56 ) (90 )
 
 
 
 
Net operating income 4,148   3,796   3,565  
Total operating expenses (1,504 ) (1,381 ) (1,486 )
 
 
 
 
Operating profit 2,644   2,415   2,079  
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 10   4   19  
 
 
 
 
Profit before tax 2,654   2,419   2,098  
 
 
 
 
  %   %   %  
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 21.2   22.7   20.3  
Cost efficiency ratio 35.7   35.9   40.7  
Period-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) 26,739   25,260   25,931  
             
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Selected balance sheet data1            
Loans and advances to customers (net) 86,154   80,664   83,208  
Loans and advances to banks (net) 45,288   45,920   42,751  
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments2 81,109   78,637   81,644  
Total assets 246,781   236,887   235,376  
Deposits by banks 5,816   7,425   4,708  
Customer accounts 180,167   166,956   173,726  
             
1 Third party only.
2 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

49


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Hong Kong continued its recent strong performance in the first half of 2006, with the economy expanding in the first quarter by 8.2 per cent year-on-year, driven by robust domestic demand and external trade. Hong Kong’s best lending rate rose by more than 3 per cent from its low point in early 2005 to about 8 per cent in the first quarter of 2006, but this had little obvious effect on private consumption and investment, which were underpinned by falling unemployment, improved household incomes and positive longer-term economic prospects. The growth in income meant that the wealth effect of changes in asset values had a lesser effect on consumption than in the past. Although the Hong Kong property market remained sluggish, and there was a correction in the local stock market in the second quarter of 2006, no clear sign of a slowdown in domestic demand was noted. Hong Kong’s external trade continued to expand strongly, bolstered by mainland China’s exceptional export performance. Although the continuation of austerity measures there, and a moderation in external global demand, may slow Hong Kong’s export growth in the second half of 2006, the pace of slowdown is expected to be gentle. Inflation in Hong Kong remained at low levels in the first half of 2006, though upward pressure was apparent from higher housing rents.

HSBC’s operations in Hong Kong reported a pre-tax profit of US$2,654 million compared with US$2,419 million in the first half of 2005, an increase of 10 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profit grew by 9 per cent. Underlying net operating income increased by 9 per cent, driven by widening deposit spreads in Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking. In Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, strong growth in Global Transaction Banking and Group Investment Businesses was more than offset by the negative impact of lower balance sheet management income. Underlying operating expenses rose by 8 per cent.

The following commentary is on an underlying basis.

Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$1,420 million, 6 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005. This was largely due to deposit spreads, which widened as interest rates rose, and higher fee and insurance income, partly offset by increased expenses and the non-recurrence in 2006 of loan impairment releases recorded in 2005.

Net interest income grew by 10 per cent to US$1,383 million, driven by widening deposit spreads which resulted from the effective management of deposit pricing amid the rising trend

in interest rates during the first half of the year. Overall, however, average deposit balances were maintained in line with the equivalent period in 2005. Asset balances, with the exception of mortgages, rose in response to the deployment of successful lending strategies, but spreads narrowed from higher funding costs.

The number of HSBC cards in circulation rose by 23 per cent to 4.4 million, as the Group strengthened its position as Hong Kong’s largest credit card issuer through the launch of a mass card-acquisition programme in response to increased levels of consumer spending. This proved to be successful as average card balances grew by 15 per cent and HSBC maintained its leading position for card balances, increasing its market share compared with 30 June 2005. Continued emphasis was also placed on providing the best value reward programmes and merchant offers, in order to increase card usage. Despite this balance growth, narrowing spreads led to a fall in HSBC’s net interest income from cards as funding costs rose in line with interest rates.

The housing market remained sluggish, partly because of the rise in best lending rate since early 2005. Intense competition for new mortgage lending reflected the lack of opportunities into which surplus market liquidity could be deployed. This was evidenced by many lenders offering mortgage incentives. HSBC responded by launching a simplified pricing campaign with extensive media coverage, and HSBC’s share of new mortgage business rose significantly as a result. Despite these initiatives, average mortgage balances, excluding the reduction in balances under the suspended Government Home Ownership Scheme (‘GHOS’), were marginally lower, reflecting the subdued market conditions.

Net fee income rose by 21 per cent to US$477 million, driven mainly by higher revenues from unit trusts and broking and custody services, partly offset by lower fees from structured products. Volatile investment conditions in the first half of the year meant that customers had varying requirements at different points during the year. HSBC was able to meet these customer needs through the wide range of wealth management products offered across various delivery channels, with strong growth achieved across a mix of products. The 12 per cent increase in unit trust fee income was largely driven by favourable stock market conditions in the first quarter and strong demand for open-ended funds. The introduction of ten new IPO funds and more intense marketing of a number of high-performing trusts led to a 69 per cent increase in sales of unit


 

50


Back to Contents

trust products. Selected products and incentives were offered to customers with maturing capital guaranteed funds, aided by a series of promotional campaigns.

Revenues from structured investment products fell by 28 per cent, as the expectation of future interest rate rises reduced their attractiveness. Customers opted instead for products more directly linked to share prices, such as open-ended unit trusts, securities and stocks, encouraged by the strong equities market, particularly in the first quarter.

Fee income from stockbroking and custody services rose 89 per cent to US$155 million, helped by buoyant stock markets in the first quarter. Commissions earned from securities broking increased, with higher levels of market activity and a 72 per cent rise in customers holding securities with HSBC. Several large-scale IPOs were launched with attractive terms, generating revenues of US$2 million and this, together with selected offers on securities products, led to a 20 per cent growth in the number of accounts with securities trading activity. Credit card fee income grew by 16 per cent to US$102 million, reflecting higher balances and increased cardholder spending.

Trading income rose, as structured deposit balances grew strongly in response to increased customer demand and the diversity of new products launched.

The US$11 million gain from financial investments reflected Personal Financial Services’ share of proceeds from the MasterCard Incorporated IPO.

The growth and development of the insurance business continued, supported by over 680 financial planning managers providing bespoke financial management services. Insurance premium income rose, fuelled by the healthy economy, increased levels of marketing activity and the launch of new products. These included an enhanced investment-linked offering and, complementing HSBC’s global study on the future of retirement, a customer proposition designed to meet specific retirement needs. Demand for both life and non-life products grew, due to the increasing public awareness of the need for medical and travel insurance, while sales of home insurance products, included as part of an integrated mortgage offering, rose. The internet remained an important channel for generating new non-life business, with a 58 per cent increase in the number of policies purchased online.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions were US$55 million compared with a

release of US$47 million in the same period in 2005. The change largely arose from the non-recurrence of releases relating to the restructured lending portfolio and mortgages, which were facilitated by higher property prices during the first half of 2005. Higher credit card and other personal lending balances also contributed to the increased charge. The credit environment in Hong Kong remained favourable, led by falling unemployment and low levels of negative equity in mortgage lending.

Operating expenses rose by 6 per cent to US$666 million, driven primarily by higher marketing expenditure, particularly in relation to the mass credit card acquisition campaign. Headcount was increased in the customer facing areas and IT costs were higher, reflecting increased expenditure incurred on developing improved portfolio management systems and the enhancement of channel capabilities. Notwithstanding the expense growth, the cost efficiency ratio improved compared with the first half of 2005.

Commercial Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$587 million, 48 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005. Increased deposit spreads and higher lending and deposit balances led to a rise in net interest income, and loan impairment charges fell sharply. Costs rose at a slower rate than income and the cost efficiency ratio improved by 1.7 percentage points.

Net interest income increased by 24 per cent, driven by higher deposit spreads and growth in both loans and deposits. Interest rate rises led to greater demand for deposit and saving products and average balances increased by 9 per cent, although this was partly achieved as a result of customers transferring funds from current accounts to deposit products. This increase, coupled with higher deposit-related spreads, led to a 32 per cent rise in deposit net interest income. Current account income rose by 53 per cent, reflecting increased interest spreads. Nearly 12,000 new BusinessVantage all-in-one accounts were opened in the first half of 2006 and the number of active accounts increased by 25 per cent to 83,000, benefiting from strong referrals by existing customers.

Specifically tailored initiatives such as a pre-approved lending scheme, a direct mailing programme and a telesales campaign aimed at existing customers, contributed to growth in SME advances. HSBC experienced strong demand among larger customers in the property sector and manufacturers with operations in mainland China, while increased IPO activity led to higher demand in the financial intermediary sector. As a result, non-


 

51


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

trade lending balances grew by 17 per cent. However, increased competition led to a narrowing of lending spreads.

Net fee income increased by 11 per cent to US$219 million, benefiting from an increase in the number of products per customer. The establishment of a dedicated Commercial Banking insurance business in October 2005 contributed to insurance fee income more than doubling. Cash management and remittance income grew by 18 per cent, reflecting strong cross-border currency flows and enhancements to the product range. These increases were partly offset by lower trade finance fees, as transaction volumes declined in a competitive market.

Trading income increased to US$27 million as strong growth in cross-border remittances led to higher foreign exchange income.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions decreased by 66 per cent to US$38 million. Significant charges against a single client in the first half of 2005 were not repeated and credit quality improved.

Staff recruitment to support business expansion contributed to a 13 per cent increase in operating expenses. Increased marketing activity promoting HSBC’s SME business supported revenue growth and led to higher advertising and marketing costs. Information technology and infrastructure costs increased as ongoing investment in developing and promoting HSBC’s lower-cost delivery channels led to a significant rise in the proportion of transactions carried out by these means.

Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported pre-tax profits of US$477 million, a decrease of 20 per cent compared with the first half of 2005. A decrease in net interest income in balance sheet management was partly offset by strong growth in Global Transaction Banking revenues. Although the cost efficiency ratio was 9 percentage points higher than in the first half of 2005, an 8 percentage point improvement on the second half of the year was achieved, as revenue growth exceeded cost growth in the first half of 2006.

Net interest income fell by 48 per cent to US$213 million. Balance sheet management revenues declined, as the rising trend in short-term interest rates continued and yield curves remained flat.

Net interest income in Global Transaction Banking rose sharply, reflecting 9 per cent deposit growth and improved spreads in the payments and cash management business. This business benefited

from improved customer flows following the launch in the latter part of 2005 of services offered through HSBCnet. Lending income was broadly in line with the comparable period in 2005, as the benefit of an increase in corporate lending balances was offset by a decline in spreads in an intensely competitive market.

Net fee income increased by 43 per cent. Fees from the securities services business rose by 36 per cent as customer volumes increased, reflecting buoyant stock markets in early 2006. Group Investment Businesses reported a significant increase in revenues, reflecting increased assets under management and higher performance fees, mainly from funds investing in markets in Brazil, Russia, India and mainland China. Assets under management more than doubled to US$11.7 billion, driven by increased demand for equity-based investments and the launch of new funds. Structured finance fee revenues also rose significantly. However, debt and equity underwriting activities were subdued due to adverse market sentiment in the second quarter of 2006 which caused the postponement of several IPOs.

Net trading income increased by 17 per cent. Foreign exchange revenues were strong as volatile local markets provided trading opportunities and equity revenues rose as the investment in developing this business in previous periods bore fruit. Foreign exchange option-linked deposits and other instruments offered to retail and corporate customers also contributed to trading income growth.

The overall credit environment remained stable and the small net release of loan impairment allowances was broadly in line with the first half of 2005.

Operating expenses increased by 10 per cent to US$429 million, primarily due to the effect of initiatives in the second half of 2005 to extend the product range in Global Markets and strengthen the investment banking platform in Hong Kong. Costs in Global Transaction Banking increased as a result of higher volumes, primarily in the payments and cash management business.

Private Banking contributed a pre-tax profit of US$123 million, an increase of 10 per cent compared with the first half of 2005. Higher revenues from rising client assets, improved sales of discretionary managed products and associated transactional revenues were partly offset by the adverse effect of a flattening yield curve on income from the investment of surplus liquidity.


 

52


Back to Contents

Net operating income increased by 13 per cent. Fee income increased by 34 per cent, driven by growth in funds under management. Portfolio fees were also boosted by the success of a strategy to increase higher fee-earning advisory managed assets as a proportion of the book. Sales of the Strategic Investment Solutions product remained a key driver of this asset class. Rising brokerage volumes, reflecting customer acquisition and demand for mutual fund and unit trust holdings, also contributed to growth in fee income. Trading revenues increased by 41 per cent to US$105 million, driven by bond and structured product sales, which benefited from favourable market conditions in 2006.

Client assets increased by 15 per cent, to US$41.9 billion. Net new money inflows of US$3.9 billion were broadly in line with the first half of 2005. Successful product placement and marketing, including the broadening of the discretionary managed product range, helped boost asset inflows. Continued front office investment and growing cross-referrals from Commercial Banking also contributed to the growth. Advisory managed

assets increased to 77.2 per cent of the overall client assets book, driven by the Strategic Investment Solutions product, and the related Core Investment Solutions product, in which overall assets invested rose by nearly three quarters to US$1.1 billion.

Operating expenses increased by 19 per cent, of which staff costs represented 14 percentage points, driven by front office recruitment in the past 12 months and, to a lesser extent, performance-related remuneration. Marketing and infrastructure costs also increased in support of the growing customer base.

The sale of part of HSBC’s stake in UTI Bank Limited, an Indian retail bank, led to the recognition of gains of US$101 million within Other. The disposal of Hang Seng’s head office building realised a gain of US$100 million, although the resulting reduction in the size of HSBC’s property portfolio, together with slower growth in the Hong Kong property market, led to lower revaluation gains on investment properties.


 

53


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group

  Half-year to 30 June 2006    
 














   
              Corporate,                            
  Personal           Investment                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total    
Hong Kong US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                             
Net interest income/(expense) 1,383     622     213     34     (312 )   218     2,158    
Net fee income/(expense) 477     219     282     58     (36 )       1,000    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income 44     27     333     105     (55 )       454    
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities 2         19         49     (218 )   (148 )  
Net trading income/(expense) . 46     27     352     105     (6 )   (218 )   306    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
17     (41 )   2         28         6    
Gains less losses from financial investments 11         (1 )   6     106         122    
Dividend income         1         58         59    
Net earned insurance premiums 1,265     44     8                 1,317    
Other operating income 104     9     32     5     425     (132 )   443    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 3,303     880     889     208     263     (132 )   5,411    
Net insurance claims1 (1,164 )   (23 )   (6 )               (1,193 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
2,139     857     883     208     263     (132 )   4,218    
                                           
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(55 )   (38 )   23                 (70 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 2,084     819     906     208     263     (132 )   4,148    
Total operating expenses (666 )   (232 )   (429 )   (85 )   (224 )   132     (1,504 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 1,418     587     477     123     39         2,644    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 2                 8         10    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 1,420     587     477     123     47         2,654    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                           
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax  11.3     4.7     3.8     1.0     0.4           21.2    
Cost efficiency ratio 31.1     27.1     48.6     40.9     85.2           35.7    
                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
Selected balance sheet data2                                          
Loans and advances to customers (net) 34,944     21,932     23,997     3,376     1,905           86,154    
Total assets 55,544     27,626     135,938     9,694     17,979           246,781    
Customer accounts 110,536     36,234     22,550     10,502     345           180,167    
Loans and advances to banks (net)3             40,230                            
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
            62,845                            
Deposits by banks3             5,379                            
                                           
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

54


Back to Contents

Half-year to 30 June 2005  
 














   
            Corporate,                  
  Personal         Investment             Inter-      
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private         segment      
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total  
Hong Kong US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                                         
Net interest income/(expense) 1,253     498     411     38     (227 )   46     2,019  
Net fee income 393     196     204     43     6         842  
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income 36     21     359     75     (18 )       473  
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities         (62 )       15     (46 )   (93 )  
Net trading income/(expense) . 36     21     297     75     (3 )   (46 )   380  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
16     (44 )   16         (9 )       (21 )  
Gains less losses from financial investments             19     46         65  
Dividend income         13         16         29  
Net earned insurance premiums 820     37     9                 866  
Other operating income 117     18     43     5     358     (118 )   423  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 2,635     726     993     180     187     (118 )   4,603  
Net insurance claims1 (728 )   (18 )   (5 )               (751 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
1,907     708     988     180     187     (118 )   3,852  
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
47     (110 )   4     3             (56 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 1,954     598     992     183     187     (118 )   3,796  
Total operating expenses (625 )   (204 )   (394 )   (72 )   (204 )   118     (1,381 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 1,329     394     598     111     (17 )       2,415  
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 2                 2         4  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 1,331     394     598     111     (15 )       2,419  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                       
  %     %     %     %     %         %  
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 12.5     3.7     5.6     1.0     (0.1 )       22.7  
Cost efficiency ratio 32.8     28.8     39.9     40.0     109.1         35.9  
                                       
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m         US$m  
Selected balance sheet data2                            
Loans and advances to customers (net) 33,649     20,399     21,420     3,443     1,753         80,664  
Total assets 50,784     26,241     130,848     8,721     20,293         236,887  
Customer accounts 106,425     32,998     18,216     9,126     191         166,956  
Loans and advances to banks (net)3           42,107                  
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
          59,936                  
Deposits by banks3           7,063                  
                               
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

55


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group (continued)

  Half-year to 31 December 2005        

   
          Corporate,                    
Personal   Investment   Inter-
Financial   Commercial   Banking &   Private   segment
Services   Banking   Markets   Banking   Other   elimination   Total
Hong Kong US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m
                             
Net interest income/(expense) 1,365     598     196     37     (302 )   151     2,045    
Net fee income 347     206     227     50     2         832    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
31     27     242     65     (65 )       300    
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
        22         (5 )   (151 )   (134 )  
Net trading income/(expense) 31     27     264     65     (70 )   (151 )   166    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
25     (40 )   (2 )       32         15    
Gains less losses from financial investments             (3 )   46         43    
Dividend income 1     2     5         4         12    
Net earned insurance premiums 1,418     40     10                 1,468    
Other operating income 113     17     40     8     324     (120 )   382    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 3,300     850     740     157     36     (120 )   4,963    
Net insurance claims1 (1,288 )   (16 )   (4 )               (1,308 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
2,012     834     736     157     36     (120 )   3,655    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(36 )   (58 )   3         1         (90 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 1,976     776     739     157     37     (120 )   3,565    
Total operating expenses (680 )   (215 )   (415 )   (78 )   (218 )   120     (1,486 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 1,296     561     324     79     (181 )       2,079    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
1                 18         19    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 1,297     561     324     79     (163 )       2,098    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                     
  %     %     %     %     %         %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 12.6     5.4     3.1     0.8     (1.6 )       20.3    
Cost efficiency ratio 33.8     25.8     56.4     49.7     605.6         40.7    
                     
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m         US$m    
Selected balance sheet data2                              
Loans and advances to customers (net)
34,318     20,292     23,712     3,107     1,779         83,208    
Total assets 52,797     25,625     133,005     7,621     16,328         235,376    
Customer accounts 105,801     37,417     21,070     9,216     222         173,726    
Loans and advances to banks (net)3
          39,164                    
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
          63,813                    
Deposits by banks3           4,373                    
     
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

56


Back to Contents

Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East)

Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group and by country

  Half-year to
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Personal Financial Services 205   252   125  
Commercial Banking 498   406   412  
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets 839   531   676  
Private Banking 48   43   35  
Other 67   48   46  
 
 
 
 
  1,657   1,280   1,294  
 
 
 
 
             
  Half-year to
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
         
Australia and New Zealand 62   71   40  
Brunei 16   17   18  
India 215   108   104  
Indonesia 27   55   58  
Japan 25   (7 ) 6  
Mainland China 280   161   173  
Malaysia 128   103   133  
Middle East (excluding Saudi Arabia) 378   204   277  
Philippines 43   19   22  
Saudi Arabia 181   128   108  
Singapore 185   141   148  
South Korea 48   55   39  
Taiwan (43 ) 48   20  
Thailand 24   31   30  
Other 88   146   118  
 
 
 
 
  1,657   1,280   1,294  
 
 
 
 

 

57


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review(continued)

   

 

Profit before tax

 
Half-year to

30 June 30 June 31 December
2006 2005 2005
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) US$m US$m US$m
       
Net interest income 1,479 1,157 1,255
Net fee income 785 632 708
Net trading income 551 387 473
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value (5 ) 14 44
Gains less losses from financial investments 27 2 16
Dividend income 4 1
Net earned insurance premiums 89 29 126
Other operating income 288 131 204
 
 
 
 
Total operating income 3,214 2,356 2,827
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities (63 ) (37 ) (129 )
 
 
 
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 3,151 2,319 2,698
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (271 ) (23 ) (111 )
 
 
 
 
Net operating income 2,880 2,296 2,587
Total operating expenses (1,609 ) (1,264 ) (1,498 )
 
 
 
 
Operating profit 1,271 1,032 1,089
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 386 248 205
 
 
 
 
Profit before tax 1,657 1,280 1,294
 
 
 
 
     
% % %
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 13.2 12.0 12.5
Cost efficiency ratio 51.1 54.5 55.5
Period-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) 63,299 48,026 55,577
     
US$m US$m US$m
Selected balance sheet data1
Loans and advances to customers (net) 74,839 67,025 70,016
Loans and advances to banks (net) 26,459 19,833 19,559
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments2 38,538 32,951 32,122
Total assets 168,857 134,693 142,014
Deposits by banks 9,179 9,970 7,439
Customer accounts 97,259 84,155 89,118
   
1 Third party only.
2 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

Mainland China’s economy continued to grow strongly, with GDP rising by an estimated 10 per cent in the first half of 2006. Despite the government’s intention to rebalance growth from investment to consumption, the economy continued to be driven mainly by investment and exports. Urban fixed asset investment rose by about 30 per cent in the first half of 2006 –well above the government’s projection of 18 per cent for the whole year. Retail sales continued to rise strongly and export growth also accelerated, seemingly untouched by the effects of higher oil prices and the currency’s appreciation. The decisions to increase the

administered lending rate by 0.27 per cent in April 2006 and raise the banks’ reserve requirement ratio by 0.5 per cent to 8 per cent in May reflected the government’s determination to curb investment growth. While investment growth remains rapid, further tightening is expected in a combination of rate increases, quantitative measures and administrative controls. However, investment growth is unlikely to slow dramatically in 2006 given the volume and size of new projects that began in the first half of the year. Despite strong growth, the inflationary environment remained benign, with consumer prices rising less than 2 per cent.


 

58


Back to Contents

Having expanded in each of the previous three years, Japan’s economy grew in the first half of 2006 and looks set to break the postwar record for uninterrupted expansion. Exports rose steadily, while growth of consumer spending and private capital investment remained firm. The unemployment rate fell to an eight-year low of 4 per cent in May 2006. Core consumer prices began rising steadily in November 2005, which led the Bank of Japan to terminate its quantitative easing policy in March 2006. In the corporate and household sectors, borrowing levels began to recover as the restructuring of company balance sheets was largely completed and demand for investment spending strengthened.

Elsewhere in the Asia-Pacific region, most economies continued to perform impressively in the first half of 2006, particularly India and Singapore. The main drivers of growth were exports, demand for technology and domestic consumption, with the latter supported by further declines in unemployment rates around the region. Investment demand, by contrast, lagged. Taiwan benefited from very strong export performance, although growth in domestic demand remained sluggish. Having developed at a rapid rate from a very low base, the credit card market in Taiwan experienced severe payment difficulties in 2006. South Korea achieved a more balanced performance in domestic demand and exports. Despite strong domestic growth and continued firmness in energy prices, inflation performance was mixed. Price pressures increased most in Indonesia and Thailand, where fuel subsidies were lowered or removed. Central banks in both these countries had increased rates substantially, although subsequently the Bank of Indonesia began to ease policy. In the Philippines, inflation fell slightly but remained uncomfortably high, while the recent trend of declining inflation rates continued in South Korea and Taiwan. Most Asian currencies ended the first half of 2006 stronger against the US dollar.

Growth in the Middle East remained strong in the first half of 2006, despite the large corrections suffered by many of the region’s stock markets. Growth continued to be driven by high government spending of rapidly expanding oil revenues, which acted as a stimulus to trade, real estate, transportation and tourism. The gradual process towards economic reform in the region continued to focus on boosting growth in the non-oil sectors, largely by encouraging private sector investment in both established and new sectors of the region’s economy. Interest rates rose in line with US rate increases, but credit growth remained strong. Inflationary pressures in the region generally intensified.

HSBC’s operations in the Rest of Asia-Pacific reported a pre-tax profit of US$1,657 million compared with US$1,280 million in the first half of 2005, an increase of 29 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits grew by 23 per cent, with the major change in composition of the Group being the additional stake purchased in Ping An Insurance in August 2005 which made the company a 19.9 per cent owned associate of HSBC’s.

The continued growth in this region reflected HSBC’s focus on emerging markets. Underlying net operating income increased by 26 per cent, notwithstanding a significant rise in loan impairment charges, mainly from industry-wide weakening in the credit card book in Taiwan. Strong increases in total operating income were reported in the Middle East, India, Japan, Singapore and Malaysia. HSBC’s strategic investments in mainland China, Bank of Communication and Industrial Bank, contributed to a 23 per cent underlying increase in income from associates.

The following commentary is on an underlying basis.

Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$205 million, a decrease of 50 per cent compared with the first half of 2005. Net operating income increased due to balance sheet growth and higher fee income, but this was largely offset by significantly higher loan impairment charges incurred in Taiwan and Indonesia. Expenses rose in support of business expansion and income from associates increased.

HSBC continued to expand its operations across the region. Over 1.1 million new customers were added since 30 June 2005 as investments continued in growing the sales force, new branch openings, system development, launching the consumer finance business and marketing.

Net interest income of US$720 million was 27 per cent higher, driven by strong growth in both asset and deposit balances, together with widening liability spreads. Asset spreads declined, however, reflecting rising funding costs and competitive market conditions.

Overall, average deposit balances rose by 14 per cent, mainly driven by growth in the HSBC Premier business, which achieved a 38 per cent increase in the number of account holders and generated US$3.3 billion of additional average balances. There was particularly strong deposit growth in Indonesia, mainland China, the Middle East and Singapore. The continued expansion of HSBC’s network in mainland China was the primary driver behind the 45 per cent


 

59


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

rise in average balances while, in the Middle East, average deposit balances rose by 20 per cent, the result of a deposit-raising campaign and new product offers. Promotional activity in Singapore increased demand for time deposits and led to an 18 per cent rise in average deposit balances. Deposit spreads widened in the majority of the countries in the Rest of Asia-Pacific as interest rates rose, complementing the income benefits of higher balances.

HSBC’s credit card business continued to expand in most countries across the region, as cardholder spending grew by 24 per cent and average balances rose by 27 per cent to US$3.0 billion. In particular, there was significant expansion of the cards business in Indonesia, Malaysia and the Philippines, due to increased levels of sales and marketing activity. The number of cards in circulation across the region rose by 23 per cent, with 6.7 million cards in force at the end of June 2006. Higher card balances helped drive increased net interest income in Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Australia and India. Spreads generally narrowed, however, largely due to rising funding costs, and this partly offset the benefit of the higher asset base.

Average mortgage balances rose by 16 per cent to US$18.6 billion in the Rest of Asia-Pacific. In India, the 39 per cent increase mainly resulted from higher volumes generated by the direct sales force and from increased marketing. In South Korea, the 36 per cent growth was driven by competitive pricing and this factor, combined with increased marketing activity, contributed to higher mortgage lending in Singapore. In Taiwan, increased emphasis was placed on growing the mortgage business against the backdrop of a challenging unsecured lending market, with balances rising strongly as a result. Despite highly competitive conditions in Malaysia, where competitors reduced prices in order to grow market share, average balances rose by 14 per cent and spreads widened, largely due to the continued promotion and success of the Homesmart product. In mainland China, HSBC was the first foreign bank to launch a new fixed rate mortgage, attracting US$48 million of approved loans. The income benefits of higher balances across the region were partly offset by lower spreads due to increased funding costs and generally competitive market conditions.

Net fee income increased by 31 per cent to US$259 million. Credit card fee income rose in response to robust growth in cardholder spending. Strong demand for investment products, resulting from favourable stock market conditions in the first part of the year, and the launch of new investment

funds, drove significantly higher fee income in India, Singapore, Taiwan and South Korea. The demand for investment products such as unit trusts, bonds and structured notes continued across the region, with sales increasing by 28 per cent and fee income by 60 per cent. Total funds under management rose by 19 per cent to US$9.2 billion, largely attributable to the continued emphasis placed on wealth management services during the first half of the year. HSBC Bank Malaysia Berhad maintained its position as the leading international institutional unit trust agent in the country.

HSBC continued to expand its insurance business in the Rest of Asia-Pacific, and new initiatives were developed to increase sales, such as the credit card payment option in India for non-life insurance policies and higher levels of telemarketing in Taiwan. In Singapore, sales of life products continued to be strong. The number of policies in force grew by 36 per cent across the region, generating higher income.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions rose to US$289 million, mainly driven by higher charges for personal lending in Taiwan and Indonesia, which increased by US$135 million and US$41 million respectively. Across the region, growth in personal unsecured lending and credit card balances also contributed to the increase, though underlying credit quality remained generally stable. In Taiwan, regulatory changes restricting collection activities and a mandatory easing of payment terms for delinquent borrowers under a government debt negotiation mechanism, coupled with a deteriorating credit environment, led to higher collectively assessed impairment charges against credit card lending. Of the US$152 million loan impairment charges in Taiwan, US$133 million related to credit cards. In Indonesia, changes in the minimum repayment amounts, along with a significant reduction in the government subsidy of fuel prices, led to increased delinquency rates on credit cards.

Operating expenses rose by 27 per cent to US$707 million. Staff costs rose due to increased headcount from expansion of the sales and support functions. Higher marketing costs were incurred to drive sales and promote the HSBC brand, with specific campaigns run to increase customer numbers, grow market share in credit cards, mortgages and other personal lending and attract new deposit balances. Branch expansion in mainland China, India, South Korea and the Middle East led to higher premises costs. The establishment of consumer finance businesses in several countries across the region also contributed to the expense growth. Overall, the cost efficiency ratio in the


 

60


Back to Contents

region improved notwithstanding the increased costs incurred in supporting
business expansion.

There were increased contributions from HSBC’s investments in Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank in mainland China which, together with robust growth in both equity broking and core banking activities in The Saudi British Bank, resulted in higher income from associates.

Commercial Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$498 million, 22 per cent more than in the first half of 2005. Balance sheet growth and higher deposit spreads led to a rise in net operating income which exceeded that in operating expenses.

Net interest income increased by 39 per cent to US$400 million, reflecting deposit and loan growth in a number of countries, together with higher liability spreads following interest rate rises. In the Middle East, Singapore and Malaysia interest rate rises triggered strong demand for current account and deposit products.

The Middle East and Malaysia also benefited from asset growth. In the Middle East, economic expansion led to strong demand for credit and resulted in a 35 per cent increase in lending balances, though competitive pressure caused asset spreads to fall by 61 basis points. In Malaysia, marketing activity and a 6 per cent increase in customers contributed to rises of 30 per cent in advances and 10 per cent in trade finance balances.

In India, HSBC focused its SME strategy on attracting new customers by supporting their international banking requirements through the provision of transactional banking services. Lending balances grew by 51 per cent, reflecting growth in corporate loans and trade lending, while asset spreads increased by 46 basis points. During the first half of 2006, a number of Commercial Banking customers raised capital from IPOs. Investors’ funds were deposited in escrow accounts, which led to a 12 per cent increase in average liability balances.

In Mauritius, net interest income increased by 82 per cent. Deposits more than doubled as HSBC attracted offshore funds from customers seeking to invest in India and mainland China. Rising interest rates widened deposit spreads.

Net fee income grew by 11 per cent to US$162 million, primarily in the Middle East, where a rise in business volumes led to higher corporate guarantee fees and income from trade services increased by 12 per cent.

Trading income rose by 40 per cent to US$43 million, driven by higher foreign exchange

trading volumes in Malaysia and the Middle East, together with increased sales of currency risk management products in India.

There was a net release of loan impairment allowances of US$19 million following significant releases of individually assessed allowances in mainland China and Australia. However, regional lending growth and sizeable charges against individual clients in mainland China and Thailand led to a 62 per cent fall in net releases. Underlying credit quality remained strong throughout the region.

Operating expenses were 25 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005, although the cost efficiency ratio improved by 1.7 percentage points to 41 per cent. Costs in the Middle East increased by 35 per cent, largely because of the recruitment of sales and support staff to aid business expansion which, with higher income, caused both incentive payments and infrastructure costs to rise. In mainland China, the extension of the branch network during 2005 contributed to a 40 per cent increase in staff numbers, while in South Korea, business expansion led to higher staff numbers and a significant rise in marketing expenses.

Income from associates increased by 31 per cent, principally due to a doubling of Commercial Banking income in The Saudi British Bank. Income from Bank of Communications and Industrial Bank also increased.

Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$839 million, an increase of 57 per cent compared with the first half of 2005. The continued income growth reflected HSBC’s strength in emerging markets and its extensive distribution capabilities. Positive revenue trends were reported across most countries, with strong increases in India, Japan, Taiwan, Singapore and the Middle East. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 8 percentage points to 35 per cent as operating income growth exceeded that of operating costs.

Net interest income rose by 25 per cent to US$405 million. In the Middle East, strong economic growth coupled with regional infrastructure investment resulted in a significant rise in deposit balances and customer advances.

The payments and cash management business reported net interest income increases in all countries, primarily due to higher deposit balances and improved spreads following rises in interest rates. Significant contributions were made by businesses in Singapore, mainland China, the Middle East and India.


 

61


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

The securities services business benefited from higher customer volumes and buoyant local markets, which resulted in higher net interest income in India, Taiwan, South Korea and Japan.

Net fees increased by 37 per cent, primarily due to strong growth in Global Transaction Banking and Group Investment Businesses, driven by improved investment sentiment in the first quarter and a significant increase in performance fees. Assets under custody grew by 39 per cent.

Net trading income of US$348 million increased by 53 per cent, due to higher revenues from structured derivatives, foreign exchange and Credit and Rates. Volatile local currencies, together with higher volumes of investment inflows, also generated foreign exchange revenue growth in Taiwan, South Korea, Malaysia and India.

In the Middle East there was strong demand for structured interest rate products from institutional customers. Increased demand for risk management advisory products and services resulted in higher volumes as corporate clients continued to hedge exposure.

An increase in gains from the disposal of investments reflected higher income from the sale of securities in the Philippines and the non-recurrence of losses on the disposal of US dollar securities in Japan in January 2005. In the first half of 2005, the business also recorded income from the disposal of the asset management business in Australia.

A small net loan impairment charge compared unfavourably with a small net release in the equivalent period in 2005.

Operating expenses increased by 14 per cent on the first half of 2005 to US$400 million, in part from higher performance-related incentives which were a consequence of the robust growth in operating income. Operational costs in Global Transaction Banking increased due to significantly higher volumes in the payments and cash management and securities services businesses.

In the Middle East, higher staff costs reflected additional recruitment to support the expansion of capabilities across various businesses.

The share of profits in associates and joint ventures increased by 37 per cent, primarily reflecting higher contributions from HSBC’s

investments in Bank of Communications and The Saudi British Bank.

Private Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$48 million, an increase of 9 per cent compared with the first half of 2005. Revenues grew strongly in most countries, supported by continuing investment, which contributed to modest cost rises in the region. Pre-tax profit growth was strongest in Singapore, though increases were recorded in most countries in the Rest of Asia-Pacific, including profits from the onshore operations launched in Dubai and India during 2005.

Net interest income rose by 26 per cent to US$18 million. Deposits rose by 22 per cent, with growth in most countries. Lending also grew, by 14 per cent, predominantly in Singapore where it reflected customer interest in the buoyant local property market.

Fee income rose by 75 per cent, largely from growth in core portfolio management fees and funds under management. Efforts to increase the proportion of the book in higher fee generating discretionary managed assets were a success. Increased brokerage volumes also contributed, reflecting new clients investing and a buoyant market for unit trusts. Trading income increased by 4 per cent, as bond and structured product trading grew.

Client assets rose by 15 per cent to US$14.9 billion. Front office recruitment, an expansion of the product range and momentum in the onshore operations in Dubai and India all contributed to the growth, together with strong net new money inflows in the second half of 2005.

Operating expenses increased by 30 per cent. Continued investment in Japan and Taiwan, in addition to Dubai and India, added some 13 per cent to operating expenses, mainly from front office recruitment and expenditure on IT and infrastructure, and this was reflected in the 3 percentage point increase in the cost efficiency ratio.

In Other, gains on the sale of residential properties of US$9 million contributed to higher operating income. Increased activity at the Group Service Centres resulted in higher income and costs, while interest rate rises led to higher earnings on centrally held funds.


 

62


Back to Contents

Profit before tax by customer group

  Half-year to 30 June 2006  
 


















   
            Corporate,                  
  Personal         Investment             Inter-      
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private         segment      
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total  
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East)
US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
                             
Net interest income 720     400     405     18     33     (97 )   1,479  
Net fee income 259     162     322     39     3         785  
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
28     43     376     43     (9 )       481  
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
1         (28 )           97     70  
Net trading income/(expense) . 29     43     348     43     (9 )   97     551  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
(9 )       1         3         (5 )  
Gains less losses from financial investments     2     28     (1 )   (2 )       27  
Net earned insurance premiums 77     12                     89  
Other operating income 11     4     43     1     273     (44 )   288  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 1,087     623     1,147     100     301     (44 )   3,214  
Net insurance claims1 (57 )   (6 )                   (63 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
1,030     617     1,147     100     301     (44 )   3,151  
Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(289 )   19     (1 )               (271 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 741     636     1,146     100     301     (44 )   2,880  
Total operating expenses (707 )   (252 )   (400 )   (52 )   (242 )   44     (1,609 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 34     384     746     48     59         1,271  
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 171     114     93         8         386  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 205     498     839     48     67         1,657  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                       
  %     %     %     %     %         %  
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 1.6     4.0     6.7     0.4     0.5         13.2  
Cost efficiency ratio 68.6     40.8     34.9     52.0     80.4         51.1  
                                       
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m         US$m  
Selected balance sheet data2                            
Loans and advances to customers (net) 28,879     19,784     23,589     2,460     127         74,839  
Total assets 32,806     23,737     97,571     6,299     8,444         168,857  
Customer accounts 34,932     20,436     34,350     7,399     142         97,259  
Loans and advances to banks (net)3           20,652                  
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
          31,368                  
Deposits by banks3           8,527                  
                               
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

63


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit before tax by customer group (continued)

  Half-year to 30 June 2005    
 


















   
            Corporate,                    
  Personal         Investment             Inter-        
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private         segment        
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total    
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East)
US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                             
Net interest income 568     288     324     15     25     (63 )   1,157    
Net fee income 198     146     238     22     28         632    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
28     32     252     41     (3 )       350    
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities
(1 )   (1 )   (24 )           63     37    
Net trading income/(expense) . 27     31     228     41     (3 )   63     387    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
5         7         2         14    
Gains less losses from financial investments     2     (2 )   1     1         2    
Dividend income                 4         4    
Net earned insurance premiums 20     9                     29    
Other operating income 21     1     24     3     124     (42 )   131    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 839     477     819     82     181     (42 )   2,356    
Net insurance claims1 (33 )   (4 )                   (37 )  
 
   
   
   
   

 
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
806     473     819     82     181     (42 )   2,319    
Loan impairment (charges)/ recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(76 )   49     2     2             (23 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 730     522     821     84     181     (42 )   2,296    
Total operating expenses (559 )   (202 )   (357 )   (41 )   (147 )   42     (1,264 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 171     320     464     43     34         1,032    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 81     86     67         14         248    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 252     406     531     43     48         1,280    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                     
  %     %     %     %     %         %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 2.4     3.8     5.0     0.4     0.4         12.0    
Cost efficiency ratio 69.4     42.7     43.6     50.0     81.2         54.5    
                     
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m         US$m    
Selected balance sheet data2                              
Loans and advances to customers (net) 25,047     17,549     22,036     2,295     98         67,025    
Total assets 27,670     18,570     76,127     5,401     6,925         134,693    
Customer accounts 30,138     16,293     30,797     6,852     75         84,155    
Loans and advances to banks (net)3           16,346                    
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
          27,902                    
Deposits by banks3           9,264                    
     
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

64


Back to Contents

  Half-year to 31 December 2005  
 


















   
            Corporate,                  
  Personal         Investment           Inter-      
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private       segment      
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other   elimination   Total  
Rest of Asia-Pacific (including the Middle East) US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m   US$m   US$m  
                                       
Net interest income 640     343     290     15     29   (62 )   1,255  
                                     
Net fee income 221     161     260     21     45     708  
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
9     38     327     33     (4 )     403  
Net interest income on trading activities 2         3         3   62   70  
Net trading income/(expense) . 11     38     330     33     (1 )   62   473  
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
39     1     (3 )       7     44  
Gains less losses from financial investments     2     14     1     (1 )     16  
Dividend income         1             1  
Net earned insurance premiums 114     12                 126  
Other operating income 16     8     58     1     163   (42 )   204  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 1,041     565     950     71     242   (42 )   2,827  
Net insurance claims1 (124 )   (5 )               (129 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
917     560     950     71     242   (42 )   2,698  
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(160 )   18     33         (2 )     (111 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 757     578     983     71     240   (42 )   2,587  
Total operating expenses (686 )   (250 )   (376 )   (36 )   (192 )   42   (1,498 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 71     328     607     35     48     1,089  
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures
54     84     69         (2 )     205  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 125     412     676     35     46     1,294  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                   
  %     %     %     %     %       %  
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 1.2     4.0     6.5     0.3     0.5       12.5  
Cost efficiency ratio 74.8     44.6     39.6     50.7     79.3       55.5  
                   
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m       US$m  
Selected balance sheet data2                            
Loans and advances to customers (net) 27,433     18,694     21,431     2,347     111       70,016  
Total assets 32,224     22,570     76,026     5,359     5,835       142,014  
Customer accounts 31,250     18,612     32,102     7,092     62       89,118  
Loans and advances to banks (net)3           15,352                  
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
          26,113                  
Deposits by banks3           7,041                  
   
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

65


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

North America            
             
Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer group            
  Half-year to  
 






   
  30 June     30 June     31 December  
  2006     2005     2005  
  US$m     US$m     US$m  
           
Personal Financial Services 3,307     2,667     2,094  
United States 2,886     2,292     1,561  
Canada 122     115     195  
Mexico 284     244     326  
Other 15     16     12  
                   
Commercial Banking 596     507     557  
United States 206     192     255  
Canada 220     191     212  
Mexico 127     99     62  
Other 43     25     28  
           
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets 458     379     395  
United States 273     200     173  
Canada 49     70     84  
Mexico 105     84     108  
Other 31     25     30  
           
Private Banking 38     60     44  
United States 37     59     45  
Mexico (1 )   1     (1 )  
Other 2          
             
Other (127 )   100     69  
United States (145 )   116     42  
Canada 2         (12 )  
Other 16     (16 )   39  
 
   
   
   
Total 4,272     3,713     3,159  
United States 3,257     2,859     2,076  
Canada 393     376     479  
Mexico 515     428     495  
Other 107     50     109  
           

 

66


Back to Contents

Profit before tax            
  Half-year to
 




 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
North America US$m   US$m   US$m  
       
Net interest income 7,859   7,279   7,608  
Net fee income 2,684   2,146   2,460  
Net trading income 1,046   521   492  
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 24   284   150  
Gains less losses from financial investments 60   40   48  
Dividend income 39   18   24  
Net earned insurance premiums 317   290   312  
Other operating income 397   240   500  
 
 
 
 
Total operating income 12,426   10,818   11,594  
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities (173 ) (173 ) (160 )
 
 
 
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 12,253   10,645   11,434  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (2,244 ) (2,023 ) (3,015 )
 
 
 
 
Net operating income 10,009   8,622   8,419  
Total operating expenses (5,768 ) (4,956 ) (5,261 )
 
 
 
 
Operating profit 4,241   3,666   3,158  
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 31   47   1  
 
 
 
 
Profit before tax 4,272   3,713   3,159  
 
 
 
 
     
  %   %   %  
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 34.1   34.9   30.6  
Cost efficiency ratio 47.1   46.6   46.0  
Period-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) 77,667   72,638   75,926  
     
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Selected balance sheet data1            
Loans and advances to customers (net) 282,118   240,243   264,934  
Loans and advances to banks (net) 20,850   11,242   14,013  
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments2 151,649   116,403   122,492  
Total assets 526,124   426,434   463,143  
Deposits by banks 11,503   9,012   9,126  
Customer accounts 143,498   114,017   125,830  
   
1 Third party only.
2 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.
   

In the US, GDP growth in the second quarter of 2006 was a provisional 2.5 per cent, following a robust post-hurricane Katrina gain of 5.6 per cent in the first quarter. Consumer spending in the second quarter rose by 2.5 per cent, just over half of the growth rate recorded in the first quarter. Housing activity weakened significantly in the second quarter, with declines in residential investment of 6.3 per cent. Some of this apparent slowdown may reflect the impact of earlier increases in US interest rates. The unemployment rate averaged 4.7 per cent, Inflation rose in the first half of 2006 and, by May, core year-on-year CPI inflation was 2.4 per cent and headline CPI inflation was 4.2 per cent. The Federal Reserve raised short-term interest rates by 100 basis

points in the first half of the year to 5.25 per cent, and 10-year bond yields rose from 4.4 per cent at the end of 2005 to 5.1 per cent at the end of June. Equity markets rose in the first four months of the year, but subsequent declines in May and June largely erased these gains, leaving the S&P500 index up 1.8 per cent over the period.

Annualised first quarter growth in Canada was 3.8 per cent. Spending on both consumer durables and housing was strong, and domestic demand is expected to remain robust. The unemployment rate averaged 6.4 per cent over the first five months of the year, the lowest level since 1976. The Canadian dollar appreciated by 4 per cent against the US dollar in the first half of 2006, suggesting that the outlook


 

67


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

for net exports could be weaker than previously anticipated. The yearly core inflation rate rose from 1.6 per cent at the end of 2005 to 2.0 per cent, the midpoint of the Bank of Canada’s target range for inflation. Having raised interest rates by 1 per cent to 4.25 per cent during the first half of the year in response to headline inflation reaching 2.8 per cent, the upper end of its target range, the Bank of Canada indicated that it expected a pause in future interest rate increases.

Mexico’s GDP growth improved significantly in the first half of 2006 compared with the previous year, mostly in response to increased external demand from the US. Real GDP growth was 5.5 per cent year-on-year in the first quarter compared with an average annual growth rate of 3 per cent in 2005. The unemployment rate averaged 3.4 per cent in the first five months of 2006, improving from 3.7 per cent in the same period of 2005. Inflation eased from 3.9 per cent in January to 3 per cent in May. Record oil revenues combined with high non-oil export growth and increasing wage remittances to produce a healthy current account surplus in the first quarter of the year. A very strong balance of payments position and a balanced budget continue to bolster confidence ahead of the July presidential election.

HSBC’s operations in North America reported a pre-tax profit of US$4,272 million compared with US$3,713 million in the first half of 2005, an increase of 15 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits grew by 11 per cent and underlying net operating income increased by 12 per cent, driven by asset growth in Personal Financial Services. In Commercial Banking, growth was largely attributable to increased lending and deposits. In Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets, strong trading results more than offset lower balance sheet management revenues, which were adversely affected by the cumulative flattening effect on the yield curve of progressive rises in short-term rates in major currencies. Operating expenses increased by 11 per cent as business expanded.

The commentary that follows is on an underlying basis.

Personal Financial Services generated a pre-tax profit of US$3,307 million, 19 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005. In the US, pre-tax profits rose by 21 per cent to US$2,886 million, reflecting strong balance sheet growth, higher fee income and lower loan impairment charges. The profit growth was achieved despite lower interest rate spreads on lending, which resulted from increased short-term funding rates, and additional costs of business expansion. Pre-tax profits in

Mexico grew by 14 per cent, led by strong loan and deposit growth and higher fee income, or by 25 per cent after adjusting for the transfer of a portfolio of customers to Commercial Banking.

Net interest income grew by 7 per cent to US$7,058 million, largely from increases in the US and Mexico. Strong balance sheet growth in the US drove a 6 per cent rise in net interest income, notwithstanding reduced spreads. Mortgage, credit card and motor vehicle financing balances grew strongly, although these volume benefits were partly offset by lower spreads as funding costs rose. Adjustment to the effective interest rate for introductory-rate offers on MasterCard and Visa credit card accounts under IFRSs resulted in a one-off revenue increment of US$90 million, based on improved information on behaviour over the expected relationship life.

There was continued emphasis on growing the deposit base in the US, in particular through the successful online savings product which, helped by increased marketing and competitive yields, attracted a further US$3.8 billion of incremental balances in the first half of 2006, of which US$3.3 billion came from new customers to the bank. The Group added over 16,000 new customers via the HSBC Premier savings product, and this attracted more than US$800 million of new balances. Expansion of the retail branch network continued with the opening of 6 new branches during the first half of the year. Customers migrated to higher yielding products, leading to a change in product mix and resulting in a narrowing of deposit spreads which partly offset the benefit of the higher balances.

Excluding mortgages held for sale, average mortgage balances in the US rose by 11 per cent to US$121.9 billion. The increase in balances was led by growth in the non-prime mortgage services business and branch-based consumer lending business. Prime mortgages originated and retained by the core banking network declined in response to HSBC’s ongoing strategy of selling the majority of new prime loan originations to government sponsored enterprises and private investors, along with a planned securitisation programme and the normal run-off of balances. The consequent change in mix, towards a higher proportion of non-prime mortgages, had a beneficial effect on yields which was reinforced by re-pricing initiatives, notwithstanding competitive pricing pressures. A higher proportion of second lien mortgage originations in 2005, which continued into 2006, also contributed to higher yields. The benefits of higher lending volumes and improved yields were,


 

68


Back to Contents

however, offset by increased funding costs in the rising interest rate environment.

In the mortgage services business, average balances rose by 40 per cent to US$48.6 billion, resulting from the continued trend towards increasing portfolio acquisitions of first and second lien mortgages and expanding sources for the purchase of loans from correspondents. New loan originations from portfolio acquisitions and correspondents rose by 36 and 47 per cent respectively compared with the first half of 2005.

In the branch-based consumer lending business, average balances grew by 14 per cent due to more actively marketed mortgage products, and through US$1.4 billion of portfolio purchases since 30 June 2005. Early mortgage repayments also declined as interest rates rose. In the core banking network, lower retail mortgage originations reflected market trends.

In the consumer finance credit cards business, average balances rose by 5 per cent to US$25.1 billion. The market remained highly competitive, with a number of lenders continuing to place considerable reliance on promotional offers to generate growth. As a result of a strategic decision to reduce the amount of its equivalent offers, HSBC grew the HSBC branded prime, Union Privilege and non-prime portfolios, largely from targeted marketing campaigns and the upgrading and relaunch of the Union Privilege product. The income benefit of higher balances was augmented by improved margins, in part due to the relative reduction in promotional balances. Yields increased from a combination of growth in non-prime balances and re-pricing initiatives on variable rate products, which more than offset higher funding costs.

In the retail services cards business, merchant relationships signed since June 2005, which included The Neiman Marcus Group, Bon Ton Stores Inc, OfficeMax and Boscov Department Stores, were the primary drivers of the 8 per cent rise in average balances to US$16.8 billion. The income benefit, however, was more than offset by lower spreads, as a large proportion of the loan book, priced at fixed rates, was affected by higher funding costs as interest rates rose. This was compounded by changes in the product mix which reflected strong growth in lower-yielding recreational vehicle and department store card balances, and competitive pricing pressures. Changes in contractual obligations also had an adverse effect on net interest income, but this was offset by lower partnership payments to merchants.

The market for motor vehicle financing remained highly competitive, with domestic manufacturers struggling with increased inventory levels and offering new incentive programmes to stimulate demand. Despite this, average loan balances grew by 15 per cent to US$11.8 billion. This was due to strong organic growth, mainly in the near-prime portfolio, which was driven by new loan originations from the dealer network and alliance channels and growth in the consumer direct loan programme. These volume benefits were largely offset by lower spreads, resulting from higher funding costs and lower yields. Yields fell as a result of a strategic decision taken to expand into the near-prime sector, the targeting of higher credit quality customers, and competitive pricing pressures caused by excess market capacity.

Increased levels of marketing activity, which included several large direct mailing campaigns, resulted in a 10 per cent rise in average personal loan balances in the consumer finance business. Continued stable conditions in the US economy, lower repayments and higher average loan amounts per customer also contributed to the overall increase. Spreads were in line with the first half of 2005.

In Mexico, net interest income rose by 20 per cent to US$569 million, excluding the transfer of customer accounts from Personal Financial Services to Commercial Banking. Strong growth in lending, led by mortgages and credit cards, was partly offset by narrowing deposit spreads. During the first half of the year, HSBC maintained its competitive advantage of achieving the lowest funding costs in the market in Mexico.

HSBC continued to be a market leader in customer deposit growth in Mexico, with a near 200 basis points rise in market share to 16.5 per cent, despite highly competitive conditions. The continuing success of ‘Tu Cuenta’, the first integrated financial services product of its kind offered locally, led to strong growth in low-cost deposits, with 214,000 new accounts opened in the first half of the year. Overall, there was a strong increase in deposit net interest income from robust growth in balances, particularly in non-interest bearing deposits. This led to an improvement in the overall mix, although the benefit was partly offset by narrowing spreads from falling short-term interest rates.

Strong sales of fixed-rate mortgage products in Mexico drove a 92 per cent increase in average mortgage balances to US$845 million. This reflected strong demand from first time buyers and product innovation, with HSBC being the first bank in the


 

69


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

country to offer pre-approved mortgages via the internet. Increased marketing activity, enhanced customer service and improvements in the processing of mortgage applications also contributed to the rise in balances. The strong growth in the internet-based product first launched in 2005, which enabled the direct sale of used cars between customers using HSBC’s financing and website as an intermediary, contributed to an 11 per cent rise in average vehicle loan balances. HSBC’s ability to grant pre-approved personal loans through its automatic teller machine (‘ATM’) network led average payroll loan balances to rise by 51 per cent, reflecting the Group’s strong position in the market.

Strong growth in average credit card balances, which rose 97 per cent to US$705 million, was achieved through the cross-sale of cards to ‘Tu Cuenta’ customers and targeted customer relationship campaigns to the existing client base. The number of cards in circulation at 30 June 2006 was 1.4 million, representing an 80 per cent increase since the equivalent date in 2005.

In Canada, net interest income grew by 17 per cent, due to widening deposit spreads and loan growth. Mortgage balances rose due to the continued strength of the housing market and the new business generated by Invis Inc., the mortgage broker company acquired in the second half of 2005. Branch expansion in the consumer finance business continued, which helped increase both secured and unsecured lending. In particular, new initiatives led to higher motor vehicle finance balances, while the launch of a MasterCard programme in 2005 generated increased credit card balances.

Net fee income grew by 18 per cent to US$2,084 million, with strong performances in the US and Mexico. In the US, the 16 per cent increase was largely led by the credit card and retail services businesses. Within the consumer finance credit cards business, fee income grew by 5 per cent, driven by increased transaction volumes, higher balances and improved interchange rates. Revenues from ancillary services rose, due to higher sales volumes, new product launches and expansion into new customer segments. These positive benefits were partly offset by limiting fees charged on non-prime accounts following the new Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council guidelines.

Within the US retail services business, net fee income rose, in part due to changes in contract obligations with certain merchants offset by higher revenue sharing payments reported under net interest income. Late fees from increased customer account

balances also rose, contributing further to the growth of income over the comparable period in 2005.

In the US mortgage-banking business, the continued rise in interest rates led to lower levels of mortgage refinancing activity, which resulted in reduced amortisation charges and the subsequent release of temporary impairment provisions on mortgage servicing rights. Fee income within the US taxpayer financial services business grew, driven by increased product volumes and higher fee rates.

HSBC in Mexico reported a 20 per cent increase in fee income. Credit card fee income rose by 62 per cent, reflecting strong growth in the number of cards in circulation and improvements made in reducing card activation times. Continued strong growth in the number of ‘Tu Cuenta’ customers led to higher fee income, while ATM fee income rose significantly from increased transactional activity and the addition of 479 new ATMs, bringing the total number in HSBC’s network to 5,277. Mutual fund balances grew by 49 per cent and fee income rose, led by an expanded product offering and increased sales to the existing customer base. HSBC continued to operate the largest mutual fund for individual investors in Mexico. Strong sales of insurance products continued, with increased cross-selling both through the branch network and with other Personal Financial Services products containing insurance components. Overall, net premiums grew by 26 per cent, largely from high sales of individual life insurance products.

Trading income fell 5 per cent to US$244 million, primarily in the US. This was mainly due to a combination of lower mark-to-market revenues on derivatives which did not qualify for hedge accounting, and losses on derivatives used to hedge the value of mortgage servicing rights in the US banking business. Strong growth in foreign exchange volumes led to higher trading income in Mexico.

A US$20 million gain from financial investments reflected the US Personal Financial Services’ business share of proceeds arising from the MasterCard Incorporated IPO.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions of US$2,197 million were 3 per cent lower than in the first half of 2005. In the US, loan impairment charges fell, notwithstanding strong asset growth, as credit trends remained generally stable. Bankruptcy filings remained at historically low levels following the spike in the last quarter of 2005 which preceded changes in bankruptcy legislation. Increased levels of secured lending and the continued move to better credit quality customers


 

70


Back to Contents

also contributed to lower charges, in addition to a reduction in the estimated loss exposure for hurricane Katrina. Loan impairment charges as a percentage of gross customer advances fell from 1.2 per cent at 30 June 2005 to 1 per cent at 30 June 2006.

There was a slowdown in the US real estate market which was evidenced by a general slowing in the rate of appreciation in property values, an increase in the period of time that available properties remain on the market, and an upturn in loss severity on real estate sold. This slowdown had a limited impact on the business in the US. There was some weakening in credit quality in the real estate market and this was reflected in deteriorating performance in the mortgage services business, mainly due to the performance of certain loans originated in 2005, particularly second lien balances, and portions of the first lien portfolio.

In 2005 and continuing into 2006, there was a significant increase in the proportion of second lien mortgage loan originations to total loans originated in the mortgage services business compared with prior periods. Second lien mortgages originated in 2005 and in the first half of 2006 underperformed the first lien mortgages originated over this period. Accordingly, while overall credit quality remains stable across other parts of the US mortgage portfolios and other consumer finance businesses, higher losses are expected this year in the mortgage services business, largely resulting from the 2005 loan originations. Collective impairment allowances have been augmented to reflect the evident deterioration, and a wide range of initiatives has been implemented in this business to mitigate the impact of the affected components of the portfolio.

In Canada, higher charges were incurred in the consumer lending business, driven by growth in loan volumes. Loan impairment charges in Mexico rose as lending volumes, particularly in the consumer portfolios, grew in line with the strategic initiative to expand into new consumer finance segments.

Operating expenses grew by 10 per cent to US$4,207 million, most rapidly in Canada and the US.

In Canada, operating expenses grew by 23 per cent to US$298 million. Staff costs rose as headcount increased to support branch expansion and sales initiatives, and incentive costs reflected higher revenues. Premises and equipment costs rose as HSBC’s branch network expanded and the consumer finance business grew, while marketing costs increased in support of higher sales activity.

In the US, costs increased by 10 per cent to US$3,317 million. Costs in the consumer finance business rose, driven by staff costs, which increased in support of business growth, together with higher marketing and investment expenditure. The increase in operating income, however, surpassed the increase in expenses.

In HSBC Bank USA, N.A., investment in business expansion and new branches led to higher operating expenses, particularly staff costs. Marketing expenses rose as a result of the continued promotion of the on-line savings product, new branch openings and the branding initiative at John F. Kennedy International Airport in New York, which caused awareness of the HSBC brand almost to double compared with the comparable period in 2005. IT costs also increased as systems were enhanced and other administrative expenses rose in line with business growth.

In Mexico, operating expenses grew by 5 per cent, driven by a combination of higher staff and marketing costs. The former grew by 6 per cent, as additional employees were recruited to improve customer service levels within the branch network, and bonus costs increased as revenues rose. Marketing costs grew as a result of several customer promotions in connection with the inauguration of HSBC Mexico’s new corporate headquarters, Torre HSBC.

Commercial Banking’s pre-tax profits increased by 14 per cent to US$596 million as a result of lending and deposit growth, improved interest spreads and US real estate gains, which more than offset higher loan impairment charges and led to a 16 per cent increase in net operating income.

Net interest income increased by 29 per cent to US$847 million. In the US, net interest income grew by 13 per cent as HSBC continued to expand its geographical presence, notably in Washington DC, Philadelphia and New Jersey. This expansion, together with the appointment of additional relationship managers to meet the needs of HSBC’s small business clients, led to a 10 per cent increase in lending balances, while deposit balances rose by 32 per cent. A marketing campaign to promote BusinessSmart, a free current account, contributed to an 8 per cent increase in current account balances as the number of BusinessSmart accounts doubled to 88,000. Rising interest rates encouraged current account customers to transfer funds to higher yielding savings products and the resulting change in the business mix led to a 24 basis point narrowing of liability spreads. Loan spreads were in line with the first half of 2005.


 

71


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

In Canada, net interest income increased by 14 per cent as average loan balances grew by 13 per cent, benefiting from HSBC’s reputation for market-leading customer service which contributed to strong customer demand. Increased customer numbers resulted in a 20 per cent increase in current account balances and a 28 per cent rise in average deposits. Interest rate rises led to a 17 basis point increase in deposit spreads, while lending spreads were broadly unchanged.

In Mexico, net interest income more than doubled. Deposit balances increased by 107 per cent, reflecting expansion into the SME deposit market combined with the net transfer of 36,000 business customers from the Personal Financial Services customer segment. Lower interest rates resulted in a 30 basis point fall in deposit spreads. Restructuring and improved customer segmentation led to enhanced customer service and product innovation. As a result, average lending balances increased by 46 per cent, reflecting higher advances to SMEs and strong demand in the rapidly growing real estate and residential construction sectors. Lending spreads were 27 basis points higher than in the first half of 2005.

Net interest income in Bermuda was 53 per cent higher, as interest rate rises widened deposit spreads and stimulated customer demand for savings. Deposit balances grew by 30 per cent, while increased cross-sales led to a 21 per cent rise in average lending balances.

Net fee income increased by 13 per cent to US$234 million. In Mexico, fees were 21 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005, benefiting from increased cross-sales. Cash management fees grew by 30 per cent as customer acquisition and product enhancements led to higher transaction volumes, while the launch of the ‘Estimulo’ combined loan and overdraft product in 2005 also contributed to higher income. HSBC increased its share of the trade services market as a result of strong cross-selling activity facilitated by the launch of new products and upgrades to existing services. Card acquiring fees more than doubled, as transaction volumes grew and merchant customer numbers increased. In Canada, growth in new lending business led to a 21 per cent rise in fee income.

Other operating income increased to US$53 million, representing profits on the sale of real estate investments in the US.

Loan impairment charges were US$42 million compared with a net release in the first half of 2005. Credit quality was generally strong in the US, Canada and Mexico, although lending growth

throughout the region generated higher loan impairment charges.

Operating expenses increased by 26 per cent to US$546 million. In Mexico, costs increased by 66 per cent, partly as a result of customers transferred from Personal Financial Services. In addition, increased transaction volumes, which benefited income, led to correspondingly higher costs. In the US, operating expenses increased by 17 per cent, of which approximately half related to business expansion outside New York State. The recruitment of additional sales staff contributed to higher income and led to a 19 per cent rise in staff numbers. The US cost efficiency ratio improved by 1.8 percentage points as revenues grew at a faster rate than costs. In Canada, increased income led to higher incentive payments, while greater business activity resulted in higher staff numbers and a rise in non-staff costs.

Income from associates of US$30 million principally comprised Canadian private equity funds, which performed strongly. These funds, in which HSBC has maintained a minority interest, were established to provide institutional investors with access to private equity investment opportunities.

Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$458 million, 20 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005. Balance sheet management revenues continued to be constrained by the flat interest rate yield curve environment. Notwithstanding the resultant decline in net interest income, total operating income rose due to significant increases in fees and trading revenues, as the investment made to strengthen HSBC’s presence in the region bore fruit. Operating expenses rose by 20 per cent on the first half of 2005 and remained broadly in line with the second half of 2005, reflecting the full-period effect of investment initiatives undertaken in the second half of 2005. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 3 percentage points compared with the first half of 2005.

Net interest income declined by 49 per cent to US$244 million. Balance sheet management income fell significantly, reflecting the cumulative impact of rising short-term rates and a flat yield curve in the US and a steepening of the interest rate curve in Mexico.

In the US, income from the payments and cash management business grew by 45 per cent, principally due to a 66 per cent growth in balances. HSBC’s operations in Mexico benefited from higher customer volumes and new client acquisitions, primarily driven by a broader product offering.


 

72


Back to Contents

Net fee income increased by 37 per cent. HSBC’s product offering was extended in this region by the enhancement of the advisory capabilities and the expansion of the capital markets financing businesses. These businesses contributed 67 per cent of the increase in net fee income, benefiting from a recurring flow of transactions within equity and debt capital markets and the newly expanded mortgage-backed securities business.

Global Transaction Banking fee revenues grew by 25 per cent due to higher volumes in securities services and payments and cash management. In Mexico, fees increased by more than 80 per cent as the expanded product range generated higher customer volumes.

Net trading income increased significantly to US$489 million. In Global Markets, a wider product offering and enhanced sales capabilities drove significant gains across all major client-related activities. Mortgage-backed securities revenue grew significantly, reflecting the first full half-year contribution from this business. Structured derivatives revenue nearly trebled due to increased volumes, in addition to the recognition of income deferred in the previous year as market inputs to valuation models became observable. Gains in the metals business reflected increased customer volumes, while higher income from foreign exchange arose from trading opportunities created by a weakening US dollar.

In Mexico, strong growth in trading income, particularly in Credit and Rates, was driven by a combination of successful positioning for a steepening yield curve and increased volumes.

Other income rose by 57 per cent, reflecting higher rental income from property leases by Amanah Finance.

Gains from financial investments were 38 per cent lower as income from the disposal of securities declined.

The overall credit environment remained stable. However, a net loan impairment release of US$25 million was below the level reported in the first half of 2005 which arose from low allowances and higher recoveries.

Operating expenses increased by 20 per cent to US$832 million compared with the first half of 2005 but were flat compared with the second half of 2005. In Global Markets, cost growth in the mortgage-backed securities, structured derivatives and equities businesses reflected the impact of investment in the second half of 2005, and performance incentives rose in line with revenue. Within Global Transaction

Banking, costs in the payments and cash management and the securities services businesses increased as business volumes grew and the support businesses were expanded.

Private Banking contributed pre-tax profits of US$38 million, a decrease of 35 per cent compared with the first half of 2005. Significant growth in core fees and commissions was offset by a US$29 million loan impairment charge relating to a single customer and the non-recurrence of US$9 million of income from the sale of a number of small trust accounts in 2005.

Net interest income increased by 10 per cent to US$104 million, reflecting strong balance sheet growth. Customer acquisition and increased investment by existing customers both contributed, in part due to the success of a deposit-raising campaign which generated US$2.5 billion of new funds. Overall, average deposit balances rose by 33 per cent, and average lending balances by 23 per cent. Spreads remained broadly in line with 2005.

Fees and commissions increased by 24 per cent, to US$120 million. The expansion of WTAS, and organic growth boosted by referrals, contributed US$19 million to the increase. Higher funds under management also helped grow fees.

Client assets rose by 10 per cent to US$47.5 billion. Steps taken to improve the distribution of higher fee earning discretionary managed assets helped generate net new money of US$1.7 billion. This included the Strategic Investment Solutions product, in which assets invested rose by 31 per cent to US$1.1 billion. Growth in this product also boosted trading income, which rose to US$7 million. This was partly offset by the non-recurrence of one-off income in 2005 arising from the sale of a number of small trust accounts.

Loan impairment charges in 2006 primarily related to a single impairment allowance.

Operating expenses of US$180 million were 15 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005. Productivity improvements following the reorganisation of the business in 2005 flowed through but were masked by the cost of recruiting front office staff in Private Banking and fee-generating staff in WTAS. The cost efficiency ratio improved by 1 percentage point compared with the first half of 2005.

Within Other, movements in the fair value of own debt and associated swaps led to a US$227 million fall in total operating income.


 

73


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group

  Half-year to 30 June 2006    
 
   
    Corporate,    
  Personal         Investment             Inter-        
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private         segment        
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total    
North America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                               
Net interest income/(expense) 7,058     847     244     104     (31 )   (363 )   7,859    
Net fee income/(expense) 2,084     234     348     120     (102 )       2,684    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income
144     11     453     7     (66 )       549    
Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities 100         36         (2 )   363     497    
                               
Net trading income/(expense) 244     11     489     7     (68 )   363     1,046    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
        35         (11 )       24    
Gains less losses from financial investments 20     9     29     3     (1 )       60    
Dividend income 5         33         1         39    
Net earned insurance premiums 316                 1         317    
Other operating income 157     53     86     14     702     (615 )   397    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 9,884     1,154     1,264     248     491     (615 )   12,426    
Net insurance claims1 (173 )                       (173 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
9,711     1,154     1,264     248     491     (615 )   12,253    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(2,197 )   (42 )   25     (30 )           (2,244 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 7,514     1,112     1,289     218     491     (615 )   10,009    
Total operating expenses (4,207 )   (546 )   (832 )   (180 )   (618 )   615     (5,768 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 3,307     566     457     38     (127 )       4,241    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures     30     1                 31    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 3,307     596     458     38     (127 )       4,272    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  %     %     %     %     %         %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 26.4     4.8     3.7     0.3     (1.1 )       34.1    
Cost efficiency ratio 43.3     47.3     65.8     72.6     125.9         47.1    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m         US$m    
Selected balance sheet data2                              
Loans and advances to customers (net) 223,130     35,151     18,857     4,980             282,118    
Total assets 255,526     43,921     218,877     5,874     1,926         526,124    
Customer accounts 63,729     34,627     32,961     12,084     97         143,498    
Loans and advances to banks (net)3           18,848                    
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
          141,823                    
Deposits by banks3           9,573                    
                                 
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

74


Back to Contents

  Half-year to 30 June 2005    
 
   
            Corporate,                      
  Personal         Investment             Inter-        
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private         segment        
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total    
North America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                               
Net interest income/ (expense) 6,235     638     466     95     (50 )   (105 )   7,279    
Net fee income/(expense) 1,649     203     252     97     (55 )       2,146    
Trading income excluding net interest income 156     6     98     1             261    
Net interest income on trading activities 99     20     36             105     260    
Net trading income 255     26     134     1         105     521    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
        19         265         284    
Gains less losses from financial investments (1 )   (6 )   47     (1 )   1         40    
Dividend income 2         16                 18    
Net earned insurance premiums 290                         290    
Other operating income 123     30     54     22     585     (574 )   240    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 8,553     891     988     214     746     (574 )   10,818    
Net insurance claims1 (173 )                       (173 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
8,380     891     988     214     746     (574 )   10,645    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(2,097 )   40     32     2             (2,023 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 6,283     931     1,020     216     746     (574 )   8,622    
Total operating expenses (3,616 )   (424 )   (684 )   (156 )   (650 )   574     (4,956 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 2,667     507     336     60     96         3,666    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures         43         4         47    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 2,667     507     379     60     100         3,713    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  %     %     %     %     %         %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 25.1     4.8     3.6     0.6     0.8         34.9    
Cost efficiency ratio 43.2     47.6     69.2     72.9     87.1         46.6    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m         US$m    
Selected balance sheet data2                              
Loans and advances to customers (net) 194,216     30,362     11,657     4,008             240,243    
Total assets 231,980     38,001     151,021     5,094     338         426,434    
Customer accounts 54,293     22,503     28,566     8,655             114,017    
Loans and advances to banks (net)3           8,362                    
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
          102,943                    
Deposits by banks3           8,531                    
                                 
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

75


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group (continued)

         Half-year to 31 December 2005    
 
   
    Corporate,    
  Personal         Investment             Inter-        
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &       Private         segment        
  Services     Banking     Markets       Banking     Other     elimination     Total    
North America US$m     US$m     US$m       US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                               
Net interest income/(expense) 6,518     811     376       95     (65 )   (127 )   7,608    
Net fee income/(expense) 1,862     222     374       106     (104 )       2,460    
Trading income excluding net interest income 4     6     70       9     21         110    
Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities 111     (24 )   189           (21 )   127     382    
Net trading income/(expense) 115     (18 )   259       9         127     492    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
10         4       (1 )   137         150    
Gains less losses from financial investments 23     7     17       1             48    
Dividend income 7         17                   24    
Net earned insurance premiums 313                   (1 )       312    
Other operating income 162     77     151       12     694     (596 )   500    
 
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 9,010     1,099     1,198       222     661     (596 )   11,594    
Net insurance claims1 (161 )                 1         (160 )  
 
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
8,849     1,099     1,198       222     662     (596 )   11,434    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(2,989 )   (53 )   28           (1 )       (3,015 )  
 
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 5,860     1,046     1,226       222     661     (596 )   8,419    
Total operating expenses (3,766 )   (489 )   (827 )     (178 )   (597 )   596     (5,261 )  
 
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 2,094     557     399       44     64         3,158    
Share of profit/(loss) in associates and joint ventures         (4 )         5         1    
 
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 2,094     557     395       44     69         3,159    
 
   
   
     
   
   
   
   
  %     %     %       %     %         %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 20.3     5.4     3.8       0.4     0.7         30.6    
Cost efficiency ratio 42.6     44.5     69.0       80.2     90.2         46.0    
  US$m     US$m     US$m       US$m     US$m         US$m    
Selected balance sheet data2                              
Loans and advances to customers (net) 212,058     32,700     15,250       4,926             264,934    
Total assets 247,928     40,821     168,524       5,870             463,143    
Customer accounts 57,401     26,324     32,514       9,590     1         125,830    
Loans and advances to banks (net)3           13,658                    
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
          112,000                    
Deposits by banks3           8,561                    
     
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

76


Back to Contents

South America

Profit/(loss) before tax by country within customer group

      Half-year to    
 






   
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
           
Personal Financial Services 64     80     126    
Brazil 42     67     100    
Argentina 23     27     10    
Other (1 )   (14 )   16    
Commercial Banking 105     90     95    
Brazil 82     73     74    
Argentina 21     18     17    
Other 2     (1 )   4    
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets 168     82     64    
Brazil 124     58     37    
Argentina 37     26     30    
Other 7     (2 )   (3 )  
Private Banking 3     1        
Brazil 3     1        
Other (6 )   89     20    
Brazil     (14 )   10    
Argentina 2     94     22    
Other (8 )   9     (12 )  
 
   
   
   
Total 334     342     305    
Brazil 251     185     221    
Argentina 83     165     79    
Other     (8 )   5    

 

77


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit before tax

      Half-year to  
 




 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
South America US$m   US$m   US$m  
       
Net interest income 1,141   805   945  
Net fee income 398   265   272  
Net trading income 171   218   191  
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value 106   46   140  
Gains less losses from financial investments 18   38   1  
Dividend income 3   2   2  
Net earned insurance premiums 443   341   405  
Other operating income 9   38   150  
 
 
 
 
Total operating income 2,289   1,753   2,106  
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities (433 ) (297 ) (394 )
 
 
 
 
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 1,856   1,456   1,712  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (370 ) (242 ) (312 )
 
 
 
 
Net operating income 1,486   1,214   1,400  
Total operating expenses (1,152 ) (872 ) (1,095 )
 
 
 
 
Operating profit 334   342   305  
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures      
 
 
 
 
Profit before tax 334   342   305  
 
 
 
 
     
  %   %   %  
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 2.7   3.2   3.0  
Cost efficiency ratio 62.1   59.9   64.0  
Period-end staff numbers (full-time equivalent) 33,952   31,644   33,282  
     
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Selected balance sheet data1            
Loans and advances to customers (net) 11,699   9,270   9,307  
Loans and advances to banks (net) 5,321   4,803   5,282  
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments2 7,153   5,923   6,680  
Total assets 28,768   23,783   24,734  
Deposits by banks 858   2,091   1,252  
Customer accounts 20,085   14,925   16,545  
       
1 Third party only.
2 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.
   

Brazil registered a moderate rebound in economic activity in the first half of 2006, with real GDP growing 3.4 per cent year-on-year. In contrast to recent years, growth was driven by domestic demand rather than net exports. Investment grew 9 per cent year-on-year in the first quarter of 2006, supported by a combination of lower interest rates and the Real strengthening, which helped to reduce prices of capital goods. Consumer spending growth was 4 per cent year-on-year, fuelled by monetary easing and an expansionary fiscal policy. The unemployment rate averaged 10.1 per cent in the first half of 2006, down slightly on the 10.3 per cent recorded in the same period of 2005. Inflation continued to improve, with consumer prices rising at an average rate of 4.0 per

cent in the first six months of the year, down from an average of 5.7 per cent in 2005. The fiscal position remained weak and the trade surplus began to decline, but a healthy balance of payments position and growing foreign exchange reserves reduced Brazil’s vulnerability to external shocks.

Argentina’s growth slowed slightly to 8 per cent in the first five months of 2006 from 9.2 per cent in 2005. Inflation stabilised at around 11 per cent, and the first quarter’s unemployment rate was 11.4 per cent compared with 13 per cent for the same period in 2005. The main tenets of economic policy continued to be a very competitive real exchange rate, a strong primary fiscal surplus and income distribution policies. Volatility in global financial markets in May


 

78


Back to Contents

and June had limited impact on the economy: Argentina posted strong data in May on construction and industrial activity, interest rates increased only marginally, and the currency weakened slightly. In sharp contrast to the 1990s, the vulnerability of the real economy to external liquidity shocks was low, due to the trade and budget surpluses. Lower financing needs following the past debt restructuring and the debt pre-payment to the IMF, a high national savings ratio (25 per cent of GDP) and low levels of borrowing also helped.

HSBC’s operations in South America reported a pre-tax profit of US$334 million compared with US$342 million in the first half of 2005, a decrease of 2 per cent. On an underlying basis, pre-tax profits declined by 11 per cent. This was primarily the result of the non-recurrence of coverage bond receipts and other items related to the 2001 sovereign debt default and subsequent asymmetrical pesification. Excluding this, profit before tax increased by 18 per cent, with net operating income increasing by 15 per cent and operating expenses increasing by 14 per cent. Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets delivered a strong performance, driven by growth in fee and trading income. In April 2006, HSBC acquired Banca Nazionale, a retail bank in Argentina.

The following commentary is on an underlying basis.

Personal Financial Services reported a pre-tax profit of US$64 million, 29 per cent lower than the first half of 2005, as increased income was more than offset by higher costs and loan impairment charges.

Net interest income rose by 9 per cent. In Brazil, low inflation and an improved economic outlook contributed to strong growth in vehicle finance loans, personal lending and credit card balances, reflecting increased consumer demand for credit. Customer numbers increased, although HSBC tightened its lending criteria and focused its efforts on attracting lower risk customers.

Vehicle finance loans increased by 35 per cent to nearly US$1.7 billion as HSBC continued to deepen its relationships with car dealerships. Dealer incentives helped HSBC to increase sales volumes, although this was partly achieved by reducing lending spreads.

Increased borrowings per customer led to a 14 per cent increase in personal lending balances to US$2.2 billion. Following their launch in 2005, pension-linked lending balances increased to US$195 million and payroll-linked loan balances rose by 72 per cent to US$216 million.

Credit cards in issue increased to 2.6 million and over 800,000 cards were issued in the first half of 2006, 46 per cent more than in the same period in 2005. Card utilisation also increased and, as a result, average card balances grew by 20 per cent. Lower interest rates and price increases in the second half of 2005 led to improved credit card spreads.

Net fee income was 13 per cent higher, principally in Brazil. There, customer recruitment led to a 13 per cent increase in HSBC’s current account base which, together with tariff increases and higher transaction volumes, contributed to a 21 per cent rise in current account and cash management fees. Higher lending volumes led to a 22 per cent increase in credit fees. The successful promotion of car loans and credit cards contributed to higher fees in Argentina.

The Argentine insurance business also grew, as increased advertising, the formation and deepening of alliances with established local consumer brands and internal cross-selling initiatives contributed to higher motor and home insurance premium income. Life insurance premiums linked to policyholders’ incomes increased as a result of higher customer salaries.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions rose by 21 per cent to US$321 million. In Brazil, lending growth and higher consumer and vehicle finance delinquency rates led to a 20 per cent increase in loan impairment charges, in line with market trends. Non-performing loans as a proportion of lending balances increased from 8.6 per cent to 9.7 per cent. In order to counteract the worsening credit environment, HSBC tightened its lending criteria, enhanced its credit analytics, prioritised secured lending ahead of unsecured advances and strengthened its credit operations. Lending growth led to a small increase in loan impairment charges in Argentina.

Operating expenses increased by 12 per cent. In Brazil, recruitment to support business expansion resulted in higher staff numbers which, together with union-agreed pay rises and incentive payments which rose in line with income, led to a 17 per cent increase in staff costs. Increased advertising activity, notably a regional campaign to increase brand awareness and a campaign to promote HSBC Premier, triggered a 50 per cent rise in marketing costs. Transactional taxes increased by 13 per cent as a result of higher operating income. In Argentina, costs rose by 19 per cent as pay rises agreed with unions in 2005 led to higher staff costs. The launch of various sales promotions and direct marketing campaigns increased marketing costs and contributed to the strong growth in operating income.


 

79


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Commercial Banking reported pre-tax profits of US$105 million, 2 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005, as lending growth and increased fees were largely offset by higher loan impairment charges and operating costs. Net operating income increased by 15 per cent.

Net interest income rose by 15 per cent, principally due to asset growth and wider lending spreads in Brazil. Brazilian customer numbers grew by 9 per cent following expansion of the SME business and greater promotional activity. This led to rises of 14 per cent and 22 per cent in overdraft balances and term lending balances respectively. ‘Giro fácil’, a revolving loan and overdraft facility, continued to perform well and balances increased by 17 per cent. Lower Brazilian interest rates widened asset spreads. The continuing economic recovery in Argentina was reflected in strong demand for asset and liability products. As a result, lending and overdraft balances grew by 66 per cent and current account balances by 29 per cent. The number of Commercial Banking customers increased by 26 per cent.

Net fee income was 43 per cent higher than in the first half of 2005. In Brazil, effective cross-selling raised the average number of products per customer. Tariff increases and higher transaction volumes resulted in increased current account and cash management fees, while higher consumer spending and an increase in the number of merchant customers led to a 38 per cent rise in card acquiring fees. A marketing campaign promoting trade products helped generate a 60 per cent increase in trade services fee income.

Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions rose by 86 per cent, reflecting strong lending growth. In Brazil, some weakening of credit quality resulted in the proportion of impaired loans to assets rising from 1.7 per cent to 3.3 per cent. In order to counteract the worsening credit environment, HSBC increased the size of its debt collection operations and strengthened relationships between sales staff and the collections department. Underwriting scorecards were changed, sales staff incentives refined and prices increased in response to the revised credit environment. By contrast, in Argentina, net releases of loan impairment charges were in line with the first half of 2005.

Operating expenses of US$229 million were 22 per cent higher than the first half of 2005. In Brazil, the expansion of the SME business contributed to a 26 per cent increase in overall staff numbers which, together with union-agreed pay rises, led to higher staff costs. Greater marketing activity

contributed to income growth and led to increased marketing and advertising expenses. Transactional taxes were 18 per cent higher. Costs in Argentina rose by 30 per cent, driven by accelerated business activity which led to a 12 per cent increase in staff numbers and higher non-staff costs.

Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets reported a pre-tax profit of US$168 million, an increase of 77 per cent compared with the first half of 2005, primarily due to strong growth in fee and trading income in Brazil.

Net interest income increased by 37 per cent to US$103 million. In Brazil, while the yield curve remained inverted, lower short-term rates resulted in an increase in balance sheet management revenue. In Argentina, higher net interest income was driven by higher volumes and a shift from inflation linked securities to higher yield instruments. Continuing economic growth and improved market confidence stimulated demand for credit, augmented by competitive pricing on longer-term debt.

Net fee income increased by 74 per cent, primarily due to increased performance-related fees on a BRIC equity fund. In addition, higher transaction volumes in debt and equity-linked capital markets reflected client confidence in HSBC’s investment banking expertise and investor risk appetite. Buoyant local equity markets and growth in new business resulted in higher HSBC securities services fees, as assets under custody grew significantly to US$43 billion.

Net trading income increased by 63 per cent. Higher revenues from trading activities in Brazil were attributable to the wider product range and enhanced delivery capabilities of Global Markets. Greater volatility in local markets resulted in higher business volumes, particularly in foreign exchange and currency derivatives. In Argentina, increased market confidence following the success of the sovereign debt restructuring resulted in higher revenues from securities trading.

Gains from the sale of financial investments more than doubled, largely due to the sale of government debt in Brazil.

A lower net release of loan impairment charges reflected the declining stock of non-performing loans in Argentina.

Operating expenses rose by 21 per cent to US$90 million, primarily driven by higher performance-related incentives in line with increased revenues and pay rises agreed with local unions. In Brazil, operational costs within the securities services business rose, due to higher business volumes.


 

80


Back to Contents

Private Banking reported a pre-tax profit of US$3 million, a modest increase on the first half of 2005. Growth was predominantly in Brazil, driven by the revenue and cost benefits of improved synergies with other customer groups, including cross-selling.

In Other, the non-recurrence of coverage bond receipts and other items related to the pesification in 2002 led to lower pre-tax profits.


 

81


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group

  Half-year to 30 June 2006                   
 
   
                    Corporate,                                     
  Personal           Investment                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total    
South America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                       
Net interest income/ (expense) 864     279     103     4     (2 )   (107 )   1,141    
Net fee income 235     95     62     6             398    
Trading income/(expense) excluding net interest income (2 )   5     78                 81    
Net interest income/ (expense)on trading activities     3     (20 )           107     90    
Net trading income/ (expense) (2 )   8     58             107     171    
Net income from financial instruments designated
at fair value
101         5                 106    
Gains less losses from financial investments 3         15                 18    
Dividend income 3                         3    
                                           
Net earned insurance premiums 398     12     33                 443    
Other operating income 10     2     1         5     (9 )   9    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 1,612     396     277     10     3     (9 )   2,289    
Net insurance claims1 (400 )   (8 )   (25 )               (433 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment
charges and other credit risk provisions
1,212     388     252     10     3     (9 )   1,856    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries
and other credit risk provisions
(321 )   (54 )   6         (1 )       (370 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 891     334     258     10     2     (9 )   1,486    
Total operating expenses (827 )   (229 )   (90 )   (7 )   (8 )   9     (1,152 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit/(loss) 64     105     168     3     (6 )     334    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures                            
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit/(loss) before tax 64     105     168     3     (6 )     334    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 0.5     0.9     1.3                   2.7    
Cost efficiency ratio 68.2     59.0     35.7     70.0     266.7           62.1    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
Selected balance sheet data2                                          
                                           
Loans and advances to customers (net) 5,779     4,094     1,824     2               11,699    
Total assets 10,462     5,466     12,785     37     18           28,768    
Customer accounts 6,220     5,087     8,773     5               20,085    
Loans and advances to banks (net)3             3,902                            
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at
fair value, and financial  investments3,4
            4,996                            
Deposits by banks3             394                            
   
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

82


Back to Contents

  Half-year to 30 June 2005    
 
   
              Corporate,                            
  Personal           Investment                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total    
South America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                             
Net interest income 684     208     67     2     22     (178 )   805    
Net fee income 171     56     30     5     3         265    
Trading income excluding net interest income 4     1     38         1         44    
Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities (1 )   4     (8 )       1     178     174    
Net trading income 3     5     30         2     178     218    
Net income/(expense) from financial instruments designated at fair value
47         (1 )               46    
Gains less losses from financial investments         7         31         38    
Dividend income 2                         2    
Net earned insurance premiums 298     11     33         (1 )       341    
Other operating income/(expense) 6     (2 )   (1 )       39     (4 )   38    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 1,211     278     165     7     96     (4 )   1,753    
Net insurance claims1 (265 )   (6 )   (26 )               (297 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
946     272     139     7     96     (4 )   1,456    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(227 )   (23 )   7         1         (242 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income 719     249     146     7     97     (4 )   1,214    
Total operating expenses (639 )   (159 )   (64 )   (6 )   (8 )   4     (872 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 80     90     82     1     89         342    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures                            
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 80     90     82     1     89         342    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                           
  %     %     %     %     %           %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 0.8     0.8     0.8         0.8           3.2    
Cost efficiency ratio 67.5     58.5     46.0     85.7     8.3           59.9    
                                           
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m           US$m    
Selected balance sheet data2                                          
 Loans and advances to customers (net) 4,627     3,153     1,103     2     385           9,270    
Total assets 7,993     5,001     8,935     76     1,778           23,783    
Customer accounts 4,308     3,664     6,697     88     168           14,925    
Loans and advances to banks (net)3             3,078                            
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
            3,581                            
Deposits by banks3             1,607                            
                                           
1 Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

83


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit/(loss) before tax by customer group (continued)

  Half-year to 31 December 2005    
 
   
              Corporate,                            
  Personal           Investment                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total    
South America US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                             
Net interest income 779     267     44     3     1     (149 )   945    
Net fee income 158     65     43     6             272    
Trading income excluding net interest income
11     3     40         1         55    
Net interest income/ (expense) on trading activities
1     (4 )   (9 )       (1 )   149     136    
Trading income/(expense) 12     (1 )   31             149     191    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
127         10         3         140    
Gains less losses from financial investments
1         (4 )       4         1    
Dividend income 2                         2    
Net earned insurance premiums 371     12     24         (2 )       405    
Other operating income/(expense) 129             (1 )   18     4     150    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income 1,579     343     148     8     24     4     2,106    
Net insurance claims1 (367 )   (7 )   (19 )       (1 )       (394 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
1,212     336     129     8     23     4     1,712    
Loan impairment (charges)/recoveries and other credit risk provisions
(288 )   (32 )   8                 (312 )  
 
   
   
   
   

 
   
   
Net operating income 924     304     137     8     23     4     1,400    
Total operating expenses (798 )   (209 )   (74 )   (8 )   (2 )   (4 )   (1,095 )  
 

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit 126     95     63         21         305    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
        1         (1 )          
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax 126     95     64         20         305    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
                                         
  %     %     %     %     %         %    
Share of HSBC’s profit before tax 1.3     0.9     0.6         0.2         3.0    
Cost efficiency ratio 65.8     62.2     57.4     100.0     8.7         64.0    
                     
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m         US$m    
Selected balance sheet data2                              
Loans and advances to customers (net) 4,773     3,390     1,143     1             9,307    
Total assets 8,270     5,240     9,608     6     1,610         24,734    
Customer accounts 4,670     3,964     7,589     101     221         16,545    
Loans and advances to banks (net)3           3,731                    
Trading assets, financial instruments designated at fair value, and financial investments3,4
          3,799                    
Deposits by banks3           803                    
     
1 Net insurance claim incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities.
2 Third party only.
3 These assets and liabilities were significant to Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets.
4 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

84


Back to Contents

Changes in presentation of segmental analysis by customer group

In addition to the presentation adjustments outlined in Note 19 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’, certain adjustments to the customer group information in the Interim Report 2005 have also been made to align with the presentation in the audited Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

The table overleaf sets out the adjustments made to each customer group income statement and selected balance sheet data for the half-year to 30 June 2005, by line item.

A description of the main changes is as follows:

HSBC’s long-term debt issued designated at fair value

In the Annual Report and Accounts 2005, movements in the fair value of HSBC’s own issued long-term debt designated at fair value, and in the fair value of related derivatives, were classified within the ‘Other’ segment, because such fair value movements are not related to the measurement of business performance by customer group. This was a change from the presentation in the 2005 interim accounts where these fair value movements were included in the customer group in which the debt resided.

Accordingly, to conform the comparative interim 2005 presentation included in this interim report with the presentation adopted in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005, income of US$260 million included within ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ has been reclassified from the customer groups (primarily Personal Financial Services ) to ‘Other’.

The adjustments to ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ by customer group are also affected by the adjustment described in Note 19 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’, under which interest payable on issued long-term debt designated at fair value, and the interest component relating to derivatives managed with such debt, is now shown in interest expense, increasing ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’ and reducing ‘Net interest income’.

Insurance business reclassification – Brazil

In the Annual Report and Accounts 2005 the retail insurance business in Brazil was reclassified from the ‘Other’ customer group to Personal Financial Services.

Income statement

In the Annual Report and Accounts 2005, net interest income (expense) on trading activities included within trading income was separately analysed on the face of the consolidated income statement. The June 2005 comparatives have been amended accordingly. At individual customer group segment level, both the net internal funding cost and net external interest income on trading activities are reported as ‘Net interest income/(expense) on trading activities’ following the presentational changes noted above. The internal income representing the other side of the net internal funding cost is reported as ‘Net interest income’ within the customer group providing funding to the trading activities. Internal funding is eliminated on consolidation at Group level.


 

85


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Profit before tax by customer group

  Adjustments for the half-year to 30 June 2005    
 








   
              Corporate,                            
  Personal           Investment                 Inter-          
  Financial     Commercial     Banking &     Private           segment          
  Services     Banking     Markets     Banking     Other     elimination     Total    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                           
Net interest income (643 )   (54 )   474         (269 )   (882 )   (1,374 )  
Net fee income (51 )               43         (8 )  
Trading income excluding net interest income 90                         90    
Net interest income on trading activities 101     23     (578 )       45     882     473    
Net trading income 191     23     (578 )       45     882     563    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value
329     32     107         433         901    
Gains less losses from financial investments                            
Dividend income 2                 (2 )          
Net earned insurance premiums 300                 (216 )       84    
Other operating income (241 )   (6 )   (4 )   (1 )   16         (236 )  
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total operating income (113 )   (5 )   (1 )   (1 )   50         (70 )  
Net insurance claims (173 )               173            
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
(286 )   (5 )   (1 )   (1 )   223         (70 )  
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions
                           
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Net operating income (286 )   (5 )   (1 )   (1 )   223         (70 )  
Total operating expenses 35     6     4     1     24         70    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Operating profit (251 )   1     3         247            
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures
                           
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax (251 )   1     3         247            
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
By geographic region:                              
Europe 2     1     2         (5 )          
North America (266 )       1         265            
South America 13                 (13 )          
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax (251 )   1     3         247            
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
Selected balance sheet data                              
Loans and advances to customers (net) (1,399 )       (48,209 )               (49,608 )  
Total assets                            
Customer accounts         (20,992 )               (20,992 )  
Loans and advances to banks (net)1           (29,625 )                  
Trading assets, financial assets designated at fair value, and financial investments1,2
          77,834                    
Deposits by banks1           (7,872 )                  
   
1 These selected balance sheet data are given for Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets only.
2 Includes financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties.

 

86


Back to Contents

Accounting developments

Accounting policies

The results of HSBC are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. The accounting policies used in the preparation of the interim consolidated financial statements are described in Note 2 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’.

When preparing the financial statements, it is the directors’ responsibility under UK company law to select suitable accounting policies and to make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent.

HSBC also provides details of its net income and shareholders’ equity calculated in accordance with US GAAP. US GAAP differs in certain respects from IFRSs. Details of these differences in respect of this interim period will be published in September 2006.

The accounting policies that are deemed critical to HSBC’s IFRSs results and financial position, in terms of materiality or the degree of judgement involved, are discussed on pages 99 to 102 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. There have been no changes to these policies since 31 December 2005.

Future accounting developments

At 30 June 2006, HSBC had adopted all IFRSs and interpretations that had been issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU. There are currently no IFRSs or interpretations that have been issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU which become effective after 30 June 2006 that have not already been adopted by HSBC. For details of IFRSs adopted during the period that have affected HSBC’s accounting policies, see Note 2 in the ‘Notes on the Financial Statements’.

Risk management

All HSBC’s activities involve, to varying degrees, the analysis, evaluation, acceptance and management of risks or combinations of risks. The most important risks are credit risk (which includes country and cross-border risk), liquidity risk, market risk, residual value risk, reputational risk, operational risk and insurance risk. Market risk includes foreign exchange, interest rate and equity price risks.

HSBC’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse these risks, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and up-to-date administrative and information systems. HSBC regularly reviews its risk management policies and systems to reflect changes in markets, products and emerging best practice. Individual responsibility and accountability, instilled through training, are designed to deliver a disciplined, conservative and constructive culture of risk management and control.

The Group Management Board, under authority delegated by the Board of Directors, formulates high level Group risk management policy. A separately constituted Risk Management Meeting receives reports which enable it to monitor risk and review the effectiveness of HSBC’s risk management policies.

The management of all HSBC’s significant risks was discussed in detail in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. There have been no changes since 31 December 2005 which are material to understanding the current reporting period.

The insurance businesses manage their own credit, liquidity and market risk, along with insurance risk, separately from the rest of HSBC, due to the different nature of the respective businesses.

Comparative data in respect of certain items in this section are only disclosed for the period ended 31 December 2005, as IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure’, was first effective for HSBC’s reporting in respect of this period.

Credit risk management

Concentrations of exposure

The balance of exposure across the Group has not changed significantly since 31 December 2005. In particular, the proportion of lending to personal customers and, within that, the proportion of real estate secured lending, was in line with the end of 2005. Similarly, in the total of advances to corporate and commercial customers, the weighting of financial services companies (excluding banks) was broadly consistent with 31 December 2005. Financial investments were also in line with 31 December 2005. Securities held for trading, however, increased by 21 per cent. This increase did not change the overall distribution between treasury and other eligible bills, debt and equity securities.


 

87


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Gross loans and advances by industry sector

    At   Constant       At  
    31 December   currency   Underlying   30 June  
    2005   effect 2 change   2006  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Loans and advances to customers              
Personal:              
  Residential mortgages 233,866   6,102   11,302   251,270  
  Hong Kong Government Home              
     Ownership Scheme 4,680   (8 ) (312 ) 4,360  
  Other personal 181,930   3,523   6,959   192,412  
   
 
 
 
 
  Total personal 420,476   9,617   17,949   448,042  
   
 
 
 
 
Corporate and commercial:              
  Commercial, industrial and international trade 130,802   6,114   13,279   150,195  
  Commercial real estate 51,815   1,904   3,417   57,136  
  Other property-related 22,196   652   1,208   24,056  
  Government 8,218   51   (346 ) 7,923  
  Other commercial1 65,678   3,429   7,487   76,594  
   
 
 
 
 
  Total corporate and commercial 278,709   12,150   25,045   315,904  
   
 
 
 
 
Financial:              
  Non-bank financial institutions 50,032   2,620   897   53,549  
  Settlement accounts 2,142   57   5,896   8,095  
   
 
 
 
 
  Total financial 52,174   2,677   6,793   61,644  
   
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to customers 751,359   24,444   49,787   825,590  
Loans and advances to banks 125,974   3,835   32,681   162,490  
   
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances 877,333   28,279   82,468   988,080  
   
 
 
 
 
   
1 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
2 Includes US$546 million of loans and advances to customers and US$168 million of loans and advances to banks arising from acquisitions.

 

The commentary below analyses the underlying changes in lending, compared with the position at 31 December 2005. On this basis, total loans and advances to customers grew by 6 per cent.

Loans and advances to the personal sector grew by 4 per cent during the first half of 2006.

Residential mortgages rose by US$11 billion, or 5 per cent, to US$251 billion, representing 30 per cent of total gross loans to customers at 30 June 2006. Growth was greatest in North America and Europe, which each recorded a 5 per cent increase. In Hong Kong, mortgage balances, excluding those arising from the suspended GHOS, rose by 3 per cent.

In North America, the rise was primarily driven by the US consumer finance business. HSBC experienced strong growth in the first half of 2006 in its US real estate secured portfolio, in both the mortgage services and consumer lending branch-based businesses. At 30 June 2006, of the real estate secured receivables in the branch-based consumer lending business, approximately 95 per cent bore fixed rates and 87 per cent were in first lien position. Of the real estate secured receivables in the

mortgage services business at 30 June 2006, approximately 48 per cent bore fixed rates and 79 per cent were in first lien position. HSBC continued to enter into agreements with additional correspondents to purchase their newly originated loans on a flow basis.

In light of evidence of deterioration within the US mortgage services business in respect of recent originations, a wide range of initiatives was implemented to mitigate the impact on the affected portions of the business.

Balances in the US core banking network declined, as new mortgage originations were sold into the secondary market. In Canada, mortgage balances rose, primarily due to a strong housing market and continued branch expansion of the consumer finance business. Mortgage balances in Mexico grew by 10 per cent, led by strong demand from first-time buyers coupled with innovative new product offerings, and increased levels of marketing activity.

Mortgage lending in the UK rose by 5 per cent, on the back of new sales driven by strong demand for fixed rate products. Mortgage products were


 

88


Back to Contents

augmented by a new proposition which helped HSBC maintain market share. Mortgage lending in France grew strongly as a result of a marketing campaign forming part of the rebranding exercise in the latter part of 2005.

Residential mortgage balances in Hong Kong rose despite the sluggish housing market. This was achieved by a combination of competitive pricing and higher levels of marketing, aided by extensive media coverage. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, mortgage balances rose by 3 per cent, largely from growth in Malaysia, Taiwan, South Korea and Singapore.

Other personal lending, which represented 23 per cent of total gross loans to customers at 30 June 2006, rose by 4 percentage points to US$192 billion. The 5 per cent rise in balances in North America contributed some two-thirds of the overall growth. The US motor vehicle finance portfolio also grew, due to increased volumes in both the dealer network and the consumer direct loan programme. Personal non-credit card receivables increased as HSBC Finance expanded the availability of this product in the stable US economy. The success of several large direct mail campaigns also contributed to growth in the portfolio.

Other personal lending rose by 3 per cent in Europe. In the UK, growth in unsecured lending was restrained, reflecting a reduction in consumer appetite for credit and tighter underwriting standards. HSBC responded to the deteriorating credit market which emerged in 2005 by refining its credit eligibility criteria, and enhanced its credit decision-making with full positive credit reference data. Notwithstanding the market slowdown, HSBC’s credit card lending in the UK rose, reflecting the success of promotional campaigns and increased marketing. Credit card lending in Turkey also grew despite regulatory restrictions. In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, a 7 per cent rise in the number of cards in force since 31 December 2005 was evidence of the continued expansion of the credit card business across a number of countries, and drove the 4 per cent increase in lending. In South America, growth in personal lending was largely attributable to operations in Brazil and reflected improved economic conditions and a greater proportion of

people in the country holding bank accounts, facilitating business expansion.

Loans and advances to the corporate and commercial sectors grew by 9 per cent during the first half of 2006.

In Europe, corporate and commercial advances rose by 10 per cent, reflecting strong demand for lending and increased customer numbers. The growth in lending was primarily driven in the UK by the commercial, industrial and energy sectors, while in France, it arose from the benefits of the rebranding and initiatives started in 2005, which continued to have a favourable impact on corporate and commercial advances.

In Hong Kong, new initiatives designed to increase lending included a pre-approved lending scheme and a telesales campaign, which led to growth in SME lending. There was also strong demand for credit from larger commercial banking customers in the property and manufacturing sectors. Economic growth in the Middle East led to an increased appetite for infrastructure lending and, in Malaysia, the establishment of a national SME sales team contributed to higher loan sales to the customer base.

In North America, an expansion of the branch network, coupled with the appointment of additional relationship managers to meet the needs of HSBC’s small business clients, led to increased lending. Strong demand in the rapidly growing real estate and construction sectors, together with new products and improved customer service, drove the growth in Mexico.

In South America, corporate and commercial loan balances rose by 12 per cent. In Brazil, loans to commercial customers grew strongly in line with the market while improved economic conditions in Argentina supported growth in commercial lending. Credit quality in the corporate segment remained stable.

The following tables analyse loans by industry sector and by the location of the principal operations of the lending subsidiary or, in the case of the operations of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, HSBC Bank plc, HSBC Bank Middle East Limited and HSBC Bank USA N.A., by the location of the lending branch.


 

89


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region

At 30 June 2006  
 












 
               Europe              Hong            Rest of              North              South          Gross        Gross loans  
by industry
loans and sector as a
Asia- advances to % of total
Kong Pacific America America customers gross loans
US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m %
Personal                          
Residential mortgages 83,401   24,579   18,536   124,486   268   251,270   30.4  
Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme
  4,360         4,360   0.5  
Other personal 60,359   9,644   11,878   104,849   5,682   192,412   23.3  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  143,760   38,583   30,414   229,335   5,950   448,042   54.2  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and commercial                          
Commercial, industrial and international trade
91,702   17,841   23,330   13,534   3,788   150,195   18.2  
Commercial real estate 24,838   13,313   5,414   13,339   232   57,136   6.9  
Other property-related 8,583   6,151   3,112   6,102   108   24,056   2.9  
Government 1,702   418   1,846   3,435   522   7,923   1.0  
Other commercial1 50,429   6,349   8,593   9,811   1,412   76,594   9.3  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  177,254   44,072   42,295   46,221   6,062   315,904   38.3  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial                          
Non-bank financial institutions 36,933   2,493   2,436   11,256   431   53,549   6.5  
Settlement accounts 4,965   1,397   604   980   149   8,095   1.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  41,898   3,890   3,040   12,236   580   61,644   7.5  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to customers2 362,912   86,545   75,749   287,792   12,592   825,590   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of Group loans and advances by geographical region
43.9%   10.5%   9.2%   34.9%   1.5%   100.0%    
Impaired loans 5,767   504   1,041   3,989   995   12,296    
Impaired loans as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers
1.6%   0.6%   1.4%   1.4%   7.9%   1.5%    
Impairment allowances outstanding against loans and advances
3,513   391   910   5,674   893   11,381    
Impairment allowances outstanding as a percentage of impaired loans
60.9%   77.6%   87.4%   142.2%   89.7%   92.6%    
                           
1 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
2 Included within this total is credit card lending of US$65,953 million.

 

90


Back to Contents

  At 30 June 2005
 












 
               Europe              Hong            Rest of              North              South          Gross        Gross loans  
by industry
loans and sector as a
Asia- advances to % of total
Kong Pacific America America customers gross loans
US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m US$m %
Personal                          
Residential mortgages 71,445   24,015   16,222   114,374   216   226,272   31.5  
Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme
  5,034         5,034   0.7  
Other personal 56,416   9,010   10,164   84,321   4,468   164,379   22.9  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  127,861   38,059   26,386   198,695   4,684   395,685   55.1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and commercial                          
Commercial, industrial and international trade
82,050   16,213   20,825   12,466   2,641   134,195   18.7  
Commercial real estate 21,282   10,352   4,559   10,763   144   47,100   6.5  
Other property-related 8,043   6,118   3,190   4,804   92   22,247   3.1  
Government 1,751   431   2,298   3,470   905   8,855   1.2  
Other commercial1 41,826   7,346   7,223   6,379   1,179   63,953   8.9  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  154,952   40,460   38,095   37,882   4,961   276,350   38.4  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial                          
Non-bank financial institutions 29,408   1,824   2,701   8,662   149   42,744   5.9  
Settlement accounts 2,014   819   674   346   176   4,029   0.6  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  31,422   2,643   3,375   9,008   325   46,773   6.5  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to customers2 314,235   81,162   67,856   245,585   9,970   718,808   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of Group loans and advances by geographical region
43.7%   11.3%   9.4%   34.2%   1.4%   100.0%    
Impaired loans 5,825   699   1,069   3,561   774   11,928    
Impaired loans as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers
1.9%   0.9%   1.6%   1.5%   7.8%   1.7%    
Impairment allowances outstanding against loans and advances
4,713   498   831   5,342   700   12,084    
Impairment allowances outstanding as a percentageof impaired loans
80.9%   71.2%   77.7%   150.0%   90.4%   101.3%    
                           
1 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
2 Included within this total is credit card lending of US$55,306 million.

 

91


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region (continued)

  At 31 December 2005  
 










 
                          Gross loans  
                      Gross   by industry  
          Rest of           loans and   sector as a  
      Hong   Asia-   North   South   advances to   % of total  
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   customers   gross loans  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   %  
Personal                            
Residential mortgages
73,923   23,812   17,641   118,298   192   233,866   31.1  
Hong Kong Government Home   Ownership Scheme
  4,680         4,680   0.6  
Other personal
55,672   9,978   11,178   100,116   4,986   181,930   24.2  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  129,595   38,470   28,819   218,414   5,178   420,476   55.9  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and commercial                            
Commercial, industrial and international   trade
76,687   16,736   21,286   13,199   2,894   130,802   17.4  
Commercial real estate
22,071   12,557   5,081   11,911   195   51,815   6.9  
Other property-related
7,603   6,147   3,426   4,937   83   22,196   3.0  
Government
1,821   303   2,147   3,502   445   8,218   1.1  
Other commercial1
41,944   6,922   7,716   7,960   1,136   65,678   8.7  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  150,126   42,665   39,656   41,509   4,753   278,709   37.1  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial                            
Non-bank financial  institutions
35,305   1,966   2,202   10,431   128   50,032   6.7  
Settlement accounts
1,002   505   175   416   44   2,142   0.3  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  36,307   2,471   2,377   10,847   172   52,174   7.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gross loans and advances to customers2
316,028   83,606   70,852   270,770   10,103   751,359   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of Group loans and advances by geographical region
42.2%   11.1%   9.4%   36.0%   1.3%   100.0%      
Impaired loans 5,068   506   936   4,045   891   11,446      
Impaired loans as a percentage of gross loans and advances to customers
1.6%   0.6%   1.3%   1.5%   8.8%   1.5%      
impairment allowances outstanding against loans and advances
3,491   398   836   5,836   796   11,357      
Impairment allowances outstanding as a percentage of impaired loans
68.9%   78.9%   89.3%   144.3%   89.2%   99.2%      
                             
1 Other commercial loans and advances include advances in respect of agriculture, transport, energy and utilities.
2 Included within this total is credit card lending of US$66,020 million.
 
Included in Personal lending within North America are the following balances relating to the US:
  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Residential mortgages – HSBC Bank USA 33,762   41,317   36,170  
Residential mortgages – HSBC Finance 72,675   58,687   67,359  
Motor vehicle finance 13,012   11,855   12,792  
MasterCard and Visa credit cards 26,598   20,289   26,795  
Private label cards 14,766   13,602   15,488  
Other personal lending 39,926   31,075   35,545  
 
 
 
 
  200,739   176,825   194,149  
 
 
 
 

 

92


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Loans and advances to customers by principal area within the Rest of Asia-Pacific and South America

  At 30 June 2006
 








 
          Commercial,  
          international  
  Residential   Other   Property-   trade and  
  mortgages   personal   related   other   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Loans and advances (gross)          
Australia and New Zealand 5,955   477   2,501   3,958   12,891  
India 1,219   734   196   2,040   4,189  
Indonesia 15   361   2   1,007   1,385  
Japan 15   148   719   2,715   3,597  
Mainland China 372   12   1,166   3,986   5,536  
Malaysia 2,357   1,050   526   3,326   7,259  
Middle East 301   2,619   1,542   10,373   14,835  
Singapore 3,137   3,340   1,460   2,217   10,154  
South Korea 2,673   681   17   2,263   5,634  
Taiwan 2,241   1,014   17   851   4,123  
Thailand 24   280   88   1,006   1,398  
Other 227   1,162   292   3,067   4,748  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total of the Rest of Asia-Pacific 18,536   11,878   8,526   36,809   75,749  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Argentina 68   187   42   1,473   1,770  
Brazil 200   5,494   242   4,485   10,421  
Other   1   56   344   401  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total of South America 268   5,682   340   6,302   12,592  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  At 30 June 2005
 








 
          Commercial,  
          international  
  Residential   Other   Property-   trade and  
  mortgages   personal   related   other   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Loans and advances (gross)          
Australia and New Zealand 5,986   676   2,525   3,938   13,125  
India 998   444   86   1,821   3,349  
Indonesia 12   240   8   960   1,220  
Japan 10   142   740   3,899   4,791  
Mainland China 334   8   990   3,586   4,918  
Malaysia 2,085   729   446   2,954   6,214  
Middle East 144   2,228   1,240   7,975   11,587  
Singapore 2,360   3,220   1,279   2,014   8,873  
South Korea 2,221   316   1   1,839   4,377  
Taiwan 1,844   996   6   969   3,815  
Thailand 25   185   77   943   1,230  
Other 203   980   351   2,823   4,357  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total of the Rest of Asia-Pacific 16,222   10,164   7,749   33,721   67,856  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Argentina 34   114   42   1,440   1,630  
Brazil 182   4,354   174   3,394   8,104  
Other     20   216   236  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total of South America 216   4,468   236   5,050   9,970  
 
 
 
 
 
 

93


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Loans and advances to customers by industry sector and by geographical region (continued)

  At 31 December 2005
 








 
          Commercial,  
          international  
  Residential   Other   Property-   trade and  
  mortgages   personal   related   other   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Loans and advances (gross)          
Australia and New Zealand 5,912   694   2,588   3,698   12,892  
India 1,139   545   104   1,819   3,607  
Indonesia 13   338   8   921   1,280  
Japan 14   139   696   2,352   3,201  
Mainland China 358   11   1,210   3,426   5,005  
Malaysia 2,223   871   496   2,925   6,515  
Middle East 258   2,320   1,448   9,403   13,429  
Singapore 2,811   3,395   1,441   2,249   9,896  
South Korea 2,585   460   31   2,219   5,295  
Taiwan 2,094   1,057   14   727   3,892  
Thailand 23   220   75   958   1,276  
Other 211   1,128   396   2,829   4,564  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total of Rest of Asia-Pacific 17,641   11,178   8,507   33,526   70,852  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Argentina 4   147   31   1,000   1,182  
Brazil 187   4,838   206   3,432   8,663  
Other 1   1   41   215   258  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total of South America 192   4,986   278   4,647   10,103  
 
 
 
 
 
 

Loans and advances to banks by geographical region

              Gross    
        Rest of       loans and    
      Hong   Asia-   North   South   advances   Impairment  
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   to banks   allowances  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                             
At 30 June 2006 64,570   45,288   26,460   20,851   5,321   162,490   (8 )
At 30 June 2005 73,352   45,920   19,836   11,242   4,803   155,153   (12 )
At 31 December 2005 44,369   42,751   19,559   14,013   5,282   125,974   (9 )

 

94


Back to Contents

Credit quality
 
Loans and advances by credit quality
  At 30 June 2006   At 31 December 2005  
 
 


 
  Loans and   Loans and   Loans and   Loans and  
  advances to   advances to   advances to   advances to  
  customers   banks   customers   banks  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Loans and advances:                
   – neither past due nor impaired 803,961   162,395   731,116   125,930  
   – past due but not impaired 9,333   78   8,797   22  
   – impaired 12,296   17   11,446   22  
 
 
 
 
 
  825,590   162,490   751,359   125,974  
 
 
 
 
 

Loans and advances which were past due but not impaired

Loans and advances which were past due at 30 June 2006 and 31 December 2005 but not impaired were as follows:

  At 30 June 2006   At 31 December 2005  
 
 
 
  Loans and   Loans and   Loans and   Loans and  
  advances to   advances to   advances to   advances to  
  customers   banks   customers   banks  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                 
Past due up to 29 days 4,491   78   4,837   22  
Past due 30 – 59 days 1,820     1,743    
Past due 60 – 89 days 694     583    
 
 
 
 
 
  7,005   78   7,163   22  
                 
Past due 90 – 179 days 1,837     1,368    
Past due over 180 days but less than one year 491     266    
 
 
 
 
 
  9,333   78   8,797   22  
 
 
 
 
 

This ageing analysis includes loans and advances less than 90 days past due that have collective impairment allowances set aside to cover credit losses on loans which are in the early stages of arrears.

Impaired customer loans and impairment allowances by geographical region

  At 30 June 2006   At 31 December 2005  
 
 
 
  Impaired   Impairment   Impaired   Impairment  
  loans   allowances   loans   allowances  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                 
Europe 5,767   3,513   5,068   3,491  
Hong Kong 504   391   506   398  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,041   910   936   836  
North America 3,989   5,674   4,045   5,836  
South America 995   893   891   796  
 
 
 
 
 
  12,296   11,381   11,446   11,357  
 
 
 
 
 
                 

Total impaired loans to customers were US$12,296 million at 30 June 2006, an increase of 7 per cent since the end of 2005. At constant currency the growth was 4 per cent. At 30 June 2006, impaired loans as a percentage of gross customer loans and advances were 1.5 per cent, in line with 31 December 2005.

The commentary that follows is based on constant exchange rates.

In Europe, impaired loans rose by 7 per cent to US$5,767 million during the first half of 2006. In the UK, impaired loans grew by 14 per cent over the

same period. The UK market remained challenging, with rising personal bankruptcies and IVAs responding to high consumer indebtedness and increasing unemployment. In France, impaired loans declined slightly by 4 per cent. In Turkey, they rose by 34 per cent, largely due to growth in the personal loan portfolio.

Impaired loans in Hong Kong were relatively unchanged at US$504 million at 30 June 2006, reflecting the strong economy, lower unemployment and broadly stable property prices.


 

95


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, impaired loans increased by 10 per cent to US$1,041 million. In Taiwan, delinquency problems emerged in the middle of 2005, centred on a relatively small number of highly leveraged consumers. This prompted a range of regulatory changes aimed at avoiding a financial crisis, the most significant being the introduction of a government debt negotiation mechanism by which banks were instructed to make available deferred repayment terms at discounted rates. The unintended consequence of this was to widen considerably the group of debtors seeking relief. In Indonesia a weakening macro-economic environment resulted in higher impaired loans. Impaired loans declined in Malaysia and mainland China, as strong economic growth in the region helped to underpin a stable credit environment. There were further decreases in impaired loans in the Middle East, largely due to several recoveries and customer upgrades.

In North America there was a modest fall of 1 per cent in impaired loans, which stood at US$3,989 million at 30 June 2006. US bankruptcies fell markedly following the acceleration of filings in the final quarter of 2005, which preceded changes in bankruptcy laws. Consequently, the first half of 2006 experienced bankruptcies significantly below long-term trends. This favourable impact was partly offset by growth in balances and early indications of weakness in some sections of the housing market.

Real estate markets in certain parts of the US continued to slow, as evidenced by a general slowdown in the rate of appreciation in property values and an increase in the period of time that properties remained available on the market. As interest rates continued to rise, attention was directed to the resulting increase in payments required on adjusted rate mortgages (‘ARM’) loans that reach reset dates, as these higher payments may have an impact on the ability of borrowers to meet their commitments. Also, as interest-only mortgage loans convert to principal repayment, the ability of borrowers to make the increased payments may be

similarly affected. Within HSBC Finance, interest-only mortgages were US$6.3 billion at 30 June 2006 compared with US$4.7 billion at December 2005. The balance of ARMs was US$18.1 billion at 30 June 2006 compared with US$16.0 billion at the end of 2005.

Although these factors have had little effect to date, HSBC Finance has begun to recognise a deterioration in the performance of its 2005 mortgage loan originations, primarily in segments within the mortgage services business. Beginning in 2005 and continuing into 2006, second lien mortgage loan originations in HSBC Finance’s mortgage services business increased significantly as a percentage of total originations during the period, relative to originations in prior periods. The performance of these second lien mortgage loans has been worse than that of first lien mortgage loans from the same period.

Accordingly, while overall credit quality remains stable across HSBC’s other US retail businesses, HSBC Finance expects higher losses this year in the mortgage services business. Various steps are being taken to mitigate the effect of the affected components of the portfolio. However, HSBC Finance expects that its mortgage services loan portfolio will remain under pressure as the 2005 originations continue to season and if real estate markets continue to slow.

Continuing assessments of the financial impact of hurricane Katrina on HSBC Finance’s customers living in the Katrina Federal Emergency Management Agency designated Individual Assistance disaster areas, resulted in a downwards revision of the estimate of credit loss exposure in the first half of 2006.

In Mexico and Canada, impaired loans increased as a result of portfolio growth.

South America’s impaired loans increased by 5 per cent to US$995 million. A 7 per cent rise in impaired loans in Brazil reflected 12 per cent growth in advances and some continuing credit stress.


96


Back to Contents

Impairment allowances

Movement in allowance accounts for total loans and advances

  Individually   Collectively      
  assessed   assessed   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
At 1 January 2006 2,679   8,687   11,366  
Amounts written off (551 ) (3,887 ) (4,438 )
Recoveries of loans and advances written off in previous years 75   268   343  
Charge to income statement 178   3,718   3,896  
Exchange and other movements (12 ) 234   222  
 
 
 
 
At 30 June 2006 2,369   9,020   11,389  
 
 
 
 

Net impairment charge to the income statement by geographical region

  Half-year to 30 June 2006  
 








 
          Rest of              
      Hong   Asia-   North   South      
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Individually assessed impairment allowances                        
   New allowances 351   50   87   158   13   659  
   Releases of allowances no longer required (251 ) (30 ) (79 ) (29 ) (17 ) (406 )
   Recoveries of amounts previously written off (19 ) (8 ) (13 ) (35 )   (75 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  81   12   (5 ) 94   (4 ) 178  
 


 
 
 
 
 
Collectively assessed impairment allowances                        
   New allowances 1,141   75   357   2,376   442   4,391  
   Releases of allowances no longer required (160 ) (8 ) (49 ) (167 ) (21 ) (405 )
   Recoveries of amounts previously written off (122 ) (13 ) (31 ) (56 ) (46 ) (268 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  859   54   277   2,153   375   3,718  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total charge for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers 940   66   272   2,247   371   3,896  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Charge for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances to customers (annualised)
  0.52%     0.15%     0.72%     1.57%   5.94%     0.95%  

 

97


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Net impairment charge to the income statement by geographical region (continued)

  Half-year to 30 June 2005  
 
 
              Rest of                    
        Hong     Asia-     North     South        
  Europe     Kong     Pacific     America     America     Total  
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
Individually assessed impairment allowances
                                 
New allowances
504     128     54     117     7     810  
Releases of allowances no longer required
(355 )   (92 )   (89 )   (23 )   (6 )   (565 )
Recoveries of amounts previously written off .
(11 )   (11 )   (15 )   (42 )   (4 )   (83 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  138     25     (50 )   52     (3 )   162  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Collectively assessed impairment allowances
                                 
New allowances
921     84     157     2,120     312     3,594  
Releases of allowances no longer required
(71 )   (40 )   (60 )   (131 )   (28 )   (330 )
Recoveries of amounts previously written off .
(43 )   (14 )   (24 )   (19 )   (39 )   (139 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  807     30     73     1,970     245     3,125  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total charge for impairment losses
945     55     23     2,022     242     3,287  
   Bank (4 )                   (4 )
   Customer 949     55     23     2,022     242     3,291  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Charge for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances to customers (annualised)
0.61 %   0.14 %   0.07 %   1.65 %   4.89 %   0.92 %

 

  Half-year to 31 December 2005  
 
 
            Rest of              
        Hong     Asia-     North     South      
  Europe     Kong     Pacific     America     America     Total  
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m  
Individually assessed impairment allowances
                       
New allowances
525     72     77     231         905  
Releases of allowances no longer required
(293 )   (31 )   (77 )   (20 )   (12 )   (433 )
Recoveries of amounts previously written off .
(10 )   (7 )   (19 )   (68 )   (12 )   (116 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  222     34     (19 )   143     (24 )   356  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Collectively assessed impairment allowances                        
New allowances
1,092     75     182     3,078     404     4,831  
Releases of allowances no longer required
(255 )   (5 )   (26 )   (140 )   (32 )   (458 )
Recoveries of amounts previously written off .
(20 )   (13 )   (24 )   (63 )   (36 )   (156 )
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  817     57     132     2,875     336     4,217  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Total charge for impairment losses 1,039     91     113     3,018     312     4,573  
   Bank (1 )       (2 )           (3 )
   Customer 1,040     91     115     3,018     312     4,576  
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Charge for impairment losses on loans and advances to customers as a percentage of closing gross loans and advances to customers (annualised)
0.65 %   0.22 %   0.32 %   2.21 %   6.13 %   1.21 %

 

98


Back to Contents

Loan impairment charges increased by US$609 million, or 19 per cent, compared with the first half of 2005. Acquisitions accounted for US$167 million of the rise, chiefly Metris in the US. The total charge continued to be dominated by the personal sector, with impairment charges in these portfolios representing 95 per cent of the Group’s net loan impairment charge. On a constant currency basis, the key trends were as follows.

New allowances for loan impairment charges of US$5,050 million increased by 15 per cent compared with the same period in 2005. Releases and recoveries of allowances increased by 5 per cent to US$1,154 million.

In Europe, new loan impairment charges rose by 8 per cent on the first half of 2005 to US$1,492 million. The increase was principally due to continuing weakness in UK unsecured personal credit quality, which was broadly in line with the second half of 2005 but significantly above the first half. Driving this impairment were personal bankruptcies and IVAs, which continued to rise in the first half of 2006. This continued a trend seen since the introduction of legislation in 2004 that relaxed conditions for personal bankruptcies, exacerbated by the active marketing of bankruptcy and IVA relief through the media to an extent not hitherto seen in the UK. Additionally, unemployment, which began to rise in the middle of 2005, added to strain in elements of the personal sector. In response to this difficult environment, HSBC tightened underwriting controls in the latter half of 2005, deliberately reduced its market share of new loans, and began to change the product mix towards lower-risk customers. In the first half of 2006 there were early signs of improvement in more recent unsecured lending. New loan impairment charges also rose in Turkey, as a result of credit card and personal loan portfolio growth, though overall credit quality remained sound. In France, new charges fell slightly, reflecting the stable environment and the sale of a consumer finance business in the second half of 2005.

Releases and recoveries in Europe were US$552 million, a rise of 20 per cent. In the UK, increased resources deployed on collection activities were reflected in significantly higher recoveries. Recoveries in Turkey also increased, the result of a larger loan book. This was offset in France, following the non-recurrence of several significant recoveries made last year.

The 41 per cent fall in new impairment allowances to US$125 million in Hong Kong reflected robust credit conditions. Strong economic

growth and continuing low unemployment benefited the personal and corporate sectors.

Releases and recoveries in Hong Kong fell by 63 per cent to US$59 million, principally in corporate and commercial. This was compounded by the non-recurrence of releases against mortgage lending achieved in the first half of 2005, following the recovery of the property market since 2004.

In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, there was a 111 per cent rise in new impairment allowances to US$444 million. Within this, the charge for Taiwan credit cards was US$133 million. The position in Taiwan deteriorated markedly during 2006 as government regulations moderated collection activity. In addition, attractive debt renegotiation schemes aimed at the most over-indebted consumers, which offered the opportunity to waive interest and postpone principal payments, were taken up by a very much broader segment of the customer base. By July, this problem had substantially worked its way through and new impairment charges are expected to moderate in the second half of 2006. In Indonesia, increased loan impairment charges in the personal sector followed deteriorating macro-economic trends. Elsewhere in the region, credit quality was stable.

Releases and recoveries fell by 9 per cent to US$172 million, mainly in Singapore, Thailand, India and Indonesia. This was partly offset by a rise in corporate releases in the Middle East.

In North America, new loan impairment charges rose by 14 per cent. Metris contributed US$165 million to new loan impairment charges consistent with the new volumes in the portfolio. Excluding this acquisition, new charges in the US fell slightly, by 3 per cent. Lending in the US is primarily in the personal sector. The effects of a decline in bankruptcy filings there following the spike in the fourth quarter of 2005, a stable economy and a reduction in the estimated effect of hurricane Katrina, were only partly offset by lending growth and an increase in allowances for certain pools of mortgages originated in 2005. It is now clear that the change in bankruptcy-related legislation in 2005 accelerated filings into the second half of that year, some of which would otherwise have flowed to impairment charges in the current period. The US economy displayed solid growth in the first half of 2006, and employment trends were favourable. With modest weakening evident in some parts of the housing market, HSBC Finance took action to tighten credit criteria in its mortgage lending operations. It increased collective impairment allowances by US$73 million, mainly to take


 

99


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

account of weakness in the US second lien and portions of the first lien loan originations in the mortgage services business in 2005. Overall, credit quality remains stable across other parts of the mortgage portfolio.

HSBC Finance closely monitors the two-month-and-over contractual delinquency ratio (being the ratio of two or more months delinquent accounts to gross loans and advances), as management views this as an important indicator of future write-offs. The ratio declined slightly from 3.7 per cent at 31 December 2005 to 3.6 per cent at 30 June 2006.

The decline in the US was more than offset by a rise in new allowances in Mexico, which was principally driven by lending growth in both Personal Financial Services and Commercial Banking. Credit quality remained relatively stable.

Releases and recoveries in North America increased by 38 per cent to US$287 million. This was largely due to Mexico, where both releases and recoveries rose, following corporate releases and increased collection activity. This was partly offset by lower releases in Canada.

Credit quality in the commercial portfolio was stable in the first half of 2006, compared with the corresponding period in 2005.

In South America, new impairment charges rose by 22 per cent to US$455 million in 2006. This increase was almost entirely attributable to operations in Brazil. Much of the rise was driven by an 18 per cent growth in assets, though the consumer credit market also experienced a higher rate of delinquency. This was driven by a significant increase in the availability of credit, resulting in more customers becoming over-indebted in the high interest rate environment. Enhancements were made to underwriting procedures during 2005 to reflect the changed market conditions. This improved the credit quality of new loan originations. The trend of a falling impairment charge to asset ratio that began at the end of last year continued in the first half of 2006.

Releases and recoveries in South America were broadly in line with the first half of 2005.


 

Charge for impairment losses as a percentage of average gross loans and advances to customers

          Rest of              
      Hong   Asia-   North   South      
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   Total  
  %   %   %   %   %   %  
Half-year to 30 June 2006                        
New allowances 0.98   0.29   1.20   1.83   7.91   1.35  
Releases and recoveries (0.36 ) (0.14 ) (0.47 ) (0.21 ) (1.46 ) (0.31 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment charges 0.62   0.15   0.73   1.62   6.45   1.04  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount written off net of recoveries 0.71   0.15   0.66   1.72   5.82   1.09  
             
Half-year to 30 June 2005                        
New allowances 1.10   0.53   0.66   1.89   7.34   1.36  
Releases and recoveries (0.37 ) (0.39 ) (0.58 ) (0.18 ) (1.77 ) (0.34 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment charges 0.73   0.14   0.08   1.71   5.57   1.02  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount written off net of recoveries 0.50   0.16   0.44   2.04   4.72   1.07  
             
Half-year to 31 December 2005                        
New allowances 1.13   0.35   0.75   2.58   7.98   1.63  
Releases and recoveries (0.40 ) (0.13 ) (0.41 ) (0.23 ) (1.82 ) (0.33 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment charges 0.73   0.22   0.34   2.35   6.16   1.30  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount written off net of recoveries 1.45   0.44   0.31   1.95   4.28   1.44  

 

Group advances to personal customers

During the first half of 2006, the charge relating to the personal sector dominated the overall loan impairment charge, representing 95 per cent of the Group total after taking account of losses from HSBC’s other credit-related activities. Within this total, losses on residential mortgages remained modest.

At 30 June 2006, HSBC’s lending to the personal sector amounted to US$448 billion, or 54 per cent of total gross loans and advances to customers, compared with US$420 billion, or 56 per cent, at 31 December 2005. There were no major acquisitions during the first half of 2006 and the main characteristics of this portfolio and the economic influences affecting it are outlined below.


 

100


Back to Contents

Secured residential mortgages, including the Hong Kong GHOS, amounted to US$256 billion, compared with US$239 billion at 31 December 2005, and accounted for 57 per cent of total lending to the personal sector in both periods. The 7 per cent rise in balances was led primarily by increased lending in the UK and the US, although growth in the UK was boosted by the effect of the weakening dollar on currency translation.

Unsecured lending, consisting of credit and charge card advances, personal loans, vehicle finance facilities and other varieties of instalment finance, continued to grow. At 30 June 2006, these combined portfolios totalled US$192 billion, up by US$10 billion against 31 December 2005, and represented 43 per cent of total lending to the personal sector, in line with the percentage at 31 December 2005. The expansion of these portfolios reflected the continued demand for consumer spending in the majority of the main economies in which HSBC has a presence. Growth reported in the UK was again flattered by the weakening of the US dollar on currency translation.

Geographically, total lending to personal customers was dominated by the diverse and mature portfolios in North America (US$229 billion), the UK (US$118 billion) and Hong Kong (US$39 billion). Collectively, these books accounted for 86 per cent of total lending to the personal sector, just 1 percentage point below that at 31 December 2005.

Account management within HSBC’s personal lending portfolios is generally supported by sophisticated statistical techniques which are enhanced by the availability of credit reference data in the Group’s key local markets. The utilisation of an increasingly analytical approach to the management of these portfolios remains an ongoing objective of HSBC.

The rise in lending balances in North America was led primarily by strong growth in the US, as a result of increases in both real estate secured lending and other non-credit card balances. The increase in real estate secured portfolios was driven by growth in both the mortgage services and branch-based consumer lending businesses. This reflected higher levels of marketing activity, together with continued portfolio acquisition and expanding sources for the purchase of loans from correspondents.

Non-real estate lending balances in the US increased by 4 per cent. Motor vehicle lending rose from organic growth, increased volumes generated through the dealer network and the consumer direct loan programme. Personal non-credit card lending

grew as a result of increased marketing activity. In contrast, the decline in both credit and private label card balances was due to normal seasonal run-offs during the period.

Credit quality remained stable across the consumer finance business with the exception of mortgage services, where there was some deterioration in credit quality in portions of 2005 origination, a trend seen across the industry generally. As a result, HSBC increased the level of collective impairment allowances and took a number of steps to mitigate and manage the increased risk within the mortgage services business.

Strong marketing campaigns, product innovation and enhanced customer service all contributed to increased mortgage and credit card lending in Mexico. Additionally, targeted campaigns aimed at ‘Tu Cuenta’ and other customers boosted credit card balances.

In Europe, growth in personal lending balances in the UK largely resulted from higher mortgage lending. Market share was maintained, aided by competitive pricing, new marketing strategies and the launch of three new propositions during the year. Secured mortgage lending represented 65 per cent of total personal lending balances in the UK compared with 64 per cent at 31 December 2005.

By contrast, there was slower growth in unsecured lending balances in the UK, which reflected increased tightening of credit risk underwriting criteria and the reduction in consumers’ appetite to borrow. Record levels of customer indebtedness coupled with higher levels of interest rates had an adverse effect on the credit quality of customers across all businesses. In response to this, HSBC refined underwriting criteria, improved its collections capabilities and enhanced its credit scorecards. The early benefits of this were seen through an increase in amounts collected, and in preliminary indications that more recent unsecured lending has improved.

In Hong Kong, personal lending balances at 30 June 2006 were marginally higher than at 31 December 2005, with growth in mortgage balances partly offset by a decline in credit card lending. The rise in mortgage balances was a result of increased levels of marketing activity and competitive pricing. Credit card balances declined, due to the seasonality of personal tax payments in December, which had led to higher balances at the end of 2005, and normal seasonal trends. Credit quality remained favourable, underpinned by falling unemployment levels, improved household incomes and reduced levels of negative equity.


 

101


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

In the Rest of Asia-Pacific, lending balances grew across most countries during the first half of 2006. Mortgage balances rose, largely from increased lending in Malaysia, Taiwan, South Korea and Singapore, as a result of increased marketing activity and the competitive rates offered. The credit card business continued to expand, with the number of HSBC cards in circulation reaching 6.7 million at 30 June 2006, a 7 per cent increase over 31 December 2005. Credit quality in Taiwan declined during 2006. The effect of consumer over-indebtedness was compounded by government action to assist debtors. In particular, renegotiation schemes offered the opportunity for customers to suspend payments. Indonesia also suffered from a deterioration in credit quality, mainly driven by macro-economic trends of high inflation and rising interest rates.

In South America, lending increased by 15 per cent. In Brazil, the combined benefits of low inflation, coupled with improvements in the economy and an increase in the proportion of the population with access to banking facilities, led to an increased demand for credit. There was growth across a variety of lending products, in particular in motor vehicle, cards and payroll linked loans. Credit quality in the higher end of the retail segment remained relatively stable. Asset growth in the consumer finance sector was, however, constrained by higher delinquency levels. In Argentina, improving economic conditions led to increased lending to personal customers.

Elsewhere, credit quality remained relatively stable, although HSBC continued to monitor carefully those portfolios that possess the greatest potential for future economic stress. Delinquency and loss trends differed across jurisdictions, reflecting these varied conditions.

Restructuring of loans

Restructuring activity is designed to manage customer relationships, maximise collection opportunities and, if possible, avoid foreclosure or repossession. Following restructuring, an overdue consumer account will normally be reset from delinquent to current status. Restructuring policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of local management, evidence the probability that payment will continue. These policies are continually reviewed and their application varies depending upon the nature of the market, the product and the availability of empirically-based data. Where empirical evidence indicates an increased propensity to default on

restructured accounts, the use of roll-rate methodologies for the calculation of impairment allowances results in the increased default propensity being reflected in impairment allowances.

Restructuring activity is used most commonly within the consumer finance portfolios. The largest concentration is domiciled in the US in HSBC Finance. The majority of restructured accounts relate to secured lending.

In addition to restructuring, HSBC’s consumer lending businesses, principally those of HSBC Finance, use other account management techniques on a more limited basis, such as extended payment arrangements, approved external debt management plans, deferring foreclosure, modification, loan rewrites and/or deferral of payments pending a change in circumstances. When using such techniques, accounts may be treated as current, although if payment difficulties are subsequently experienced, they will be re-designated as delinquent.

At 30 June 2006, the total value of accounts held at HSBC Finance which have been either restructured or subject to other account management techniques was US$15 billion, representing 10 per cent of the HSBC Finance loan book.

Non-traditional lending

In response to customer demand, HSBC offers interest-only residential mortgage loans in more developed markets. These loans allow customers to pay only accruing interest for a period of time, and provide them with the repayment flexibility inherent in the structures of such products. An increasing number of customers prefer to make one-off or irregular capital reduction payments through the lifetime of such loans, reflecting their personal income patterns.

HSBC underwrites and prices these loans in a manner appropriate to compensate for their risk by ensuring, for example, that loan-to-value ratios are more conservative than for traditional mortgage lending. HSBC does not offer loans which are designed to expose customers to the risk of negative amortisation.

Risk elements in the loan portfolio

The disclosure of credit risk elements under the following headings reflects US accounting practice and classifications:

loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis;

 

102


Back to Contents

accruing loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to interest or principal; and
   
troubled debt restructurings not included in the above.

Impaired loans

In accordance with IFRSs, interest income continues to be recognised on assets that have been written down as a result of an impairment loss. In the following tables, HSBC presents information on its impaired loans and advances which are designated in accordance with the policy described above.

Impaired loans under IFRSs are consistent with the ‘non-accrual basis’ classification used in US GAAP and in prior years.

Troubled debt restructurings

US GAAP requires separate disclosure of any loans whose terms have been modified because of problems with the borrower to grant concessions other than are warranted by market conditions. These are classified as ‘troubled debt restructurings’ and are distinct from the normal restructuring activities described above. Disclosure of a loan as a troubled debt restructuring may be discontinued after the first year if the debt performs in accordance with the new terms.

The level of troubled debt restructurings was consistent compared with 31 December 2005.

Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more

The rise in Europe, compared with the end of 2005, was due to the UK, where continued improvements to credit processes led to better data collection. In North America, HSBC Finance recorded an increase as loans acquired on the acquisition of Metris in December 2005 aged and moved through to higher delinquency categories. In common with other card issuers, including other parts of HSBC, HSBC Finance continues to accrue interest on credit cards over 90 days past due until written off. Appropriate allowances are raised against the proportion judged to be irrecoverable.

Potential problem loans

Credit risk elements also cover potential problem loans. These are loans where information about borrowers’ possible credit problems causes management serious doubts about the borrowers’ ability to comply with the loan repayment terms. The table of risk elements set out below identifies our significant potential problem loans.


 

103


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Analysis of risk elements in the loan portfolio by geographical region

  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Impaired loans            
Europe 5,778   5,857   5,081  
Hong Kong 504   699   506  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,047   1,079   945  
North America 3,989   3,561   4,045  
South America 995   774   891  
 
 
 
 
  12,313   11,970   11,468  
 
 
 
 
Troubled debt restructurings            
Europe 78   43   35  
Hong Kong 197   254   198  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 91   80   121  
North America 138   121   160  
South America 738   738   732  
 
 
 
 
  1,242   1,236   1,246  
 
 
 
 
Unimpaired loans contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest            
Europe 1,088   31   592  
Hong Kong 99   61   74  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 58   42   40  
North America 1,083   1,066   928  
South America      
 
 
 
 
  2,328   1,200   1,634  
 
 
 
 
Risk elements on loans            
Europe 6,944   5,931   5,708  
Hong Kong 800   1,014   778  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,196   1,201   1,106  
North America 5,210   4,748   5,133  
South America 1,733   1,512   1,623  
 
 
 
 
  15,883   14,406   14,348  
 
 
 
 
Assets held for resale            
Europe 47   30   205  
Hong Kong 58   47   49  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 3   10   31  
North America 711   545   634  
South America 20   18   40  
 
 
 
 
  839   650   959  
 
 
 
 
Total risk elements            
Europe 6,991   5,961   5,913  
Hong Kong 858   1,061   827  
Rest of Asia-Pacific 1,199   1,211   1,137  
North America 5,921   5,293   5,767  
South America 1,753   1,530   1,663  
 
 
 
 
  16,722   15,056   15,307  
 
 
 
 
             
  %   %   %  
Loan impairment allowances as a percentage of risk elements on loans 71.7   84.0   79.2  
 
 
 
 

 

104


Back to Contents

Financial assets – net total credit risk

Financial assets which HSBC had legally enforceable rights to offset against financial liabilities at 30 June 2006 and 31 December 2005 were as follows:

    At 30 June 2006   At 31 December 2005  
 




 




 
  Carrying     Net total   Carrying     Net total  
  amount   Offset1   credit risk2   amount   Offset1   credit risk2   
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                 
Loans and advances held at amortised cost                    
   Loans and advances to customers 814,209   (61,802 ) 752,407   740,002   (48,495 ) 691,507  
   Loans and advances to banks 162,482   (1 ) 162,481   125,965   (51 ) 125,914  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  976,691   (61,803 ) 914,888   865,967   (48,546 ) 817,421  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading assets                    
   Treasury and other eligible bills 12,005     12,005   12,746     12,746  
   Debt securities 146,374   (232 ) 146,142   117,659     117,659  
   Loans and advances to banks 47,416     47,416   29,806   (19 ) 29,787  
   Loans and advances to customers 69,788   (5,661 ) 64,127   52,495   (7,411 ) 45,084  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  275,583   (5,893 ) 269,690   212,706   (7,430 ) 205,276  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets designated at fair value                    
   Treasury and other eligible bills 80     80   53     53  
   Debt securities 5,934   (465 ) 5,469   5,705   (464 ) 5,241  
   Loans and advances to banks 212     212   124     124  
   Loans and advances to customers 389     389   631     631  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  6,615   (465 ) 6,150   6,513   (464 ) 6,049  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives 104,665   (65,993 ) 38,672   73,928   (46,060 ) 27,868  
Financial investments                    
   Treasury and other similar bills 23,769     23,769   25,042     25,042  
   Debt securities 161,583     161,583   149,781     149,781  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  185,352     185,352   174,823     174,823  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets                    
   Endorsements and acceptances 8,706   (9 ) 8,697   7,973   (9 ) 7,964  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  580,921   (72,360 ) 508,561   475,943   (53,963 ) 421,980  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
1 Amounts which HSBC had a legally enforceable right to offset against financial liabilities with the same counterparty, but has no immediate intention to settle net.
2 Excluding the value of any collateral or security held.

 

105


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Liquidity and funding management

There have been no material changes to HSBC’s objectives for the management of liquidity and funding risks as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. The key features are repeated below.

Current accounts and savings deposits payable on demand or at short notice form a significant part of HSBC’s funding. HSBC places considerable importance on the stability of these deposits. Stability depends upon maintaining depositor confidence in HSBC’s capital strength and liquidity, and on competitive and transparent deposit-pricing strategies. HSBC seeks to support this confidence by consistently reinforcing HSBC’s brand values of trust and solidity across the Group’s geographically diverse retail banking network.

HSBC accesses professional markets in order to provide funding for non-banking subsidiaries that do not accept deposits, to maintain a presence in local money markets and to optimise the funding of asset maturities not naturally matched by core deposit funding. In aggregate, HSBC’s banking entities are liquidity providers to the inter-bank market, placing significantly more funds with other banks than they borrow.

The main operating subsidiary that does not accept deposits is HSBC Finance, which funds itself principally through taking term funding in the professional markets and through the securitisation of assets. At 30 June 2006, US$142 billion of HSBC Finance’s liabilities were drawn from professional markets, utilising a range of products, maturities and currencies to avoid undue reliance on any particular funding source.

Of total liabilities of US$1,631 billion at 30 June 2006, funding from customers amounted to US$834 billion, of which US$808 billion was contractually repayable within one year. However, although the contractual repayments of many customer accounts are on demand or at short notice, in practice short-term deposit balances remain stable as inflows and outflows broadly match.

Liquidity and funding risk is managed and monitored on a legal entity basis. It is HSBC’s general policy that each banking entity should be self-sufficient with regard to funding its own operations.

A key measure used by the Group for managing liquidity risk is the ratio of net liquid assets to customer liabilities. Minimum liquidity ratio limits are set for each bank operating entity. Generally, liquid assets comprise cash balances, short-term interbank deposits and highly-rated debt securities

available for immediate sale and for which a deep and liquid market exists. Net liquid assets are liquid assets less all wholesale market funds, and all funds provided by customers deemed to be professional, maturing in the next 30 days. The definition of a professional customer takes account of the size of the customer’s total deposits.

Ratio of net liquid assets to customer liabilities

Although consolidated data is not utilised in the management of HSBC’s liquidity, the consolidated liquidity ratio figures of net liquid assets to customer liabilities shown in the following table provide a useful insight into the overall liquidity position of the Group’s banking entities. The Group’s liquidity risk has not changed materially during the period.

    Half-year to  
 




 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  %   %   %  
             
Period end 19.4   16.3   17.1  
Maximum 20.9   17.5   17.1  
Minimum 17.1   14.4   15.5  
Average 18.8   16.5   16.0  

Market risk management

The objective of HSBC’s market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures in order to optimise return on risk while maintaining a market profile consistent with the Group’s status as a premier provider of financial products and services.

Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including foreign exchange rates and commodity prices, interest rates, credit spreads and equity prices will reduce HSBC’s income or the value of its portfolios. Credit risk is discussed separately under ‘Credit risk management’.

HSBC separates exposures to market risk into either trading or non-trading portfolios. Trading portfolios include those positions arising from market-making, proprietary position-taking and other marked-to-market positions so designated. The contribution to the trading value at risk of the marked-to-market positions so designated but not held with trading intent is disclosed separately.

Non-trading portfolios arise primarily from the effective interest rate management of HSBC’s retail and commercial banking assets and liabilities.

Value at risk (‘VAR’)

One of the principal tools used by HSBC to monitor and limit market risk exposure is VAR. VAR is a technique that estimates the potential losses that


 

106


Back to Contents

could occur on risk positions as a result of movements in market rates and prices over a specified time horizon and to a given level of confidence. HSBC calculates VAR daily for a 1-day holding period to a 99 per cent confidence level. The VAR model used by HSBC is based predominantly on historical simulation. The historical simulation model derives plausible future scenarios from historical market rate time series, taking account of inter-relationships between different markets and rates, for example, between interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Potential movements in market prices are calculated with reference to market data from the last two years. The model incorporates the impact of option features in the underlying exposures.

Although a valuable guide to risk, VAR should always be viewed in the context of its limitations. For example:

the use of historical data as a proxy for estimating future events may not encompass all potential events, particularly those which are extreme in nature;
   
the use of a 1-day holding period assumes that all positions can be liquidated or hedged in one
   
 

day. This may not fully reflect the market risk arising at times of severe illiquidity, when a 1-day holding period may be insufficient to liquidate or hedge all positions fully;

   
the use of a 99 per cent confidence level, by definition, does not take into account losses that might occur beyond this level of confidence; and
   
VAR is calculated on the basis of exposures outstanding at the close of business and therefore does not necessarily reflect intra-day exposures.

HSBC recognises these limitations by augmenting its VAR limits with other position and sensitivity limit structures. Additionally, HSBC applies a wide range of stress testing, both on individual portfolios and on the Group’s consolidated positions. HSBC’s stress-testing regime provides senior management with an assessment of the financial impact of identified extreme events on the market risk exposures of HSBC.

The VAR, both trading and non-trading, for Global Markets was as follows:


Value at risk

  Total  
  US$m  
At 30 June 2006 77.0  
At 31 December 2005 128.5  
At 30 June 2005 156.8  
             
  Average   Minimum   Maximum  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
First half of 2006 92.3   53.4   137.5  
Second half of 2005 150.7   108.2   190.4  
First half of 2005 198.3   144.7   248.8  
             

Average VAR for the first half of 2006 reduced compared with the same period in the previous year. The major cause of this was the reduction in risk positions arising from the Group’s balance sheet management activities.

The histogram overleaf illustrates the frequency of daily revenue arising from Global Markets’ business and other trading activities.

The average daily revenue earned from Global Markets’ business and other trading activities in the first half of 2006 was US$22.3 million, compared with US$19.7 million in the first half of 2005. The

standard deviation of these daily revenues was US$11.7 million compared with US$11.9 million in the first half of 2005. The standard deviation measures the variation of daily revenues about the mean value of those revenues.

An analysis of the frequency distribution of daily revenue shows that there were no days with negative revenue during the first half of 2006 compared with three days in the first half of 2005. The most frequent result was daily revenue of between US$20 million and US$24 million with 26 occurrences.


 

107


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Daily distribution of Global Markets’ and other trading revenues for the half-year to 30 June 2006

Number of days


Daily distribution of Global Markets’ and other trading revenues for the half-year to 30 June 2005

Number of days


Fair value and price verification control

Where certain financial instruments are carried on the Group’s balance sheet at fair value, the valuation and the related price verification processes are subject to independent validation across the Group. HSBC’s policies and procedures are as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

Trading

HSBC’s control of market risk is based on restricting individual operations to trading within a list of permissible instruments authorised for each site by Traded Credit and Market Risk, and enforcing rigorous new product approval procedures. In particular, trading in the more complex derivative products is restricted to offices with appropriate levels of product expertise and robust control systems.

In addition, at both portfolio and position levels, market risk in trading portfolios is monitored and controlled using a complementary set of techniques. These include VAR and, for interest rate risk, present value of a basis point movement in interest rates, together with stress and sensitivity testing and concentration limits. These techniques quantify the impact on capital of defined market movements.

Total trading VAR for Global Markets at 30 June 2006 was US$21.2 million. The VAR from positions taken without trading intent was US$4.6 million, the principal components of which are hedges that fail to meet the strict documentation and testing requirements of IAS 39 and are treated as ‘non-qualifying’ hedges, and other positions transacted as economic hedges but which also do not qualify for hedge accounting. HSBC’s policy on hedging is to manage economic risk in the most appropriate way without regard as to whether hedge accounting is available, within limits regarding the potential volatility of reported earnings. Trading VAR is further analysed below by risk type, by positions taken with trading intent and by positions taken without trading intent:


 

108


Back to Contents

Total trading VAR by risk type

  Foreign                    
exchange and  
commodity Interest  
prices rate trading Equity Total
US$m US$m US$m US$m
       
At 30 June 2006 6.6   26.9   5.7   21.2  
At 31 December 2005 4.6   33.8   4.7   32.7  
At 30 June 2005 6.9   57.3   6.9   56.5  
                 
Average                
                 
First half of 2006 6.4   37.9   5.4   36.7  
Second half of 2005 5.4   31.5   4.9   31.1  
First half of 2005 8.4   43.2   6.1   43.7  
                 
Minimum                
                 
First half of 2006 3.7   24.1   2.6   21.2  
Second half of 2005 2.9   24.8   2.3   23.5  
First half of 2005 6.0   24.3   3.5   25.8  
                 
Maximum                
                 
First half of 2006 12.7   53.6   7.9   52.3  
Second half of 2005 9.6   39.7   8.7   38.4  
First half of 2005 12.4   76.9   10.9   73.2  

Positions taken with trading intent – VAR by risk type

  Foreign                        
exchange and
commodity Interest
prices rate trading Equity Total
US$m US$m US$m US$m
       
At 30 June 2006 6.6   24.5   5.7   19.9  
At 31 December 2005 4.6   28.4   4.7   30.1  
At 30 June 2005 6.9   40.7   6.9   39.2  
                 
Average                
                 
First half of 2006 6.4   35.0   5.4   34.6  
Second half of 2005 5.4   28.4   4.9   29.3  
First half of 2005 8.4   39.2   6.1   38.4  
                 
Minimum                
                 
First half of 2006 3.7   23.6   2.6   19.9  
Second half of 2005 2.9   25.5   2.3   25.7  
First half of 2005 6.0   28.2   3.5   29.5  
                 
Maximum                
                 
First half of 2006 12.7   49.6   7.9   48.2  
Second half of 2005 9.6   33.6   8.7   34.5  
First half of 2005 12.4   49.0   10.9   46.7  

 

109


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

Positions taken without trading intent – VAR by risk type

  Total  
  (Interest  
  rate trading)  
  US$m  
     
At 30 June 2006 4.6  
At 31 December 2005 6.9  
At 30 June 2005 24.5  
     
Average    
     
First half of 2006 7.6  
Second half of 2005 7.7  
First half of 2005 9.8  
     
Minimum    
     
First half of 2006 4.2  
Second half of 2005 5.2  
First half of 2005 1.4  
     
Maximum    
     
First half of 2006 10.5  
Second half of 2005 13.2  
First half of 2005 24.5  
     

Non-trading

The principal objective of market risk management of non-trading portfolios is to optimise net interest income.

Market risk in non-trading portfolios arises principally from mismatches between the future yield on assets and their funding cost, as a result of interest rate changes. Analysis of this risk is complicated by having to make assumptions on optionality in certain product areas, for example, mortgage prepayments, and from behavioural assumptions regarding the economic duration of liabilities which are contractually repayable on demand, for example, current accounts. The prospective change in future net interest income

from non-trading portfolios will be reflected in the current realisable value of these positions, should they be sold or closed prior to maturity. In order to manage this risk optimally, market risk in non-trading portfolios is transferred to Global Markets or to separate books managed under the supervision of the local Asset and Liability Committee (‘ALCO’).

Once market risk has been consolidated in Global Markets or ALCO-managed books, the net exposure is typically managed through the use of interest rate swaps within agreed limits.

The principal non-trading risks which are not included in VAR for Global Markets (see ‘Value at risk’) are detailed below.


 

          Non-cumulative          
      Mortgage   Perpetual   Fixed Rate   Inflation  
      Servicing   Preferred   Subordinated   Linked  
  HSBC Finance   Rights   Securities   Notes Issued   Swaps  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                     
At 30 June 2006 8.1   2.5   63.3   14.8   16.7  
At 31 December 2005 13.5   3.9   65.0      
At 30 June 2005 7.3   2.7   71.0      
                     
Average                    
                     
First half of 2006 15.2   3.0   62.5   15.1   15.9  
Second half of 2005 10.4   3.2   70.2      
First half of 2005 16.5   3.2   70.6      
                     
Minimum                    
                     
First half of 2006 6.8   2.5   56.9   14.1   14.6  
Second half of 2005 6.2   2.4   62.3      
First half of 2005 7.3   2.7   70.2      
                     
Maximum                    
                     
First half of 2006 23.0   3.9   71.6   16.1   17.7  
Second half of 2005 16.0   4.0   78.2      
First half of 2005 41.6   3.7   71.0      

 

110


Back to Contents

The VAR for the fixed rate subordinated notes relates to issues made during 2006, and the VAR for the inflation linked swaps relates to swaps transacted during 2006 to hedge inflation risk within HSBC’s defined benefit pension plan. The nature of the remaining non-trading market risks is included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

Market risk arises in HSBC’s insurance businesses within their portfolios of investments and policyholders’ liabilities. The principal market risks are interest rate risk and equity risk, which primarily arise when guaranteed investment return policies have been issued. The insurance businesses have a dedicated head office market risk function which oversees management of this risk.

A similar market risk also arises within HSBC’s defined benefit pension plans to the extent that the obligations of the plans are not fully matched by assets with determinable cash flows. This risk arises principally from the pension plans holding equities against their future pension obligations. The risk is that market movements in plan asset values could result in assets which are insufficient over time to cover the level of projected liabilities. Management, together with the trustees who act on behalf of the pension plan beneficiaries, assess the level of this risk using reports prepared by independent external actuaries.

The present value of HSBC’s defined benefit pension plans’ liabilities was US$28.1 billion at 30 June 2006, compared with US$27.7 billion at 31 December 2005. Assets of the defined benefit plans at 30 June 2006 comprised 43 per cent equity investments (31 December 2005: 46 per cent); 42 per cent debt securities (31 December 2005: 33 per cent) and 15 per cent other (including property) (31 December 2005: 21 per cent).

Net interest income

There have been no material changes since 31 December 2005 to HSBC’s measurement and management of the sensitivity of net interest income to movements in interest rates.

A principal part of HSBC’s management of market risk in non-trading portfolios is to monitor the sensitivity of projected net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios (simulation modelling). HSBC aims, through its management of market risk in non-trading portfolios, to mitigate the impact of prospective interest rate movements which could reduce future net interest income, whilst balancing the cost of such hedging activities against the current net revenue stream.

The table below sets out the projected impact on future net interest income of a 25 basis points parallel rise or fall in all yield curves worldwide at the beginning of each quarter during the 12 month period from July 2006.

Assuming no management actions, such a series of incremental parallel rises in all yield curves would decrease planned net interest income for the 12 months to 30 June 2007 by US$410 million, while such a series of incremental parallel falls in all yield curves would increase planned net interest income by US$311 million. These figures incorporate the impact of any option features in the underlying exposures.

Instead of assuming that all interest rates move together, HSBC groups its interest rate exposures into currency blocs whose interest rates are considered likely to move together. The sensitivity of projected net interest income, on this basis, is described as follows:


 

Sensitivity of projected net interest income

      Rest of   Hong   Rest of              
      Americas   Kong   Asia              
  US dollar   bloc   dollar   bloc   Sterling   Euro   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Change in July 2006/June 2007 projected net interest income
                           
                             
+ 25 basis points shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter
(400 ) 77   (12 ) 31   (99 ) (7 ) (410 )
– 25 basis points shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter
305   (79 ) 5   (27 ) 99   8   311  
               
Change in January 2006/ December 2006 projected net interest income
                           
                             
+ 25 basis points shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter
(448 ) 74   (18 ) 28   (47 ) (114 ) (525 )
– 25 basis points shift in yield curves at the beginning of each quarter
402   (72 ) 20   (39 ) 51   112   474  

 

111


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

The interest rate sensitivities set out in the table above are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios. The figures represent the effect of the pro-forma movements in net interest income based on the projected yield curve scenarios and the Group’s current interest rate risk profile. This effect, however, does not incorporate actions that would be taken by Global Markets or in the business units to mitigate this interest rate risk. In reality, Global Markets seeks proactively to change the interest rate risk profile to minimise losses and optimise net revenues. The projections above also assume that interest rates of all maturities move by the same amount and, therefore, do not reflect the potential impact on net interest income of some rates changing while others remain unchanged. The projections also make other simplifying assumptions, including that all positions run to maturity.

The Group’s core exposure to changes in its net interest income arising from movements in interest rates falls into three areas: core deposit franchises, HSBC Finance and Global Markets. The effect of each of these areas on net interest income is

described more fully in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

The activities of Global Markets are the major driver of the changes from January 2006 to December 2006 and from July 2006 to June 2007 shown in the projected effect of interest rate movements in the above table. Global Markets decreased its exposures in US dollars, Hong Kong dollars and euros, contributing to the decreased sensitivity in these currencies to both rising and falling rates.

Projecting the movement in net interest income from prospective changes in interest rates is a complex interaction of structural and managed exposures. In a rising rate environment, the most critical exposures are those managed within Global Markets. Additionally, the Group considers a principal risk to future net interest income to be a general flattening of yield curves at low levels of interest rates, as this reduces the value of the deposit franchise and limits the opportunities within Global Markets.


 

Sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements

      Impact in the preceding 6 months  
     
 
      Maximum   Minimum  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 30 June 2006            
             
+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves (1,638 ) (2,010 ) (1,638 )
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity (1.6% ) (2.0% ) (1.6% )
– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves 1,615   1,944   1,615  
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity 1.6%   1.9%   1.6%  
       
At 31 December 2005            
             
+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves (1,918 ) (2,655 ) (1,918 )
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity (2.0% ) (2.8% ) (2.0% )
– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves 1,877   2,543   1,877  
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity 2.0%   2.7%   2.0%  
       
At 30 June 2005            
             
+ 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves (2,240 ) (2,405 ) (2,107 )
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity (2.6% ) (2.8% ) (2.4% )
– 100 basis point parallel move in all yield curves 2,135   2,289   1,984  
As a percentage of total shareholders’ equity 2.5%   2.6%   2.3%  
             

The sensitivity of reported reserves to interest rate movements as at 30 June 2006, and the maximum and minimum month figures during the period, are shown in the above table. These sensitivities are illustrative only and are based on simplified scenarios. The table shows those interest rate risk exposures arising in available-for-sale portfolios and from cash flow hedges which are marked-to-market through reserves and therefore the sensitivities disclosed illustrate the range of exposures to the

Group’s reserves from changes to the value of these portfolios and hedges in the described interest rate scenarios. These particular exposures form one element of the Group’s overall interest rate exposures. Changes in the fair value of the remaining interest rate exposures, while economically largely offsetting the exposures shown in the above table, are not taken to reserves.


 

112


Back to Contents

Structural foreign exchange exposures

Structural foreign exchange exposures represent net investments in subsidiaries, branches or associates, the functional currencies of which are currencies other than the US dollar. HSBC’s policies and procedures for managing these exposures are as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

Operational risk management

Operational risk is the risk of loss arising from fraud, unauthorised activities, error, omission, inefficiency, systems failure or external events. It is inherent in every business organisation and covers a wide spectrum of issues.

There have been no material changes to HSBC’s approach to and management of operational risk as set out in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. The high level operational risk management framework and local management responsibilities are repeated below.

HSBC has codified its operational risk management process by issuing a high level standard, supplemented by more detailed formal guidance. This explains how HSBC manages operational risk by identifying, assessing, monitoring, controlling and mitigating the risk, rectifying operational risk events, and implementing any additional procedures required for compliance with local regulatory requirements. The processes undertaken to manage operational risk are determined by reference to the scale and nature of each HSBC operation.

In each of HSBC’s subsidiaries, local management is responsible for implementing HSBC standards on operational risk throughout their operations and, where deficiencies are evident, rectifying them within a reasonable timeframe. Subsidiaries acquired by HSBC are required to assess, plan and implement the standard’s requirements within an agreed timescale.

Reputational risk management

The safeguarding of HSBC’s reputation is of paramount importance to its continued prosperity and is the responsibility of every member of staff. Reputational risks can arise from social, ethical or environmental issues, or as a consequence of operational risk events. As a banking group, HSBC’s good reputation depends upon the way in which it conducts its business, but it can also be affected by the way in which clients, to whom it provides financial services, conduct themselves.

HSBC’s management of reputational risk is described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

Risk management of insurance operations

Within its service proposition, HSBC offers its personal and commercial customers a wide range of insurance products, many of which complement other bank and consumer finance products.

Both life and non-life insurance is underwritten. Underwriting occurs in nine countries through 27 licensed insurers, principally in the UK, Hong Kong, Mexico, Brazil, the US and Argentina.

Life insurance contracts include participating business (with discretionary participation features) such as endowments and pensions, credit life business in respect of income and payment protection, annuities, term assurance and critical illness covers.

Non-life insurance contracts include motor, fire and other damage, accident, repayment protection and a limited amount of commercial and liability business.

The principal insurance risk faced by HSBC is that the costs of claims combined with acquisition and administration costs may exceed the aggregate amount of premiums received and investment income. HSBC manages its insurance risks through the application of formal underwriting, reinsurance and claims procedures. These procedures are designed also to ensure compliance with regulations.

The Group’s overall approach to insurance risk is to maintain a good diversification of insurance business by type and geography, and to focus on risks that are straightforward to manage and frequently are directly related to the underlying banking activity (for example, with credit life products). The following tables provide an analysis of the insurance risk exposures by geography and by type of business. These tables demonstrate the Group’s diversification of risk and the strong emphasis on personal lines. Personal lines tend to be higher volume and with lower individual value than commercial lines, which further diversifies the risk. Separate tables are provided for life and non-life business, reflecting their very distinct risk characteristics. Life business tends to be longer term than non-life and also frequently involves an element of savings and investment in the premium. For this reason, the life insurance risk table provides an analysis of the insurance liabilities as the best available overall measure of the insurance exposure. By contrast for non-life business, the table uses


 

113


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

written premium as representing the best available measure of risk exposure.

HSBC’s management of insurance risk, including the risks relating to different life and non-

life products, is described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.


 

Analysis of life insurance risk – policyholders’ liabilities

          Rest of              
      Hong   Asia-   North   South      
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                         
Life (non-linked)                        
   Insurance contracts with DPF1  181   4,774   163       5,118  
   Credit life 189       183     372  
   Annuities 219     23   1,706   562   2,510  
   Term assurance and other long-term contracts 1,077   75   85   68   205   1,510  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total life (non-linked) 1,666   4,849   271   1,957   767   9,510  
Life (linked) 1,232   676   345     1,043   3,296  
Investment contracts with DPF1      15       15  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Life insurance policyholders’ liabilities 2,898   5,525   631   1,957   1,810   12,821  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
1 Insurance contracts and investment contracts with discretionary participation features (‘DPF’) give policyholders a contractual right to receive, as a supplement to their guaranteed benefits, additional benefits that are likely to be a significant portion of the total contractual benefits and whose amount or timing is contractually at the discretion of HSBC. The additional benefits are contractually based on the performance of a specified pool of contracts or assets, or the profit of the company issuing the contracts.

Analysis of non-life insurance risk – net written insurance premiums1

          Rest of              
      Hong-   Asia-   North   South      
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                         
Accident and health 15   55   2   1     73  
Motor 93   9   7   32   45   186  
Fire and other damage 113   16   2   2   3   136  
Liability   11   1     10   22  
Credit (non-life) 147       87     234  
Marine, aviation and transport   6   2     7   15  
Other non-life insurance contracts   11       6   17  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total net written insurance premiums 368   108   14   122   71   683  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
1 Net written insurance premiums represent gross written premiums less gross written premiums ceded to reinsurers.
   

A key aspect of the risk management for insurance business, and life insurance in particular, is the need to manage the assets actively in relation to the liabilities. Of particular importance for a number of lines of business is the need to match the expected pattern of cash flows, which in some cases (such as annuities) can run for many years. The following table shows the overall disposition of assets and liabilities and demonstrates that there is an

appropriate level of matching. It is generally not possible to achieve a complete matching of asset and liability duration. This is partly because with annual premium contracts there are uncertain future cash flows yet to be received from policyholders and partly because the duration of some liability cash flows exceeds the duration of the longest available dated fixed interest investments


 

114


Back to Contents

                      Investment          
  Insurance contracts    contracts          
 



 


         
              Term                      
              assurance                      
  Contracts           and other                      
  with   Unit-       long-term       Unit-       Other      
  DPF  1 linked   Annuities   contracts 2 Non-life   linked   Other   assets  3 Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                                     
Financial assets:                                    
– trading assets               212   212  
– financial assets designated at fair value 927   2,525   133   930   13   8,038   1,519   1,608   15,693  
– derivatives 64   436         372   4     876  
– financial investments 2,731     1,608   189   1,179     1,617   2,141   9,465  
– other assets 1,506   275   419   416   659   264   289   1,112   4,940  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total financial assets 5,228   3,236   2,160   1,535   1,851   8,674   3,429   5,073   31,186  
Other assets 39   74   329   701   1,010       2,513   4,666  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets 5,267   3,310   2,489   2,236   2,861   8,674   3,429   7,586   35,852  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value .           8,538   3,366     11,904  
Liabilities under insurance contracts issued 5,133   3,296   2,510   1,882   2,842         15,663  
Other liabilities               2,819   2,819  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities 5,133   3,296   2,510   1,882   2,842   8,538   3,366   2,819   30,386  
Shareholders’ equity               5,466   5,466  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity4  5,133   3,296   2,510   1,882   2,842   8,538   3,366   8,285   35,852  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                     
1 Discretionary participation features.
2 Includes credit life insurance.
3 Other assets comprise solvency and unencumbered assets.
4 Excludes assets, liabilities and shareholders’ funds of associate insurance companies Erisa S.A. and Ping An Insurance.
   

Capital management and allocation

Capital measurement and allocation

The Financial Services Authority (‘FSA’) supervises HSBC on a consolidated basis and, as such, receives information on the capital adequacy of, and sets capital requirements for, HSBC as a whole. Individual banking subsidiaries are directly regulated by their local banking supervisors, who set and monitor their capital adequacy requirements. In most jurisdictions, non-banking financial subsidiaries are also subject to the supervision and capital requirements of local regulatory authorities.

Further details regarding these requirements, including the constituent components of HSBC’s capital base, the various regulatory limits which apply to these and the categorisation of banking operations as trading or banking book for the determination of risk weighted assets, are detailed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

Effect of IFRSs

Under IFRSs, there have been changes to the measurement of banks’ capital adequacy, the most

significant of which for HSBC were set out in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

Future developments

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (‘Basel Committee’) has published a new framework for calculating minimum capital requirements. Known as ‘Basel II’, it will replace the 1988 Basel Capital Accord (‘Basel I’). Basel II is structured around three ‘pillars’: minimum capital requirements, supervisory review process and market discipline. The supervisory objectives for Basel II are to promote safety and soundness in the financial system and maintain at least the current overall level of capital in the system; enhance competitive equality; constitute a more comprehensive approach to addressing risks. The Basel Committee’s focus is on internationally active banks.

The pillar one approaches provided by Basel II for credit risk and operational risk are described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

The EU Capital Requirements Directive (‘CRD’) recast the Banking Consolidation Directive and the Capital Adequacy Directive and will be the


 

115


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

means by which Basel II will be implemented in the EU. The CRD has been approved by the European Parliament and was published in its final form in June 2006. It requires EU Member States to bring implementing provisions into force on 1 January 2007, although in the case of the provisions relating to the calculation of minimum capital requirements, implementation may be delayed until 1 January 2008.

An FSA consultation paper, CP06/3 ‘Strengthening Capital Standards 2’, was published in February 2006 and set out the FSA’s latest proposals for implementing the CRD in the UK, together with the draft FSA Handbook text. Some of the changes outlined in CP06/3 (and subsequent consultation papers) will come into force in January 2007, including a revised definition of capital, while others will be implemented in 2008, such as the advanced internal ratings-based approach to credit risk. The final FSA rules are scheduled to be published in the fourth quarter of 2006.

HSBC continues to participate actively in industry consultations surrounding the development and implementation of Basel II and the recast EU Directives, and fully supports the more risk-sensitive regulatory capital framework proposed to replace the original 1988 Basel Capital Accord. The application of Basel II across HSBC’s geographically diverse businesses, which operate in a large number of different regulatory environments, represents a significant logistical and technological challenge, and an extensive programme of implementation projects is currently in progress. Basel II permits local discretion in a number of areas for determination by local regulators. The extent to which requirements will diverge, coupled with how the FSA, HSBC’s home regulator, and the local host regulators in the other countries in which HSBC

operates interact will be key factors in completing implementation of Basel II. In view of this ongoing uncertainty, it remains premature to establish with precision the effect of Basel II on HSBC’s capital ratios or how the competitive landscape will change. One example of regulatory uncertainty relates to the US, where banking supervisory authorities have decided to delay the implementation of Basel II until 2009, at the earliest, and will apply the advanced credit and operational risk methodologies of Basel II only to the largest US banks and holding companies, although other banks may decide to opt in. HSBC North America Holdings Inc. (HSBC’s highest level US bank holding company in the US, which holds all HSBC’s major US operating subsidiaries and HSBC Canada) has been mandated to comply with these rules. For smaller US banks, the US banking authorities are considering applying an updated version of the existing Basel I rules (known as Basel Ia). The Basel Ia rules may also be used in the determination of Basel II capital floors applicable during the transition period (2009-2011).

Capital management

It is HSBC’s policy to maintain a strong capital base to support the development of its business. HSBC seeks to maintain a prudent balance between the different components of its capital and, in HSBC Holdings, between the composition of its capital and that of its investment in subsidiaries. Capital generated in excess of planned requirements is returned to HSBC Holdings, normally by way of dividends, and represents a source of strength for HSBC.

HSBC’s capital management policy is described in further detail in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.


 

116


Back to Contents

Source and application of tier 1 capital

  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Movement in tier 1 capital            
Opening tier 1 capital 74,403   67,259   69,126  
Consolidated profits attributable to shareholders of the parent company 8,729   7,596   7,485  
Dividends (5,263 ) (4,575 ) (3,175 )
Shares issued in lieu of dividends 1,790   431   1,380  
Increase in goodwill and intangible assets deducted (1,171 ) (154 ) (1,477 )
Preference shares issued     1,405  
Ordinary shares issued 414   94   596  
Other (including exchange differences) 3,236   (1,525 ) (937 )
 
 
 
 
Closing tier 1 capital 82,138   69,126   74,403  
 
 
 
 
Movement in risk-weighted assets            
Opening risk-weighted assets 827,164   759,210   794,834  
Movements 45,729   35,624   32,330  
 
 
 
 
Closing risk-weighted assets 872,893   794,834   827,164  
 
 
 
 

Capital structure

  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Composition of capital            
Tier 1 capital            
   Shareholders’ funds 101,381   86,713   92,432  
   Minority interests and preference shares 6,734   6,180   6,741  
   Innovative tier 1 securities 9,601   9,629   9,383  
Less:            
   Goodwill capitalised and intangible assets (33,992 ) (31,344 ) (32,821 )
   Other regulatory adjustments1  (1,586 ) (2,052 ) (1,332 )
 
 
 
 
Total qualifying tier 1 capital 82,138   69,126   74,403  
 
 
 
 
Tier 2 capital            
   Reserves arising from revaluation of property and unrealised gains on available-for-sale equities 2,040   1,794   1,593  
   Collective impairment allowances 9,087   8,905   8,749  
   Perpetual subordinated debt 3,665   3,678   3,640  
   Term subordinated debt 27,446   22,101   24,519  
   Minority and other interests in tier 2 capital 425   501   425  
 
 
 
 
   Total qualifying tier 2 capital 42,663   36,979   38,926  
 
 
 
 
   Unconsolidated investments (6,441 ) (3,008 ) (6,437 )
   Investments in other banks (1,419 ) (1,146 ) (1,147 )
   Other deductions (305 ) (229 ) (296 )
 
 
 
 
   Total regulatory capital 116,636   101,722   105,449  
 
 
 
 
Risk-weighted assets            
Banking book 798,577   731,542   762,037  
Trading book 74,316   63,292   65,127  
 
 
 
 
Total 872,893   794,834   827,164  
 
 
 
 
Risk-weighted assets were included in the above totals in respect of:            
   contingent liabilities 44,761   40,578   43,333  
   commitments 55,002   48,445   51,288  
Capital ratios %   %   %  
Total capital 13.4   12.8   12.8  
Tier 1 capital 9.4   8.7   9.0  
   
1 Other regulatory adjustments mainly arise from the implementation of IFRSs in conjunction with the FSA’s policy statement PS05/5 ‘Implications of a changing accounting framework’ (‘PS05/5’).

 

117


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Financial Review (continued)

   

 

The above figures were computed in accordance with the EU Banking Consolidation Directive and the FSA policy statement PS05/5. HSBC complied with the FSA’s capital adequacy requirements throughout 2006 and 2005.

Comparisons discussed below are with the 31 December 2005 position.

Tier 1 capital increased by US$7.7 billion. Retained profits contributed US$3.5 billion: shares issued, including those issued in lieu of dividends, contributed US$2.2 billion. Exchange differences added US$3.1 billion. These increases were partly offset by increased goodwill and intangibles deducted of US$1.2 billion.

The increase of US$3.7 billion in tier 2 capital was mainly attributable to subordinated debt issuance of US$3.4 billion. Total risk-weighted assets increased by US$44.9 billion, or 6 per cent. The increase mainly reflected growth in the loan book and trading positions.

Risk-weighted assets by principal subsidiary

In order to give an indication of how HSBC’s capital is deployed, the table below analyses the disposition of risk-weighted assets by principal subsidiary. The risk-weighted assets are calculated using FSA rules and exclude intra-HSBC items.


 

  At     At     At    
  30 June     30 June     31 December    
  2006     2005     2005    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
Risk-weighted assets                  
Hang Seng Bank 43,608     41,217     45,525    
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation and other subsidiaries 131,248     121,298     123,906    
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation 174,856     162,515     169,431    
HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse) 24,876     20,162     21,224    
HSBC France 59,233     54,364     54,684    
HSBC Bank and other subsidiaries 252,263     228,148     221,355    
HSBC Bank 336,372     302,674     297,263    
HSBC Finance 137,284     118,144     129,282    
HSBC Bank Canada 33,498     26,223     30,275    
HSBC Bank USA and other subsidiaries 125,219     115,377     123,829    
HSBC North America 296,001     259,744     283,386    
HSBC Mexico 13,013     10,608     13,166    
HSBC Bank Middle East 16,105     11,727     14,682    
HSBC Bank Malaysia 6,555     5,773     5,991    
HSBC South American operations 18,358     14,027     15,736    
Bank of Bermuda 4,025     3,597     4,195    
HSBC Holdings sub-group 455     699     780    
Other 7,153     23,470     22,534    
 
   
   
   
  872,893     794,834     827,164    
 
   
   
   

 

118


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Statements (unaudited)

   

 

Consolidated income statement for the half-year to 30 June 2006 (unaudited)

    Half-year to   
      
   
    30 June     30 June     31 December    
    2006     2005     2005    
  Notes US$m     US$m     US$m    
                     
Interest income   35,785     29,202     30,892    
Interest expense   (19,054 )   (13,886 )   (14,874 )  
Net interest income   16,731     15,316     16,018    
Fee income   10,441     8,558     8,928    
Fee expense   (2,061 )   (1,514 )   (1,516 )  
Net fee income   8,380     7,044     7,412    
Trading income excluding net interest income   3,112     1,804     1,852    
Net interest income on trading activities   1,149     1,087     1,121    
Net trading income   4,261     2,891     2,973    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value   260     547     487    
Gains less losses from financial investments   493     354     338    
Dividend income   222     95     60    
Net earned insurance premiums   2,834     2,396     3,040    
Other operating income   1,153     1,146     1,587    
   
   
   
   
Total operating income   34,334     29,789     31,915    
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities   (2,149 )   (1,760 )   (2,307 )  
   
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions   32,185     28,029     29,608    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions   (3,890 )   (3,277 )   (4,524 )  
   
   
   
   
Net operating income   28,295     24,752     25,084    
   
   
   
   
Employee compensation and benefits   (8,992 )   (7,869 )   (8,276 )  
General and administrative expenses   (6,065 )   (5,444 )   (5,739 )  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment   (748 )   (831 )   (801 )  
Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets   (334 )   (276 )   (278 )  
   
   
   
   
Total operating expenses   (16,139 )   (14,420 )   (15,094 )  
   
   
   
   
Operating profit   12,156     10,332     9,990    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures   361     308     336    
   
   
   
   
Profit before tax   12,517     10,640     10,326    
Tax expense 6 (3,272 )   (2,658 )   (2,435 )  
   
   
   
   
Profit for the period   9,245     7,982     7,891    
   
   
   
   
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company 13 8,729     7,596     7,485    
Profit attributable to minority interests 13 516     386     406    
    US$     US$     US$    
Basic earnings per ordinary share 4 0.78     0.69     0.67    
Diluted earnings per ordinary share 4 0.77     0.68     0.67    
Dividends per ordinary share 3 0.46     0.41     0.28    

 

119


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

Consolidated balance sheet at 30 June 2006 (unaudited)

      At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December
  2006   2005   2005  
  Notes US$m   US$m   US$m  
ASSETS        
             
Cash and balances at central banks   24,343   8,905   13,712  
Items in the course of collection from other banks   12,425   11,717   11,300  
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness   12,588   12,196   12,554  
Trading assets 7 226,650   165,159   190,257  
Trading assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties 7 72,645   50,142   42,652  
Financial assets designated at fair value 8 16,855   14,033   15,046  
Derivatives 9 104,665   63,594   73,928  
Loans and advances to banks   162,482   155,141   125,965  
Loans and advances to customers   814,209   706,724   740,002  
Financial investments 10 187,438   179,574   176,301  
Financial investments which may be repledged or resold by counterparties 10 4,896   9,113   6,041  
Interests in associates and joint ventures   7,795   5,067   7,249  
Goodwill and intangible assets   34,544   32,500   33,200  
Property, plant and equipment   15,277   15,032   15,206  
Other assets   27,542   26,765   26,596  
Prepayments and accrued income   13,784   11,148   11,961  
   
 
 
 
Total assets   1,738,138   1,466,810   1,501,970  
   
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY        
Liabilities        
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation   12,588   12,196   12,554  
Deposits by banks   83,139   101,747   69,727  
Customer accounts   833,742   710,464   739,419  
Items in the course of transmission to other banks   9,532   9,533   7,022  
Trading liabilities   228,116   162,459   174,365  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 11 64,354   58,420   61,829  
Derivatives 9 103,660   62,101   74,036  
Debt securities in issue   209,309   184,483   188,072  
Retirement benefit liabilities   3,722   5,727   4,869  
Other liabilities   31,669   26,169   26,515  
Liabilities under insurance contracts issued   15,663   12,428   14,144  
Accruals and deferred income   12,584   10,421   12,689  
Provisions   2,286   3,329   1,966  
Subordinated liabilities   20,404   15,652   16,537  
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities   1,630,768   1,375,129   1,403,744  
   
 
 
 
Equity        
Called up share capital   5,741   5,610   5,667  
Share premium account   7,236   4,952   6,896  
Other reserves   26,394   25,000   23,646  
Retained earnings   62,010   51,151   56,223  
   
 
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity   101,381   86,713   92,432  
Minority interests   5,989   4,968   5,794  
   
 
 
 
Total equity 13 107,370   91,681   98,226  
   
 
 
 
Total equity and liabilities   1,738,138   1,466,810   1,501,970  
   
 
 
 

 

120


Back to Contents

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense for the half-year to 30 June 2006 (unaudited)

   Half-year to  
  
 
   30 June   30 June   31 December  
   2006   2005   2005  
   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Available-for-sale investments:            
      fair value changes taken to equity (476 ) 70   (470 )
          fair value changes transferred to income statement on disposal or impairment (319 ) (103 ) (137 )
Cash flow hedges:            
      fair value changes taken to equity 147   (293 ) 201  
      fair value changes transferred to income statement (177 )   (106 )
Share of changes in equity of associates and joint ventures (44 ) 68   93  
Exchange differences 3,203   (3,665 ) (592 )
Actuarial gains/(losses) on post-employment benefits 1,477   358   (1,170 )
 
 
 
 
   3,811   (3,565 ) (2,181 )
Net deferred tax on items taken directly to equity (196 ) (125 ) 562  
 
 
 
 
Total income and expense taken to equity during the period 3,615   (3,690 ) (1,619 )
Profit for the period 9,245   7,982   7,891  
 
 
 
 
Total recognised income and expense for the period 12,860   4,292   6,272  
IFRSs transition adjustment at 1 January 2005   (8,824 )  
 
 
 
 
   12,860   (4,532 ) 6,272  
  
 


 
Total recognised income and expense for the period attributable to:            
      shareholders of the parent company 12,292   4,056   5,856  
      minority interests 568   236   416  
  
 
 
 
   12,860   4,292   6,272  
  
 
 
 

 

121


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

Consolidated cash flow statement for the half-year to 30 June 2006 (unaudited)

    Half-year to  
   
 
    30 June   30 June   31 December  
  Notes 2006   2005   2005  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
Cash flows from operating activities              
Profit before tax   12,517   10,640   10,326  
Adjustments for:              
non-cash items included in profit before tax 14 762   1,022   336  
– change in operating assets 14 (101,775 ) (61,792 ) (20,918 )
– change in operating liabilities 14 135,226   57,777   13,156  
elimination of exchange differences1   (7,000 ) 7,089   (4,774 )
net gain from investing activities   (752 ) (354 ) (338 )
share of profit in associates and joint ventures   (361 ) (308 ) (336 )
– dividends received from associates   32   57   57  
– tax paid   (1,983 ) (1,811 ) (2,808 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash from/(used in) operating activities   36,666   12,320   (5,299 )
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from investing activities              
Purchase of financial investments   (181,454 ) (91,507 ) (286,596 )
Proceeds from the sale of financial investments   177,762   82,562   286,134  
Purchase of property, plant and equipment   (803 ) (1,227 ) (1,660 )
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment   915   340   280  
Purchase of intangible assets   (352 ) (90 ) (759 )
Net cash outflow from acquisition of and increase in stake of subsidiaries   (5 )   (1,662 )
Net cash inflow from disposal of subsidiaries   23   566   139  
Net cash outflow from acquisition of and increase in stake of associates   (208 ) (682 ) (1,887 )
Proceeds from disposal of associates   319   161   261  
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities   (3,803 ) (9,877 ) (5,750 )
   
 
 
 
Cash flows from financing activities              
Issue of ordinary share capital   414   94   596  
Issue of preference shares   374     1,298  
Net purchases and sales of own shares for market-making purposes   (78 ) 27   (82 )
Purchases of own shares to meet share awards and share option awards   (589 ) (288 ) (478 )
Own shares released on vesting of share awards and exercise of options   137   65   212  
Subordinated loan capital issued   3,716   1,928   165  
Subordinated loan capital repaid   (273 ) (896 ) (225 )
Dividends paid to shareholders of the parent company   (3,202 ) (4,197 ) (1,738 )
Dividends paid to minority interests   (533 ) (419 ) (89 )
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities   (34 ) (3,686 ) (341 )
   
 
 
 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   32,829   (1,243 ) (11,390 )
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period   141,307   160,956   152,925  
Exchange differences in respect of cash and cash equivalents   4,490   (6,788 ) (228 )
   
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 14 178,626   152,925   141,307  
 
 
 
 
1 Adjustment to bring changes between opening and closing balance sheet amounts to average rates. This is not done on a line-by-line basis, as details cannot be determined without unreasonable expense.

 

122


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited)

   

 

1  Basis of preparation


(a) These interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’.
   
  HSBC has prepared its annual consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as endorsed by the EU. EU-endorsed IFRSs may differ temporarily from IFRSs, as published by the IASB, if a new or amended IFRS has not been endorsed by the EU by the period end. There were no unendorsed standards affecting this interim statement. As at 30 June 2006, there is no difference between IFRSs as endorsed by the EU and IFRSs as issued by the IASB in terms of their application to HSBC.
   
  IFRSs comprise accounting standards issued by the IASB and its predecessor body as well as interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) and its predecessor body.
   
  The primary financial statements in this document are presented in accordance with IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’.
   
(b) Following publication of the Interim Report 2005, HSBC kept under review the presentation of items in accordance with IFRSs having regard to subsequent interpretation and emerging consensus. As a result, HSBC changed the presentation of certain items in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005 from that adopted as at 30 June 2005.
   
  As a result, the presentation of the comparative information in respect of the half-year to 30 June 2005 which appears in these interim financial statements has been similarly changed from the information published in the Interim Report 2005. The changes are presentational and have no impact on profit for the period or total equity.
   
  The June 2005 comparatives in the Notes to the Financial Statements, in particular Note 7 ‘Trading assets’, Note 10 ‘Financial investments’, Note 11 ‘Financial liabilities designated at fair value’, Note 12 ‘Maturity analysis of financial assets and financial liabilities’ and Note 13 ‘Equity’, have been restated where relevant. The June 2005 comparatives for the consolidated cash flow statement on page 122 have also been restated to incorporate the changes in presentation. A more detailed analysis of the adjustments that have been made to the June 2005 comparatives may be found in Note 19 ‘Changes in presentation of 2005 interim comparatives’ set out on pages 145 to 148.
      .
(c) The interim consolidated financial statements of HSBC comprise the financial statements of HSBC Holdings and its subsidiaries. Entities that are controlled by HSBC are consolidated until the date control ceases. Subsidiaries acquired are consolidated from the date control is transferred to HSBC.
   
  The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by HSBC. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given at the date of exchange, together with costs directly attributable to that acquisition. The acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of HSBC’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of HSBC’s share of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the business acquired, the difference is recognised immediately in the income statement.
   
  All intra-HSBC transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
   
  The interim consolidated financial statements of HSBC also include the attributable share of the results and reserves of joint ventures and associates, based on financial statements made up to dates not earlier than three months prior to HSBC’s balance sheet date.
   
(d) The preparation of financial information requires the use of estimates and assumptions about future conditions. Use of available information and application of judgement are inherent in the formation of estimates. Actual results in the future may differ from those reported. In this regard, management believes that the critical accounting policies where judgement is necessarily applied are those which relate to loan impairment, goodwill impairment and the valuation of financial instruments.
   
In the opinion of management, all normal and recurring adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of HSBC’s net income, financial position and cash flows for interim periods have been made.

 

123


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

2    Accounting policies


The accounting policies adopted by HSBC for these interim consolidated financial statements are consistent with those described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005 except for a change in accounting policy resulting from ‘Amendments to IAS 39 and IFRS 4 – Financial Guarantee Contracts’, which was adopted by HSBC on 1 January 2006. HSBC has retrospectively adopted the amendment in accordance with IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’. Retrospective adoption of the amendment had no material impact on HSBC’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In accordance with the amendment, HSBC accounts for certain types of financial guarantee contracts it issues as financial liabilities. Financial guarantee contracts are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at the higher of the initial fair value less cumulative amortisation of fee income, and the amount that would be recognised as a provision in the event HSBC has to reimburse the holder for any loss incurred.
   
3    Dividends


Dividends to shareholders of the parent company were as follows:
  Half-year to 30 June 2006
 

 
      Settled in  
  US$ per   Total1   scrip  
  share   US$m   US$m  
             
Fourth interim dividend on ordinary shares in respect of previous year 0.31   3,513   1,542  
First interim dividend on ordinary shares for current year 0.15   1,712   248  
 
 
 
 
  0.46   5,225   1,790  
 
 
 
 
March quarterly dividend on preference share capital 15.50   22    
June quarterly dividend on preference share capital 15.50   23    
 
 
 
 
  31.00   45    
 
 
 
 
    5,270   1,790  
     
 
 
   
  Half-year to 30 June 2005
 

 
      Settled in  
  US$ per   Total1   scrip  
  share   US$m   US$m  
             
Fourth interim dividend on ordinary shares in respect of previous year 0.27   3,007   431  
First interim dividend on ordinary shares for current year 0.14   1,563   677  
 
 
 
 
  0.41   4,570   1,108  
 
 
 
 
   
  Half-year to 31 December 2005
 

 
      Settled in  
  US$ per   Total1   scrip  
  share   US$m   US$m  
             
Second interim dividend on ordinary shares in respect of current year 0.14   1,574   311  
Third interim dividend on ordinary shares for current year 0.14   1,578   392  
 
 
 
 
  0.28   3,152   703  
 
 
 
 
December quarterly dividend on preference share capital 14.48   21    
 
 
 
 
    3,173   703  
     
 
 
1 Figures calculated on the actual number of shares in issue at the relevant record date.

The Directors have declared a second interim dividend in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2006 of US$0.15 per ordinary share, a distribution of approximately US$1,725 million. The second interim dividend will be payable on 4 October 2006 to holders of ordinary shares on the Register at the close of business on 18 August 2006. Further details are contained in paragraph 5 of the Additional Information section on pages 160 and 161.

 

124


Back to Contents

4 Earnings per share


  Half-year to
 




 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$   US$   US$  
             
Basic earnings per ordinary share 0.78   0.69   0.67  
Diluted earnings per ordinary share 0.77   0.68   0.67  

Basic earnings per ordinary share was calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent company US$8,684 million by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, of 11,148 million (first half of 2005: earnings of US$7,596 million and 11,007 million shares; second half of 2005: earnings of US$7,464 million and 11,069 million shares).

  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
         
Profit attributable to shareholders of the parent company 8,729   7,596   7,485  
Dividend payable on preference shares classified as equity (45 )   (21 )
 
 
 
 
Profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the parent company 8,684   7,596   7,464  
 
 
 
 

Diluted earnings per ordinary share was calculated by dividing the basic earnings, which require no adjustment for the effects of dilutive potential ordinary shares (including share options outstanding but not yet exercised), by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding, excluding own shares held, plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on ordinary conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares, of 11,304 million (first half of 2005: 11,152 million shares; second half of 2005: 11,190 million shares).

5 Post-employment benefits


Included within ‘Employee compensation and benefits’ are components of net periodic benefit cost related to HSBC’s defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefits, as follows:

  Half-year to  
 




 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
       
Current service cost 366   344   340  
Interest cost 709   673   704  
Expected return on plan assets (769 ) (680 ) (685 )
Amortisation of prior service cost (1 ) (3 ) (13 )
Curtailments (3 ) (4 )  
 
 
 
 
Net defined benefit cost 302   330   346  
 
 
 
 

HSBC revalues its defined benefit post-employment plans each year at 31 December, in consultation with the plans’ local actuaries. The assumptions underlying the calculations are used to determine the expected income statement charge for the year going forward.

At 30 June each year HSBC revalues all plan assets to current market prices. HSBC also reviews the assumptions used to calculate the defined benefit obligations (the liabilities of the plans) and revalues them if there have been significant changes in the valuations.

Rises in the average yields of high quality (AA rated or equivalent) debt instruments in certain regions in 2006, together with a rise in inflation above expectations, have resulted in significant changes in the valuation of the defined benefit obligations. HSBC has, therefore, revalued certain plan obligations where the impact has been significant. This resulted in a net decrease in the defined benefit obligation for the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme of US$1,613 million and for other plans of US$325 million. All differences from expected changes were recognised directly in equity as actuarial gains.

The discount rates used to calculate HSBC’s obligations under its defined benefit post-employment plans were as follows:

 

125


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  %   %   %  
             
UK 5.25   5.30   4.75  
Hong Kong 4.20   4.00   4.20  
US 6.35   6.00   5.70  
Jersey 4.75   5.30   4.75  
Mexico 8.90   10.75   8.90  
Brazil 11.75   11.75   11.75  
France 4.50   4.50   4.10  
Canada 5.25   6.00   5.25  
Switzerland 2.25   3.25   2.25  
Germany 4.50   4.50   4.00  

The inflation rate used to calculate the HSBC Bank (UK) Pension Scheme obligation as at 30 June 2006 was 2.8 per cent (30 June 2005: 2.7 per cent; 31 December 2005: 2.7 per cent). There were no changes to other assumptions.

6 Tax expense


  Half-year to
 




 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
 
Current tax      
United Kingdom corporation tax charge 536   340   352  
Overseas tax 2,254   2,045   1,948  
 
 
 
 
  2,790   2,385   2,300  
Deferred tax      
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 482   273   135  
 
 
 
 
Tax expense 3,272   2,658   2,435  
 
 
 
 
Effective tax rate (per cent) 26.1   25.0   23.6  

The UK corporation tax rate applying to HSBC Holdings and its subsidiary undertakings is 30 per cent (2005: 30 per cent). Overseas tax included Hong Kong profits tax of US$387 million (first half of 2005: US$362 million; second half of 2005: US$277 million). Subsidiaries in Hong Kong provided for Hong Kong profits tax at the rate of 17.5 per cent (2005: 17.5 per cent) on the profits for the period assessable in Hong Kong. Other overseas subsidiaries and overseas branches provided for taxation at the appropriate rates in the countries in which they operate.

The following table reconciles the overall tax expense which would apply if all profits had been taxed at the UK corporation tax rate:

  Half-year to  
 










 
  30 June 2006   30 June 2005   31 December 2005  
  US$m   %   US$m   %   US$m   %  
 
Analysis of overall tax expense                        
Taxation at UK corporation tax rate of 30 per cent (2005: 30 per cent) 3,756   30.0   3,192   30.0   3,098   30.0  
Impact of overseas profits in principal locations taxed at different rates (187 ) (1.5 ) (142 ) (1.3 ) (200 ) (1.9 )
Tax-free gains (97 ) (0.8 ) (76 ) (0.7 ) (144 ) (1.4 )
Adjustments in respect of prior period liabilities 36   0.3   (45 ) (0.4 ) (142 ) (1.4 )
Low income housing tax credits1 (55 ) (0.4 ) (53 ) (0.5 ) (57 ) (0.5 )
Other items (81 ) (0.7 ) (105 ) (1.0 ) (40 ) (0.4 )
Impact of profit in associates and joint ventures (100 ) (0.8 ) (113 ) (1.1 ) (80 ) (0.8 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overall tax expense 3,272   26.1   2,658   25.0   2,435   23.6  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
1 Low income housing tax credits arise in the US and are designed to encourage the provision of rental housing for low income households.

 

126


Back to Contents

7 Trading assets


      At   At   At  
      30 June   30 June   31 December  
      2006   2005   2005  
      US$m   US$m   US$m  
 
Trading assets:      
  not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties 226,650   165,159   190,257  
  which may be repledged or resold by counterparties 72,645   50,142   42,652  
     
 
 
 
    299,295   215,301   232,909  
     
 
 
 
Treasury and other eligible bills 12,005   6,782   12,746  
Debt securities 146,374   114,694   117,659  
Equity securities 23,712   10,470   20,203  
Loans and advances to banks 47,416   29,720   29,806  
Loans and advances to customers 69,788   53,635   52,495  
 
 
 
 
    299,295   215,301   232,909  
     
 
 
 

The following table provides an analysis of trading securities which are valued at market value and the net gains/ (losses) resulting from trading activities:

  At 30 June 2006   At 30 June 2005   At 31 December 2005  
 
 
 
 
  Fair   Gains/   Fair   Gains/   Fair   Gains/  
  value   (losses)   value   (losses)   value   (losses)  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                       
US Treasury and US Government agencies 18,138   76   13,224   (15 ) 12,094   (6 )
UK Government 5,000   59   4,500   4   3,225   (2 )
Hong Kong Government 7,867   (9 ) 5,005   (3 ) 6,529   (13 )
Other government 61,382   133   44,953   468   49,852   (188 )
Asset-backed securities 4,004   (62 ) 2,628   (14 ) 3,361   (10 )
Corporate debt and other securities1 61,988   (117 ) 51,166   (152 ) 55,344   476  
Equity securities 23,712   (32 ) 10,470   (133 ) 20,203   16  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  182,091   48   131,946   155   150,608   273  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                         
1 Included within corporate debt and other securities are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$18,993 million (30 June 2005: US$15,527 million; 31 December 2005: US$16,888 million).

The following table analyses trading securities between those listed on a recognised exchange and those that are unlisted:

  Treasury              
  and other   Debt   Equity      
  eligible bills   securities   securities   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
 
Fair value at 30 June 2006        
Listed on a recognised exchange   105,326   21,371   126,697  
Unlisted 12,005   41,048   2,341   55,394  
 
 
 
 
 
  12,005   146,374   23,712   182,091  
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value at 30 June 2005        
Listed on a recognised exchange   92,221   9,385   101,606  
Unlisted 6,782   22,473   1,085   30,340  
 
 
 
 
 
  6,782   114,694   10,470   131,946  
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value at 31 December 2005        
Listed on a recognised exchange   95,994   17,728   113,722  
Unlisted 12,746   21,665   2,475   36,886  
 
 
 
 
 
  12,746   117,659   20,203   150,608  
 
 
 
 
 

 

127


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

The following table summarises HSBC’s trading portfolios by valuation methodology at 30 June 2006:

  Assets   Liabilities  
 
 
 
        Trading  
  Trading     securities –  
  securities   Derivatives   short positions   Derivatives  
  %   %   %   %  
Fair value based on:        
Quoted market prices 85.9   4.3   93.4   4.2  
Internal models with significant observable market parameters1 14.1   94.1   6.6   94.8  
Internal models with significant unobservable market parameters   1.6     1.0  
 
 
 
 
 
  100.0   100.0   100.0   100.0  
 
 
 
 
 
   
1 Including investments valued on the basis of comparable investments.
   
8 Financial assets designated at fair value  

  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Treasury and other eligible bills 80   54   53  
Debt securities 5,934   5,487   5,705  
Equity securities 10,240   7,543   8,533  
Loans and advances to banks 212   247   124  
Loans and advances to customers 389   702   631  
 
 
 
 
  16,855   14,033   15,046  
 
 
 
 
The following table provides an analysis by type of issuer, excluding loans and advances:            
           
  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
US Treasury and US Government agencies 105   53   86  
UK Government 1,265   1,174   1,164  
Hong Kong Government 162   218   171  
Other government 1,535   1,099   1,358  
Asset-backed securities 320   47   193  
Corporate debt and other securities1 2,627   2,950   2,786  
Equity securities 10,240   7,543   8,533  
 
 
 
 
  16,254   13,084   14,291  
 
 
 
 
             
1 Included within corporate debt and other securities at 30 June 2006 are debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$2,111 million (30 June 2005: US$1,542 million; 31 December 2005: US$1,703 million).

 

128


Back to Contents

The following table analyses securities designated at fair value between those listed on a recognised exchange and those that are unlisted:

  Treasury              
  and other   Debt   Equity      
  eligible bills   securities   securities   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Fair value at 30 June 2006                
Listed on a recognised exchange   3,003   8,289   11,292  
Unlisted 80   2,931   1,951   4,962  
 
 
 
 
 
  80   5,934   10,240   16,254  
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value at 30 June 2005                
Listed on a recognised exchange   2,723   6,531   9,254  
Unlisted 54   2,764   1,012   3,830  
 
 
 
 
 
  54   5,487   7,543   13,084  
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value at 31 December 2005                
Listed on a recognised exchange   3,012   7,192   10,204  
Unlisted 53   2,693   1,341   4,087  
 
 
 
 
 
  53   5,705   8,533   14,291  
 
 
 
 
 

 

129


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

9 Derivatives

 
Fair values of derivatives by product contract type
     
  At 30 June 2006  
 
 
  Assets   Liabilities  
 
 
 
  Trading   Hedging   Total   Trading   Hedging   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                         
Foreign exchange 25,684   2,374   28,058   (24,635 ) (344 ) (24,979 )
Interest rate 62,965   1,989   64,954   (64,728 ) (1,307 ) (66,035 )
Equities 9,466     9,466   (9,939 )   (9,939 )
Credit derivatives 4,437     4,437   (4,587 )   (4,587 )
Commodity and other 2,176     2,176   (2,546 )   (2,546 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross total fair values 104,728   4,363   109,091   (106,435 ) (1,651 ) (108,086 )
 
 
     
 
     
Netting         (4,426 )         4,426  
         
         
 
Total         104,665           (103,660 )
         
         
 
                   
  At 30 June 2005  
 
 
  Assets   Liabilities     
 
 
 
  Trading   Hedging   Total   Trading   Hedging   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                         
Foreign exchange 22,744   622   23,366   (22,799 ) (96 ) (22,895 )
Interest rate 46,834   5,966   52,800   (43,975 ) (7,610 ) (51,585 )
Equities 4,727     4,727   (5,112 )   (5,112 )
Credit derivatives 2,658     2,658   (2,467 )   (2,467 )
Commodity and other 2,012     2,012   (2,011 )   (2,011 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross total fair values 78,975   6,588   85,563   (76,364 ) (7,706 ) (84,070 )
 
 
     
 
     
Netting         (21,969 )         21,969  
         
         
 
Total         63,594           (62,101 )
         
         
 
                 
  At 31 December 2005  
 
 
  Assets   Liabilities  
 
 
 
  Trading   Hedging   Total   Trading   Hedging   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                         
Foreign exchange 21,082   263   21,345   (20,794 ) (81 ) (20,875 )
Interest rate 44,323   3,414   47,737   (46,580 ) (1,566 ) (48,146 )
Equities 4,833     4,833   (4,713 )   (4,713 )
Credit derivatives 3,585     3,585   (3,509 )   (3,509 )
Commodity and other 1,077     1,077   (1,442 )   (1,442 )
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross total fair values 74,900   3,677   78,577   (77,038 ) (1,647 ) (78,685 )
 
 
     
 
     
Netting         (4,649 )         4,649  
         
         
 
Total         73,928           (74,036 )
         
         
 

The definition of derivatives, HSBC’s use of derivatives, and the accounting policy and presentation of derivatives are as described in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.

 

130


Back to Contents

Trading instruments

Contractual amounts of derivatives held for trading purposes by product type

The notional or contractual amounts of these instruments indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date: they do not represent amounts at risk.

  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Foreign exchange 2,078,054   1,740,861   1,721,456  
Interest rate 8,436,016   5,800,209   6,731,721  
Equities 175,896   74,601   101,364  
Credit derivatives 835,944   378,802   511,741  
Commodity and other 39,093   42,920   38,458  
 
 
 
 
  11,565,003   8,037,393   9,104,740  
 
 
 
 

Derivatives valued using models with unobservable inputs

The amount that has yet to be recognised in the consolidated income statement relating to the difference between the fair value at initial recognition (the transaction price) and the amount that would have arisen had valuation techniques used for subsequent measurement been applied at initial recognition, less subsequent releases, is as follows:

   At   At   At  
   30 June   30 June   31 December  
   2006   2005   2005  
   US$m   US$m   US$m  
       
Unamortised balance at beginning of period 252   73   140  
Deferral on new transactions 148   141   199  
Recognised in the income statement during the period:            
amortisation (44 ) (18 ) (38 )
subsequent to observability (110 ) (33 ) (31 )
maturity or termination (16 ) (20 ) (5 )
exchange differences 7   (3 ) (13 )
  
 
 
 
Unamortised balance at end of period 237   140   252  
 
 
 
 

Hedging instruments

Contractual amounts of derivatives held for hedging purposes by product type

The notional or contractual amounts of these instruments indicate the nominal value of transactions outstanding at the balance sheet date: they do not represent amounts at risk.

  Cash flow hedge
 




 
  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Foreign exchange 21,270   5,548   16,940  
Interest rate 188,827   178,510   174,875  
 
 
 
 
  210,097   184,058   191,815  
 
 
 
 
             
  Fair value hedge
 




 
  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Foreign exchange 2,332   790   2,699  
Interest rate 21,681   18,285   19,745  
 
 
 
 
  24,013   19,075   22,444  
 
 
 
 

 

131


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

Fair value hedges

The fair values of outstanding derivatives designated as fair value hedges at 30 June 2006 were assets of US$285 million and liabilities of US$414 million (30 June 2005: assets of US$145 million and liabilities of US$297 million; 31 December 2005: assets of US$149 million and liabilities of US$471 million).

Gains/(losses) arising from fair value hedges

  Half-year to  
 




 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Gains/(losses):            
on hedging instruments 259   226   (145 )
on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk (270 ) (189 ) 122  
 
 
 
 
  (11 ) 37   (23 )
 
 
 
 

Cash flow hedges

At 30 June 2006, the fair values of outstanding derivatives designated as cash flow hedges were assets of US$4,078 million and liabilities of US$1,058 million (30 June 2005: assets of US$6,443 million and liabilities of US$7,409 million; 31 December 2005: assets of US$3,528 million and liabilities of US$1,062 million).

The gains and losses on ineffective portions of such derivatives are recognised immediately in the income statement. During the period to 30 June 2006, a loss of US$46 million was recognised due to hedge ineffectiveness (first half of 2005: US$68 million; second half of 2005: US$28 million).

Hedges of net investments in foreign operations

At 30 June 2006, the fair values of outstanding financial instruments designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations were liabilities of US$179 million (31 December 2005: liabilities of US$114 million).

The ineffectiveness recognised in ‘Net trading income’ in the period ended 30 June 2006 that arose from hedges of net investments in foreign operations was US$nil (first half of 2005: US$nil; second half of 2005: US$nil).

10 Financial investments






  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Financial investments:            
not subject to repledge or resale by counterparties 187,438   179,574   176,301  
which may be pledged or resold by counterparties 4,896   9,113   6,041  
 
 
 
 
  192,334   188,687   182,342  
 
 
 
 
                   
  At 30 June 2006     At 30 June 2005     At 31 December 2005    
 



   



   



   
  Carrying           Carrying           Carrying          
  amount     Fair value     amount     Fair value     amount     Fair value    
  US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m     US$m    
                                     
Treasury and other eligible bills . 23,769     23,769     27,691     27,691     25,042     25,042    
available-for-sale 23,658     23,658     27,463     27,463     24,834     24,834    
held-to-maturity 111     111     228     228     208     208    
Debt securities 161,583     161,420     153,561     153,847     149,781     149,962    
available-for-sale 153,168     153,168     145,815     145,815     141,699     141,699    
held-to-maturity 8,415     8,252     7,746     8,032     8,082     8,263    
Equity securities 6,982     6,982     7,435     7,435     7,519     7,519    
available-for-sale 6,982     6,982     7,435     7,435     7,519     7,519    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
Total financial investments 192,334     192,171     188,687     188,973     182,342     182,523    
 
   
   
   
   
   
   

 

132


Back to Contents

The following table analyses the carrying amount of unrealised gains and losses of financial investments:

      Gross   Gross      
      unrealised   unrealised   Fair  
  Cost   gains   losses   value  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
At 30 June 2006                
US Treasury 9,204     (64 ) 9,140  
US Government agencies 5,550   32   (190 ) 5,392  
US Government sponsored entities 17,166   23   (583 ) 16,606  
UK Government 8,618   10   (9 ) 8,619  
Hong Kong Government 3,236     (28 ) 3,208  
Other government 34,098   146   (178 ) 34,066  
Asset-backed securities 2,185   4   (13 ) 2,176  
Corporate debt and other securities1 106,430   272   (720 ) 105,982  
Equities 5,685   1,309   (12 ) 6,982  
 
 
 
 
 
  192,172   1,796   (1,797 ) 192,171  
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2005                
US Treasury 9,015   5   (23 ) 8,997  
US Government agencies 4,173   52   (52 ) 4,173  
US Government sponsored entities 16,099   82   (292 ) 15,889  
UK Government 7,658   83   (1 ) 7,740  
Hong Kong Government 4,429   2   (23 ) 4,408  
Other government 34,623   317   (87 ) 34,853  
Asset-backed securities 2,893   8   (12 ) 2,889  
Corporate debt and other securities1 96,018   452   (415 ) 96,055  
Equities 6,414   1,111   (6 ) 7,519  
 
 
 
 
 
  181,322   2,112   (911 ) 182,523  
 
 
 
 
 
         
      Fair  
  Cost   value  
  US$m   US$m  
At 30 June 2005        
US Treasury 7,407   7,496  
US Government agencies 5,198   5,249  
US Government sponsored entities 15,537   15,640  
UK Government 9,993   10,018  
Hong Kong Government 6,044   6,054  
Other government 38,435   38,827  
Asset-backed securities 3,069   3,078  
Corporate debt and other securities1 94,694   95,176  
Equities 6,469   7,435  
 
 
 
  186,846   188,973  
 
 
 
   
1 Included within corporate debt and other securities were debt securities issued by banks and other financial institutions of US$75,882 million (30 June 2005: US$68,385 million; 31 December 2005: US$68,954 million). The fair value of these at 30 June 2006 was US$75,704 million (30 June 2005: US$68,456 million; 31 December 2005: US$68,933 million).
     
  At 30 June 2006  
 








 
      Debt   Debt          
  Treasury   securities   securities          
  and other   available-   held-to-   Equity      
  eligible bills   for-sale   maturity   securities   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Carrying amount                    
Listed on a recognised exchange   60,589   3,671   3,010   67,270  
Unlisted 23,769   92,579   4,744   3,972   125,064  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  23,769   153,168   8,415   6,982   192,334  
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

133


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

The fair value of listed held-to-maturity debt securities at 30 June 2006 was US$3,637 million.

  At 30 June 2005  
 
 
      Debt   Debt          
  Treasury   securities   securities          
  and other   available-   held-to-   Equity      
  eligible bills   for-sale   maturity   securities   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Carrying amount                    
Listed on a recognised exchange   63,623   4,259   2,872   70,754  
Unlisted 27,691   82,192   3,487   4,563   117,933  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  27,691   145,815   7,746   7,435   188,687  
 
 
 
 
 
 

The fair value of listed held-to-maturity debt securities at 30 June 2005 was US$4,491 million.

  At 31 December 2005  
 
 
      Debt   Debt          
  Treasury   securities   securities          
  and other   available-   held-to-   Equity      
  eligible bills   for-sale   maturity   securities   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Carrying amount                    
Listed on a recognised exchange   62,187   4,022   3,394   69,603  
Unlisted 25,042   79,512   4,060   4,125   112,739  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  25,042   141,699   8,082   7,519   182,342  
 
 
 
 
 
 

The fair value of listed held-to-maturity debt securities at 31 December 2005 was US$4,143 million.

    At   At   At  
    30 June   30 June   31 December  
    2006   2005   2005  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
Remaining contractual maturities of total debt securities            
  1 year or less 60,236   49,802   50,991  
  5 years or less but over 1 year 55,558   62,822   56,956  
  10 years or less but over 5 years 8,513   11,277   10,902  
  Over 10 years 37,276   29,660   30,932  
   
 
 
 
    161,583   153,561   149,781  
   
 
 
 
             
Remaining contractual maturities of debt securities available for sale            
  1 year or less 59,760   48,734   50,559  
  5 years or less but over 1 year 53,999   61,603   55,531  
  10 years or less but over 5 years 5,885   9,692   8,636  
  Over 10 years 33,524   25,786   26,973  
   
 
 
 
    153,168   145,815   141,699  
   
 
 
 
             
Remaining contractual maturities of debt securities held to maturity            
  1 year or less 476   1,068   432  
  5 years or less but over 1 year 1,559   1,219   1,425  
  10 years or less but over 5 years 2,628   1,585   2,266  
  Over 10 years 3,752   3,874   3,959  
   
 
 
 
    8,415   7,746   8,082  
   
 
 
 

 

134


Back to Contents

 

11 Financial liabilities designated at fair value

    At   At   At  
    30 June   30 June   31 December  
    2006   2005   2005  
    US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Deposits by banks and customer accounts 264   195   253  
Liabilities to customers under investment contracts 11,904   10,062   10,445  
Debt securities in issue 29,695   26,474   28,338  
Subordinated liabilities 17,982   16,955   18,447  
Preference shares 4,509   4,734   4,346  
   
 
 
 
    64,354   58,420   61,829  
   
 
 
 
               
12 Maturity analysis of financial assets and financial liabilities  

The following is an analysis of assets and liabilities by remaining maturities at the balance sheet date for asset and liability line items that combine amounts expected to be recovered or settled in under one year, and after one year.  
               
Trading assets and liabilities are excluded because they are not held for collection or settlement over the period of maturity.  
               

  At 30 June 2006  
 
 
  Due in one   Due in more      
  year or less   than one year   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Financial assets            
Financial assets designated at fair value 1,479   15,376   16,855  
Loans and advances to banks1 157,247   5,235   162,482  
Loans and advances to customers 339,403   474,806   814,209  
Financial investments 84,714   107,620   192,334  
Other financial assets 15,850   4,206   20,056  
 
 
 
 
  598,693   607,243   1,205,936  
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities            
Deposits by banks 74,047   9,092   83,139  
Customer accounts 808,267   25,475   833,742  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 8,768   55,586   64,354  
Debt securities in issue 108,232   101,077   209,309  
Other financial liabilities 8,651   2,883   11,534  
Subordinated liabilities 321   20,083   20,404  
 
 
 
 
  1,008,286   214,196   1,222,482  
 
 
 
 
   
  At 30 June 2005  
 
 
  Due in one   Due in more      
  year or less   than one year   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Financial assets            
Financial assets designated at fair value 1,654   12,379   14,033  
Loans and advances to banks1 150,855   4,286   155,141  
Loans and advances to customers 282,715   424,009   706,724  
Financial investments 76,463   112,224   188,687  
Other financial assets 18,966   5,895   24,861  
 
 
 
 
  530,653   558,793   1,089,446  
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities            
Deposits by banks 96,332   5,415   101,747  
Customer accounts 685,504   24,960   710,464  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 6,482   51,938   58,420  
Debt securities in issue 98,556   85,927   184,483  
Other financial liabilities 9,414   5,923   15,337  
Subordinated liabilities 472   15,180   15,652  
 
 
 
 
  896,760   189,343   1,086,103  
 
 
 
 
 
For footnotes, see page 136.

 

135


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

  At 31 December 2005  
 
 
  Due in one   Due in more      
  year or less   than one year   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Financial assets            
Financial assets designated at fair value 1,537   13,509   15,046  
Loans and advances to banks1 121,387   4,578   125,965  
Loans and advances to customers 301,181   438,821   740,002  
Financial investments 79,239   103,103   182,342  
Other financial assets 17,885   5,819   23,704  
 
 
 
 
  521,229   565,830   1,087,059  
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities            
Deposits by banks 60,863   8,864   69,727  
Customer accounts 712,317   27,102   739,419  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value 6,854   54,975   61,829  
Debt securities in issue 100,636   87,436   188,072  
Other financial liabilities 8,772   2,592   11,364  
Subordinated liabilities 313   16,224   16,537  
 
 
 
 
  889,755   197,193   1,086,948  
 
 
 
 
   
1 Loans and advances to banks include US$122,745 million (30 June 2005: US$120,860 million; 31 December 2005: US$100,527 million) which is repayable on demand or at short notice.

 

136


Back to Contents

13 Equity


  Half-year to 30 June 2006  
   
















 
                Other reserves              
               






             
                Available-           Share-       Total          
    Called up           for-sale   Cash flow   Foreign   based       share-          
    share   Share   Retained   fair value   hedging   exchange   payment   Merger   holders’   Minority   Total  
    capital   premium   earnings1   reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve2   equity   interests   equity  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                                               
At 1 January
  5,667   6,896   56,223   1,104   233   (284 ) 1,535   21,058   92,432   5,794   98,226  
Shares issued under employee share plans
  16   398               414     414  
Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon
  58   (58 ) 1,790             1,790     1,790  
Profit for the period attributable to shareholders
      8,729             8,729     8,729  
Dividends to shareholders of the parent company
      (5,263 )           (5,263 )   (5,263 )
Own shares adjustment
      (670 )           (670 )   (670 )
Share of changes in the equity of associates or joint ventures recognised directly in equity
      (44 )           (44 )   (44 )
Actuarial gains on defined benefit plans3
      1,477             1,477     1,477  
Exchange differences
      2,615   56   (2 ) 443   8     3,120     3,120  
Fair value gains/(losses) taken to equity
        (482 ) 153         (329 )   (329 )
Amounts transferred to the income statement
        (283 ) (180 )       (463 )   (463 )
Exercise of HSBC share options
      306         (258 )   48     48  
Charge to the income statement in respect of equity settled share-based payments
              408     408     408  
Other movements
      (118 ) (20 ) 58     10     (70 )   (70 )
Tax on items taken directly to or transferred from equity
      (514 ) 295   21         (198 )   (198 )
Transfers
      (2,521 ) (30 ) 2   2,677   (128 )        
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carried forward
  5,741   7,236   62,010   640   285   2,836   1,575   21,058   101,381   5,794   107,175  

For footnotes, see page 138.

 

137


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

13 Equity (continued)


       Half-year to 30 June 2006  
 















 
           Other reserves            
             








             
          Available-       Share-     Total        
  Called up       for-sale   Cash flow   Foreign   based     share-        
  share   Share   Retained   fair value   hedging   exchange   payment   Merger   holders’   Minority   Total  
  capital   premium   earnings1   reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve2   equity   interests   equity  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                                         
Brought forward 5,741   7,236   62,010   640   285   2,836   1,575   21,058   101,381   5,794   107,175  
Profit attributable to minority interests                   516   516  
Dividends to minority interests                   (459 ) (459 )
Exchange differences, minority interests                   83   83  
Increase in minority interest stake and other                   55   55  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 June 5,741   7,236   62,010   640   285   2,836   1,575   21,058   101,381   5,989   107,370  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                             
1 US$2,269 million of own shares have been deducted from retained earnings. These shares are held within HSBC’s insurance business, its retirement funds for the benefit of policyholders or beneficiaries within employee trusts, for the settlement of shares expected to be delivered under employee share schemes or bonus plans, and the market-making activities in Global Markets.
2 Statutory share premium relief under Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 was taken in respect of the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc in 1992, HSBC France in 2000 and HSBC Finance Corporation in 2003 and the shares issued were recorded at their nominal value only. In HSBC’s consolidated accounts the fair value difference of US$8,290 million in respect of HSBC France and US$12,768 million in respect of HSBC Finance Corporation is a merger reserve.
3 No actuarial gains or losses on defined benefit plans were recorded in minority interest.
   
Cumulative goodwill amounting to US$5,138 million has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including US$3,469 million charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc. The balance of US$1,669 million has been charged against retained earnings.

 

138


Back to Contents

             Half-year to 30 June 2005  
   
















 
                   Other reserves            
               








             
            Available-           Share-       Total          
    Called up         for-sale   Cash flow   Foreign   based       share-          
    share   Share   Retained   fair value   hedging   exchange   payment   Merger   holders’   Minority   Total  
    capital   premium   earnings1   reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve2   equity   interests   equity  
    US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                             
At 1 January
  5,587   4,881   49,432       3,215   1,349   21,058   85,522   13,675   99,197  
IFRSs transition adjustment at 1 January 2005
      (1,762 ) 1,919   410   686       1,253   (10,077 ) (8,824 )
Shares issued under employee share plans
  3   91               94     94  
Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon
  20   (20 ) 431             431     431  
Profit for the period attributable to shareholders
      7,596             7,596     7,596  
Dividends to shareholders of the parent company
      (4,575 )           (4,575 )   (4,575 )
Own shares adjustment
      (261 )       17     (244 )   (244 )
Share of changes in the equity of associates or joint ventures recognised directly in equity
      68             68     68  
Actuarial gains on defined benefit plans3
      358             358     358  
Exchange differences
      (3,147 ) (204 ) 26   (266 ) 8     (3,583 )   (3,583 )
Fair value gains/(losses) taken to equity
        62   (223 )       (161 )   (161 )
Amounts transferred to the income statement
        (97 )         (97 )   (97 )
Exercise of HSBC share options
      65         (184 )   (119 )   (119 )
Charge to the income statement in respect of equity settled share-based payments
              263     263     263  
Other movements
      32             32     32  
Tax on items taken directly to or transferred from equity
      (103 ) (26 ) 4         (125 )   (125 )
Transfers
      3,017   284   (26 ) (3,317 ) 42          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carried forward
  5,610   4,952   51,151   1,938   191   318   1,495   21,058   86,713   3,598   90,311  

For footnotes, see page 140.

 

139


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

13 Equity (continued)

  Half-year to 30 June 2005  
 
 
  Other reserves  
             
             
              Available-           Share-       Total        
  Called up           for-sale   Cash flow   Foreign   based       share-        
  share   Share   Retained   fair value   hedging   exchange   payment   Merger   holders’   Minority   Total  
  capital   premium   earnings 1 reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve 2 equity   interests   equity  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                                             
Brought forward 5,610   4,952   51,151   1,938   191   318   1,495   21,058   86,713   3,598   90,311  
Profit attributable to minority interests                   386   386  
Dividends to minority interests                   (353 ) (353 )
Exchange differences, minority interests                   (82 ) (82 )
Increase in minority interest stake and other                   1,419   1,419  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 June 5,610   4,952   51,151   1,938   191   318   1,495   21,058   86,713   4,968   91,681  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
1 US$1,527 million of own shares have been deducted from retained earnings. These shares are held within HSBC’s insurance business, its retirement funds for the benefit of policyholders or beneficiaries within employee trusts, for the settlement of shares expected to be delivered under employee share schemes or bonus plans, and the market-making activities in Global Markets.
2 Statutory share premium relief under Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 was taken in respect of the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc in 1992, HSBC France in 2000 and HSBC Finance Corporation in 2003 and the shares issued were recorded at their nominal value only. In HSBC’s consolidated accounts the fair value difference of US$8,290 million in respect of HSBC France and US$12,768 million in respect of HSBC Finance Corporation is a merger reserve.
3 No actuarial gains or losses were recorded in minority interests.
   
Cumulative goodwill amounting to US$5,138 million has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including US$3,469 million charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc. The balance of US$1,669 million has been charged against retained earnings.

 

140


Back to Contents

  Half-year to 31 December 2005  
 
 
  Other reserves  
             








             
            Available-           Share-       Total        
  Called up         for-sale   Cash flow   Foreign   based       share-        
  share   Share   Retained   fair value   hedging   exchange   payment   Merger   holders’   Minority   Total  
  capital   premium  1 earnings  2 reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve  3 equity   interests   equity  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                                             
At 1 July 5,610   4,952   51,151   1,938   191   318   1,495   21,058   86,713   4,968   91,681  
Shares issued under employee share plans 25   571               596     596  
Shares issued in lieu of dividends and amounts arising thereon
32   (32 ) 1,380             1,380     1,380  
New share capital subscribed, net of costs1    1,405               1,405     1,405  
Profit for the period attributable to shareholders
    7,485             7,485     7,485  
Dividends to shareholders of the parent company
    (3,175 )           (3,175 )   (3,175 )
Own shares adjustment     (297 )       110     (187 )   (187 )
Share of changes in the equity of associates or joint ventures recognised directly in equity
    93             93     93  
Actuarial losses on defined benefit plans4      (1,178 )           (1,178 )   (1,178 )
Exchange differences     (302 ) 63   (67 ) (302 ) 6     (602 )   (602 )
Fair value losses taken to equity       (413 ) 160         (253 )   (253 )
Amounts transferred to the income statement       (129 ) (106 )       (235 )   (235 )
Exercise of HSBC share options     238         (297 )   (59 )   (59 )
Charge to the income statement in respect of equity settled share-based payment instructions
            277     277     277  
Other movements     26   (400 )         (374 )   (374 )
Tax on items taken directly to or transferred from equity
    370   188   (12 )       546     546  
Transfers     432   (143 ) 67   (300 ) (56 )        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Carried forward 5,667   6,896   56,223   1,104   233   (284 ) 1,535   21,058   92,432   4,968   97,400  


For footnotes, see page 142.

 

141


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

13 Equity (continued)

  Half-year to 31 December 2005  
 
 
            Other reserves  
             
             
              Available-         Share-       Total        
  Called up           for-sale   Cash flow   Foreign   based       share-        
  share   Share   Retained   fair value   hedging   exchange   payment   Merger   holders’   Minority   Total  
  capital   premium  1 earnings  2 reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve   reserve  3 equity   interests   equity  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
                                             
Brought forward 5,667   6,896   56,223   1,104   233   (284 ) 1,535   21,058   92,432   4,968   97,400  
Profit attributable to minority interests                   406   406  
Dividends to minority interests                   (336 ) (336 )
Exchange differences, minority interests                   10   10  
Increase in minority interest stake and other                   746   746  
 
 
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 5,667   6,896   56,223   1,104   233   (284 ) 1,535   21,058   92,432   5,794   98,226  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 Share premium includes US$40 million of issue costs.
2 US$1,939 million of own shares have been deducted from retained earnings. These shares are held within HSBC’s insurance business, its retirement funds for the benefit of policyholders or beneficiaries within employee trusts, for the settlement of shares expected to be delivered under employee share schemes or bonus plans, and the market-making activities in Global Markets.
3 Statutory share premium relief under Section 131 of the Companies Act 1985 was taken in respect of the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc in 1992, HSBC France in 2000 and HSBC Finance Corporation in 2003 and the shares issued were recorded at their nominal value only. In HSBC’s consolidated accounts the fair value difference of US$8,290 million in respect of HSBC France and US$12,768 million in respect of HSBC Finance Corporation is a merger reserve.
4 In addition, actuarial gains of US$8 million were recorded in minority interests.
   
Cumulative goodwill amounting to US$5,138 million has been charged against reserves in respect of acquisitions of subsidiaries prior to 1 January 1998, including US$3,469 million charged against the merger reserve arising on the acquisition of HSBC Bank plc. The balance of US$1,669 million has been charged against retained earnings.

 

142


Back to Contents

14 Notes on the cash flow statement


(a) Non-cash items included in profit before tax
 
  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Depreciation and amortisation 1,085   1,161   1,052  
Revaluation of investment property (80 ) (111 ) (90 )
Issue of share options 408   263   277  
Loan impairment losses 3,890   3,277   4,524  
Loans written off net of recoveries (4,095 ) (3,433 ) (5,116 )
Provisions charged 187   185   142  
Provisions utilised (189 ) (195 ) (132 )
Impairment of financial investments 1   14   (14 )
Accretion of discounts and amortisation of premiums (445 ) (139 ) (307 )
 
 
 
 
  762   1,022   336  
 
 
 
 
             
(b) Change in operating assets
  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Change in prepayments and accrued income (1,812 ) 7,993   (872 )
Change in net trading securities and net derivatives (7,879 ) (9,729 ) 14,669  
Change in loans and advances to banks (14,273 ) (8,465 ) 8,772  
Change in loans and advances to customers (73,709 ) (33,304 ) (37,803 )
Change in financial assets designated at fair value (1,809 ) (14,033 ) (1,015 )
Change in other assets (2,293 ) (4,254 ) (4,669 )
 
 
 
 
  (101,775 ) (61,792 ) (20,918 )
 
 
 
 
             
(c) Change in operating liabilities
  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Change in accruals and deferred income (116 ) (6,078 ) 2,268  
Change in deposits by banks 13,514   17,692   (32,020 )
Change in customer accounts 93,490   17,392   29,002  
Change in debt securities in issue 21,236   (27,238 ) 8,191  
Change in financial liabilities designated at fair value 2,525   58,420   3,417  
Change in other liabilities 4,577   (2,411 ) 2,298  
 
 
 
 
  135,226   57,777   13,156  
 
 
 
 
   
(d) Cash and cash equivalents comprise
  Half-year to  
 
 
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
             
Cash and balances at central banks 24,343   8,905   13,712  
Items in the course of collection from other banks 12,425   11,717   11,300  
Loans and advances to banks of one month or less 122,745   120,860   100,527  
Treasury bills, other bills and certificates of deposit less than three months 28,645   20,976   22,790  
Less: items in the course of transmission to other banks (9,532 ) (9,533 ) (7,022 )
 
 
 
 
  178,626   152,925   141,307  
 
 
 
 

 

143


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

15 Contingent liabilities and contractual commitments


  At   At   At  
  30 June   30 June   31 December  
  2006   2005   2005  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
Contract amounts
           
Contingent liabilities:
           
   Guarantees and irrevocable letters of credit pledged as collateral security
77,677   64,901   57,475  
   Other contingent liabilities
228   82   152  
 
 
 
 
  77,905   64,983   57,627  
 
 
 
 
Commitments:
           
   Documentary credits and short-term trade-related transactions
10,105   8,301   8,090  
   Forward asset purchases and forward deposits placed
3,124   2,058   2,179  
   Undrawn note issuing and revolving underwriting facilities
370   572   468  
   Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend
           
      – 1 year and under
548,375   471,024   527,506  
      – over 1 year
110,032   95,427   103,398  
 
 
 
 
  672,006   577,382   641,641  
 
 
 
 
 
The above table discloses the nominal principal amounts of third party off-balance-sheet transactions.
 
The contract amounts of contingent liabilities and commitments represent the amounts at risk should contracts be fully drawn upon and the client defaults. The total of the contract amounts is not representative of future liquidity requirements. Where irrevocable offers to extend credit are made in customer mailing programmes, commitments are calculated using management’s best estimate of response rates incorporating appropriate historical experience.
 
16 Segment analysis

Net operating income and profit before tax is presented below by geography, HSBC’s primary basis of segmental reporting.
 

Net operating income

          Rest of           Intra-      
      Hong   Asia-   North   South   HSBC      
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America   items   Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m  
Half-year to:                            
30 June 2006 10,389   4,148   2,880   10,009   1,486   (617 ) 28,295  
30 June 2005 9,241   3,796   2,296   8,622   1,214   (417 ) 24,752  
31 December 2005 9,634   3,565   2,587   8,419   1,400   (521 ) 25,084  
                             
Profit before tax                            
          Rest of                  
      Hong   Asia-   North   South          
  Europe   Kong   Pacific   America   America       Total  
  US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m   US$m       US$m  
Half-year to:                            
30 June 2006 3,600   2,654   1,657   4,272   334       12,517  
30 June 2005 2,886   2,419   1,280   3,713   342       10,640  
31 December 2005 3,470   2,098   1,294   3,159   305       10,326  
                             
17 Litigation

HSBC, through a number of its subsidiaries, is named in and is defending legal actions in various jurisdictions arising from its normal business. None of these proceedings is regarded as material litigation.

 

144


Back to Contents

18 Interim Report 2006 and statutory accounts

The information in this Interim Report 2006 is unaudited and does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of section 240 of the Companies Act 1985 (‘the Act’). The Interim Report 2006 was approved by the Board of Directors on 31 July 2006. The statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2005 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales in accordance with section 242 of the Act. The auditor has reported on those accounts. Its report was unqualified and did not contain a statement under section 237(2) or (3) of the Act.
   
19 Changes in presentation of 2005 interim comparatives

Following publication of the Interim Report 2005, having regard to further interpretation and emerging consensus on the presentation of financial instruments, in particular those measured at fair value, HSBC revised the presentation of certain items in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005 from that adopted as at 30 June 2005.
 
Accordingly, the presentation of comparative information in respect of the half-year to 30 June 2005 which appears in these interim financial statements has been conformed with the presentation adopted in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. The changes are presentational, and have no impact on profit for the period or total equity. These adjustments are described below.
 
Consolidated income statement for the half-year to 30 June 2005
  As           As    
  reported     Adjustments     re-presented    
  US$m     US$m     US$m    
                   
Interest income 29,992     (790 )   29,202    
Interest expense (13,302 )   (584 )   (13,886 )  
Net interest income1,3  16,690     (1,374 )   15,316    
Fee income 8,428     130     8,558    
Fee expense (1,376 )   (138 )   (1,514 )  
Net fee income 7,052     (8 )   7,044    
Trading income excluding net interest income1  1,714     90     1,804    
Net interest income on trading activities1,2  614     473     1,087    
Net trading income1  2,328     563     2,891    
Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value3  (354 )   901     547    
Gains less losses from financial investments 354         354    
Dividend income 95         95    
Net earned insurance premiums 2,312     84     2,396    
Other operating income 1,382     (236 )   1,146    
 
   
   
   
Total operating income 29,859     (70 )   29,789    
Net insurance claims incurred and movement in policyholders’ liabilities (1,760 )       (1,760 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income before loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions 28,099     (70 )   28,029    
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk provisions (3,277 )       (3,277 )  
 
   
   
   
Net operating income 24,822     (70 )   24,752    
 
   
   
   
Employee compensation and benefits (8,007 )   138     (7,869 )  
General and administrative expenses (5,322 )   (122 )   (5,444 )  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (831 )       (831 )  
Amortisation of intangibles (330 )   54     (276 )  
 
   
   
   
Total operating expenses (14,490 )   70     (14,420 )  
 
   
   
   
Operating profit 10,332         10,332    
Share of profit in associates and joint ventures 308         308    
 
   
   
   
Profit before tax 10,640         10,640    
Tax expense (2,658 )       (2,658 )  
 
   
   
   
Profit for the period 7,982         7,982    
 
   
   
   
For footnotes, see page 146.                  

 

145


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

Changes in presentation of the consolidated income statement

1 Net trading income
 
  Income and expense items relating to certain financial assets and liabilities classified as trading were presented in captions other than ‘Net trading income’ in the Interim Report 2005. This presentation has been changed to include such items in ‘Net trading income’ as appropriate, in order to align with the presentation in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. This change is presentational and does not affect the way these instruments are measured or managed.
 
2 Net interest income on trading activities
 
  In the Annual Report and Accounts 2005, ‘Net interest income on trading activities’ was disclosed as a separate line within ‘Net trading income’ on the face of the consolidated income statement. In the Interim Report 2005 this amount was included in ‘Trading income’ but not separately disclosed. Trading income for the period to 30 June 2005 has been reclassified to show separately ‘Net interest income on trading activities’.
 
3 Presentation of the interest component of own debt designated at fair value and related swaps
 
  HSBC designates at fair value certain issued fixed rate long-term debt. In the Interim Report 2005, the Group presented all fair value movements including interest payable on this debt, and the fair value movements on derivatives managed with this debt, in the line ‘Net income from financial instruments designated at fair value’. The inclusion of the net interest expense of this issued debt and the interest component of the fair value movements on related derivatives in this line rather than within net interest income, resulted in an incomplete measure of net interest margin as commonly used in the financial analysis of trends in interest margins. Subsequent to the publication of the Interim Report 2005, HSBC reviewed the presentation of interest on both the debt and the related derivatives, and concluded that it would be equally permissible under IFRSs, and would provide more relevant information about interest margins, to present these interest components within ‘Interest expense’.

 

146


Back to Contents

Consolidated balance sheet at 30 June 2005

  As     As  
  reported   Adjustments   re-presented  
  US$m   US$m   US$m  
ASSETS          
Cash and balances at central banks 8,905     8,905  
Items in the course of collection from other banks 11,717     11,717  
Hong Kong Government certificates of indebtedness 12,196     12,196  
Trading assets1, 2 136,068   29,091   165,159  
Trading assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties1,2   50,142   50,142  
Financial assets designated at fair value 14,033     14,033  
Derivatives 63,594     63,594  
Loans and advances to banks2 184,766   (29,625 ) 155,141  
Loans and advances to customers2 756,332   (49,608 ) 706,724  
Financial investments1 188,687   (9,113 ) 179,574  
Financial investments which may be repledged or resold by counterparties1   9,113   9,113  
Interests in associates and joint ventures 5,067     5,067  
Goodwill and intangible assets 32,500     32,500  
Property, plant and equipment3 15,399   (367 ) 15,032  
Other assets 26,767   (2 ) 26,765  
Prepayments and accrued income3 10,779   369   11,148  
 
 
 
 
Total assets 1,466,810     1,466,810  
 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY          
Liabilities          
Hong Kong currency notes in circulation 12,196     12,196  
Deposits by banks2 109,619   (7,872 ) 101,747  
Customer accounts2 731,456   (20,992 ) 710,464  
Items in the course of transmission to other banks 9,533     9,533  
Trading liabilities2 129,500   32,959   162,459  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value4 49,004   9,416   58,420  
Derivatives 62,101     62,101  
Debt securities in issue2 188,578   (4,095 ) 184,483  
Retirement benefit liabilities 5,727     5,727  
Other liabilities 26,169     26,169  
Liabilities to customers under investment contracts4 9,416   (9,416 )  
Liabilities under insurance contracts issued 12,428     12,428  
Accruals and deferred income 10,421     10,421  
Provisions 3,329     3,329  
Subordinated liabilities 15,652     15,652  
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities 1,375,129     1,375,129  
 
 
 
 
Equity          
Called up share capital 5,610     5,610  
Share premium account 4,952     4,952  
Other reserves5 24,013   987   25,000  
Retained earnings5 52,138   (987 ) 51,151  
 
 
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity 86,713     86,713  
Minority interests 4,968     4,968  
 
 
 
 
Total equity 91,681     91,681  
 
 
 
 
Total equity and liabilities 1,466,810     1,466,810  
 
 
 
 
For footnotes, see page 148.  

 

147


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Notes on the Financial Statements (unaudited) (continued)

   

 

Changes in presentation of the consolidated balance sheet

1 Financial assets which may be repledged or resold by counterparties
 
  For the Annual Report and Accounts 2005, assets that could be repledged or resold by counterparties within ‘Trading assets’ and ‘Financial investments’ were reported separately in order to give users a more relevant picture of liquidity. The comparative information as at 30 June 2005 has been brought into line.
 
2 Realignment of balance sheet presentation for certain trading financial instruments
 
  For the Interim Report 2005, certain financial assets and liabilities were included in captions other than trading assets and liabilities, and were re-presented as trading assets and liabilities in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. This change is presentational and does not affect the way these financial instruments are measured or managed. Accordingly, the presentation of the comparative information at 30 June 2005 has been aligned with the year-end presentation.
 
  The change in balance sheet presentation affecting ‘Loans and advances to banks’ and ‘Loans and advances to customers’ is principally in relation to settlement accounts, reverse repo, securities borrowing and other financial sector balances.
 
3 Leases of land over 500 years
 
  Following further interpretative guidance, leasehold land held on leases greater than 500 years, which was previously capitalised by HSBC as finance leased assets, was reclassified as operating leased assets. This balance sheet reclassification moved the balance sheet amount for such land leases from ‘Property, plant and equipment’ to ‘Prepayments and accrued income’. Accordingly, the presentation of the comparative information at 30 June 2005 has been aligned with the year-end presentation.
 
4 Investment contracts
 
  For the Interim Report 2005, ‘Liabilities to customers under investment contracts’ were separately disclosed within the consolidated balance sheet, however for the Annual Report and Accounts 2005 these amounts were included in ‘Financial liabilities designated at fair value’. The 30 June 2005 balance has been moved to ‘Financial liabilities designated at fair value’ in line with the year-end presentation.
 
5 Share-based payment reserve
 
  For the Interim Report 2005, the share-based payment reserve was reported within ‘Retained earnings’. To improve the transparency of disclosure in this area the share-based payment reserve was presented within ‘Other reserves’ within the Annual Report and Accounts 2005 and the ‘Equity’ note analysed the movement in this reserve over the period.

 

148


Back to Contents

This page is intentionally left blank

 

149


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Additional Information

   

 

1  Directors interests

According to the registers of Directors’ interests maintained by HSBC Holdings pursuant to section 325 of the Companies Act 1985 and section 352 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the Directors of HSBC Holdings at 30 June 2006 had the following interests, all beneficial unless otherwise stated, in the shares and loan capital of HSBC:

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

        At 30 June 2006      
 
 
                  Jointly           Percentage  
  At       Child       with           of ordinary  
  1 January   Beneficial   under 18       another       Total   shares  
  2006   owner   or spouse   Trustee   person   Other   interests l  in issue  
                                 
R K F Ch’ien 49,835   51,189           51,189   0.00  
J D Coombe 42,195   6,000     36,195 2     42,195   0.00  
Baroness Dunn 170,210   145,413     28,650 2     174,063   0.00  
D J Flint 81,726   75,631     27,497       103,128   0.00  
W K L Fung 328,000   328,000           328,000   0.00  
M F Geoghegan 73,536   113,525           113,525   0.00  
S K Green 295,148   333,625   16,804     45,355     395,784   0.00  
S Hintze 2,037   2,037           2,037   0.00  
J W J Hughes-Hallett 2,119,229       2,573,492 2     2,573,492   0.02  
Sir Brian Moffat 11,632         11,948     11,948   0.00  
Sir Mark Moody-Stuart 10,840   5,000   840   5,000 2     10,840   0.00  
S W Newton 5,391   5,537           5,537   0.00  
S M Robertson 36,195 3 5,092     36,195 2     41,287   0.00  
H Sohmen 3,370,147     1,326,278       2,105,989 4 3,432,267   0.03  
Sir Brian Williamson 16,543   16,993           16,993   0.00  
   
1 Details of executive Directors’ other interests in ordinary shares of US$0.50 arising from the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan, the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 and The HSBC Share Plan are set out on the following pages.
2 Non-beneficial.
3 Non-beneficial interests at 3 January 2006 – date of appointment.
4 Interests held by private investment companies.

S K Green has an interest as beneficial owner in €75,000 of HSBC Holdings plc 5½ per cent Subordinated Notes 2009, which he held throughout the period.

J W J Hughes-Hallett has a non-beneficial interest as Trustee in £4,700,000 of HSBC Capital Funding (Sterling 1) L.P. 8.208 per cent Non-cumulative Step-up Perpetual Preferred Securities, which he held throughout the period.

As Directors of HSBC France, S K Green and M F Geoghegan each have an interest as beneficial owner in one share of €5 each in that company, which they held throughout the period. The Directors have waived their rights to receive dividends on these shares and have undertaken to transfer these shares to HSBC on ceasing to be Directors of HSBC France.

As Directors of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse), S K Green and M F Geoghegan each have an interest as beneficial owner in one share of CHF1,000 each in that company, which they held throughout the period. The Directors have waived their rights to receive dividends on these shares and have undertaken to transfer these shares to HSBC on ceasing to be Directors of HSBC Private Banking Holdings (Suisse).

 

150


Back to Contents

HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

  Options   Options   Options   Options                  
  held at   exercised   lapsed   held at                  
  1 January   during   during   30 June   Exercise   Date of   Exercisable   Exercisable  
  2006   period   period   2006   price (£)   award   from 1 until  
                                 
D J Flint 2,617       2,617   6.3224   2 May 2002   1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008  
M F Geoghegan 559   533 2 26 2   6.0299   10 Apr 2000   1 Aug 2005   31 Jan 2006  
S K Green 3,070       3,070   5.3496   23 Apr 2003   1 Aug 2008   31 Jan 2009  

The options were awarded for nil consideration and are exercisable at a 20 per cent discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date, except for options awarded before 2001, which were exercisable at a 15 per cent discount. The market value of the ordinary shares at 30 June 2006 was £9.515. The highest and lowest market values during the period were £9.135 and £9.95. Market value is the mid-market price derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List on the relevant date. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, the options are categorised as unlisted physically settled equity derivatives.

1 May be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
2 Options over 533 shares were exercised on 31 January 2006 and options over 26 shares lapsed on that date. At the date of exercise, the market value per share was £9.34.

HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

  Awards   Awards   Monetary   Awards       Year in  
  held at   vested   value of   held at       which  
  1 January   during   awards vested   30 June   Date of   awards  
  2006   period 1 during period   2006 1 award   may vest  
          £000              
                         
D J Flint 65,198   65,760 2 653     12 Mar 2001   2006  
  86,324       88,674   8 Mar 2002   2007  
  124,367       127,753   5 Mar 2003   2008  
  130,532       134,086   4 Mar 2004   2009  
M F Geoghegan 39,119   39,456 2 392     12 Mar 2001   2006  
  43,162       44,338   8 Mar 2002   2007  
  58,040       59,620   5 Mar 2003   2008  
  97,899       100,565   4 Mar 2004   2009  
S K Green 91,276   92,063 2 914     12 Mar 2001   2006  
  107,905       110,843   8 Mar 2002   2007  
  124,367       127,753   5 Mar 2003   2008  
  179,481       184,368   4 Mar 2004   2009  

Vesting of these awards is subject to the performance conditions set out in the section headed ‘Arrangements from 2000-2004’ on pages 221 to 223 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. The awards made on 8 March 2002 have passed their performance conditions and the shares will vest on 8 March 2007. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests held through the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 are categorised as the interests of a beneficiary of a trust.

1 Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.
2 The performance conditions described in the ‘Report of Directors’ in the Annual Report and Accounts 2000 have been met and the shares have vested. At the date of vesting, 13 March 2006, the market value per share was £9.925. At the date of the award, 12 March 2001, the market value per share was £8.62.

 

151


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Additional Information (continued)

   
   
   
The HSBC Share Plan
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 
                       
  Awards   Awards   Monetary   Awards       Year in  
  held at   made   value of   held at       which  
  1 January   during   awards made   30 June   Date of   awards  
  2006   period1    during period 2  2006  3 award   may vest  
          £000              
                         
D J Flint 177,883       182,726   27 May 2005   2008  
    161,458   1,600   164,435   6 Mar 2006   2009  
M F Geoghegan 237,177       243,635   27 May 2005   2008  
    201,823   2,000   205,544   6 Mar 2006   2009  
S K Green 296,471       304,543   27 May 2005   2008  
    252,278   2,500   256,929   6 Mar 2006   2009  

Vesting of these awards is subject to the performance conditions described on page 220 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2005. Under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, interests held through The HSBC Share Plan are categorised as the interests of a beneficiary of a trust.

1 At the date of the award, 6 March 2006, the market value per share was £9.895. The shares acquired by the Trustee of the Plan were purchased at an average price of £9.91.
2 The face value of the awards compared to awards under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 reflects the significantly more challenging vesting schedule of The HSBC Share Plan where maximum value will only be released to the individual if Group performance is at a very high level.
3 Includes additional shares arising from scrip dividends.

At 30 June 2006, the aggregate interests under the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong of the executive Directors in HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50 (each of which represents less than 0.02 per cent of the shares in issue), including interests arising through the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan, the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 and The HSBC Share Plan, are: D J Flint – 803,419; M F Geoghegan –767,227; and S K Green – 1,383,290.

No Director held any short position, as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong, in the shares and loan capital of HSBC. Save as stated above, none of the Directors had an interest in any shares or debentures of any HSBC corporation at the beginning or at the end of the period, and none of the Directors or members of their immediate family was awarded or exercised any right to subscribe for any shares or debentures in any HSBC corporation during the period.

Since the end of the period, the interests of each of the following Directors have increased by the number of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares shown against their name:

  Beneficial   Child under 18       Jointly with   Beneficiary  
  owner   or spouse   Trustee   another person   of a trust  
                     
R K F Ch’ien 436 1        
Baroness Dunn 1,240 1        
D J Flint 655 2   235 1   5,949 3
M F Geoghegan         5,572 3
S K Green 2,857 4 143 1     8,394 3
Sir Brian Moffat       101 1  
S W Newton 48 1        
S M Robertson 43 1        
Sir Brian Williamson 145 1        
   
1 Scrip dividend.
2 Comprises scrip dividend on shares held as beneficial owner (595 shares), the automatic reinvestment of dividend income by an Individual Savings Account or Personal Equity Plan manager (39 shares), the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Ownership Plan through regular monthly contributions (13 shares) and the automatic reinvestment of dividend income on shares held in the Plan (8 shares).
3 Scrip dividend on awards held under the HSBC Holdings Restricted Share Plan 2000 and The HSBC Share Plan.
4 Comprises scrip dividend on shares held as beneficial owner (2,836 shares), the acquisition of shares in the HSBC Holdings UK Share Ownership Plan through regular monthly contributions (13 shares) and the automatic reinvestment of dividend income on shares held in the Plan (8 shares).

 

152


Back to Contents

2 Share option plans

To help align the interests of employees with those of shareholders, share options are granted under all-employee share plans. Since 2005, discretionary options have not been granted on a widespread basis. The following are particulars of outstanding employee share options, including those held by employees working under employment contracts that are regarded as ‘continuous contracts’ for the purposes of the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance. The options were granted at nil consideration. No options have been granted to substantial shareholders, suppliers of goods or services, or in excess of the individual limit for each share plan. No options were cancelled during the period. The options which were awarded, exercised or lapsed during the period are detailed in the tables below. Particulars of options held by Directors of HSBC Holdings are set out on page 151.

All-employee share plans

The exercise period of the options awarded under all-employee share plans may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, for example on retirement and may be extended in certain circumstances, for example on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the option up to six months beyond the normal exercise period. The closing price per HSBC Holdings ordinary share on 25 April 2006, the day before options were awarded in 2006, was £9.51. The options are exercisable at a 20 per cent discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date, unless otherwise indicated.

HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                  Options   Options   Options    
              Options at   awarded   exercised   lapsed   Options at
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   during   30 June
award price (£)   from   until   2006   period   period 1 period   2006
                               
10 Apr 2000 6.0299 2 1 Aug 2005   31 Jan 2006   158,530     121,669   31,085   5,776
11 Apr 2001 6.7536   1 Aug 2006   31 Jan 2007   3,328,356     63,261   39,952   3,225,143
2 May 2002 6.3224   1 Aug 2005   31 Jan 2006   31,777     20,507   8,838   2,432
2 May 2002 6.3224   1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008   3,806,022     47,853   91,486   3,666,683
23 Apr 2003 5.3496   1 Aug 2006   31 Jan 2007   6,880,460     140,038   148,147   6,592,275
23 Apr 2003 5.3496   1 Aug 2008   31 Jan 2009   11,791,276     83,875   321,056   11,386,345
21 Apr 2004 6.4720   1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008   3,550,033     45,540   185,467   3,319,026
21 Apr 2004 6.4720   1 Aug 2009   31 Jan 2010   5,728,480     24,672   188,792   5,515,016
24 May 2005 6.6792   1 Aug 2008   31 Jan 2009   4,582,892     22,883   306,764   4,253,245
24 May 2005 6.6792   1 Aug 2010   31 Jan 2011   5,753,115     8,738   207,294   5,537,083
26 Apr 2006 7.6736   1 Aug 2009   31 Jan 2010     4,921,297     19,495   4,901,802
26 Apr 2006 7.6736   1 Aug 2011   31 Jan 2012     3,657,158     5,278   3,651,880
                               
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.50.
2 Exercisable at a 15 per cent discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date.

The fair value of options granted in the period under the Plan was £17 million.

HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International

To encourage greater participation in the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International, two amendments were approved at the 2005 Annual General Meeting. The first was the introduction of the facility to save and have option prices expressed in US dollars, Hong Kong dollars and euros as well as in pounds sterling. Where applicable in the tables below the US dollars, Hong Kong dollars and euro exercise prices were converted from the sterling exercise price at the prevailing exchange rates. The second amendment gives individuals the choice of options over one year in addition to three and five year terms.

 

153


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Additional Information (continued)

   

 

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50                    
                  Options   Options   Options    
              Options at   awarded   exercised   lapsed   Options at
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   during   30 June
award price (£)   from   until   2006   period   period 1 period   2006
                               
10 Apr 2000 6.0299 2 1 Aug 2005   31 Jan 2006   460,231     143,034   317,197  
11 Apr 2001 6.7536   1 Aug 2006   31 Jan 2007   1,275,370     11,194   116,330   1,147,846
2 May 2002 6.3224   1 Aug 2005   31 Jan 2006   121,795     30,328   91,467  
2 May 2002 6.3224   1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008   1,099,581     983   10,101   1,088,497
23 Apr 2003 5.3496   1 Aug 2006   31 Jan 2007   10,459       7,147   3,312
23 Apr 2003 5.3496   1 Aug 2008   31 Jan 2009   10,488         10,488
8 May 2003 5.3496   1 Aug 2006   31 Jan 2007   15,488,310     49,884   203,581   15,234,845
8 May 2003 5.3496   1 Aug 2008   31 Jan 2009   6,009,197     10,884   91,399   5,906,914
21 Apr 2004 6.4720   1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008   49,524       2,454   47,070
21 Apr 2004 6.4720   1 Aug 2009   31 Jan 2010   12,365         12,365
10 May 2004 6.4720   1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008   9,235,596     22,256   320,937   8,892,403
10 May 2004 6.4720   1 Aug 2009   31 Jan 2010   3,096,929     2,284   83,399   3,011,246
24 May 2005 6.6792   1 Aug 2008   31 Jan 2009   11,986,110     8,235   579,489   11,398,386
24 May 2005 6.6792   1 Aug 2010   31 Jan 2011   3,949,607     1,717   104,496   3,843,394
26 Apr 2006 7.6736   1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008     903,056     3,519   899,537
26 Apr 2006 7.6736   1 Aug 2009   31 Jan 2010     2,390,318     5,846   2,384,472
26 Apr 2006 7.6736   1 Aug 2011   31 Jan 2012     537,775     2,970   534,805
                               
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which the options were exercised was £9.51.
2 Exercisable at a 15 per cent discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date.
 
                  Options   Options   Options    
              Options at   awarded   exercised   lapsed   Options at
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   during   30 June
award price (US$)   from   until   2006   period   period   period   2006
                               
26 Apr 2006 14.1621 1 1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008     636,783     1,103   635,680
26 Apr 2006 13.329   1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008     117,957       117,957
26 Apr 2006 13.329   1 Aug 2009   31 Jan 2010     1,832,362     3,876   1,828,486
26 Apr 2006 13.329   1 Aug 2011   31 Jan 2012     505,502     2,167   503,335
                               
1 Exercisable at a 15 per cent discount to the average market value of the ordinary shares on the five business days immediately preceding the invitation date.
 
                  Options   Options   Options    
              Options at   awarded   exercised   lapsed   Options at
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   during   30 June
award price (€)   from   until   2006   period   period   period   2006
                               
26 Apr 2006 11.0062   1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008     43,261     109   43,152
26 Apr 2006 11.0062   1 Aug 2009   31 Jan 2010     191,017     135   190,882
26 Apr 2006 11.0062   1 Aug 2011   31 Jan 2012     40,967       40,967
                               
                  Options   Options   Options    
              Options at   awarded   exercised   lapsed   Options at
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   during   30 June
award price (HK$)   from   until   2006   period   period   period   2006
                               
26 Apr 2006 103.4401   1 Aug 2007   31 Jan 2008     1,368,901     1,600   1,367,301
26 Apr 2006 103.4401   1 Aug 2009   31 Jan 2010     4,337,651     451   4,337,200
26 Apr 2006 103.4401   1 Aug 2011   31 Jan 2012     1,142,709     6,386   1,136,323

The fair value of options granted in the period under the Plan was £27 million.

Fair values of share options awarded under all-employee share plans in 2006, measured at the date of grant of the option, are calculated using a binomial lattice methodology that is based on the underlying assumptions of the Black-Scholes model.

The expected life of options depends on the behaviour of option holders, which is incorporated into the option model consistent with historic observable data. The fair values calculated are inherently subjective and uncertain due

 

154


Back to Contents

to the assumptions made and the limitations of the model used. The significant weighted average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of the options granted in 2006 were as follows:

  1-year   3-year   5-year  
  savings-related   savings-related   savings-related  
  share option   share option   share option  
  plan   plans   plans  
             
Risk-free interest rate (%)1 5   5   5  
Expected life (years)2 1   3   5  
Expected volatility (%)3 17   17   17  
   
1 The risk-free interest rate was determined from the UK gilts zero-coupon yield curve for the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan. A similar yield curve was used for the HSBC Holdings Savings-Related Share Option Plan: International.
2 Expected life is not a single input parameter but a function of various behavioural assumptions.
3 Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average HSBC share price volatility and implied volatility for traded options over HSBC shares of similar maturity to those of the employee options.

Expected dividend growth, denominated in US dollars, was determined to be 9 per cent for the first year and 8 per cent thereafter, consistent with consensus analyst forecasts.

Discretionary share incentive plans

The exercise period of the options awarded under discretionary share incentive plans may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, for example on retirement and may be extended in certain circumstances, for example on the death of a participant, the executors may exercise the option up to twelve months beyond the normal exercise period.

HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme                      
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50                      
                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (£)   from   until   2006   period 1 period   2006  
                             
1 Apr 1996 3.3334   1 Apr 1999   1 Apr 2006   208,269   182,769   25,500    
24 Mar 1997 5.0160   24 Mar 2000   24 Mar 2007   572,819   154,704   9,000   409,115  
12 Aug 1997 7.7984   12 Aug 2000   12 Aug 2007   14,625       14,625  
16 Mar 1998 6.2767   16 Mar 2001   16 Mar 2008   1,063,611   233,667   9,000   820,944  
29 Mar 1999 6.3754   3 Apr 2002   29 Mar 2009   17,004,786   2,943,342   54   14,061,390  
10 Aug 1999 7.4210   10 Aug 2002   10 Aug 2009   117,908       117,908  
31 Aug 1999 7.8710   31 Aug 2002   31 Aug 2009   4,000       4,000  
3 Apr 2000 7.4600   3 Apr 2003   3 Apr 2010   13,268,990   2,240,197   42,207   10,986,586  
                             
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.50.

The HSBC Holdings Executive Share Option Scheme expired on 26 May 2000. No options have been granted under the Scheme since that date.

155


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Additional Information (continued)

   

 

HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan                      
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50                      
                             
                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (£)   from   until   2006   period 1 period   2006  
                             
4 Oct 2000 9.6420   4 Oct 2003   4 Oct 2010   371,885   10,682   1,588   359,615  
23 Apr 2001 8.7120   23 Apr 2004   23 Apr 2011   39,241,828   5,325,201   361,028   33,555,599  
30 Aug 2001 8.2280   30 Aug 2004   30 Aug 2011   262,955   38,200     224,755  
7 May 2002 8.4050   7 May 2005   7 May 2012   44,268,052   6,336,480   443,605   37,487,967  
30 Aug 2002 7.4550   30 Aug 2005   30 Aug 2012   410,625   13,225     397,400  
2 May 2003 6.9100   2 May 2006   2 May 2013   52,831,030   9,470,845   694,905   42,665,280  
29 Aug 2003 8.1300   29 Aug 2006   29 Aug 2013   555,080     6,000   549,080  
3 Nov 2003 9.1350   3 Nov 2006   3 Nov 2013   4,069,800       4,069,800  
30 Apr 2004 8.2830   30 Apr 2007   30 Apr 2014   60,216,608   54,700   835,788   59,326,120  
27 Aug 2004 8.6500   27 Aug 2007   27 Aug 2014   337,760     3,790   333,970  
20 Apr 2005 8.3620   20 Apr 2008   20 Apr 2015   7,416,895     56,100   7,360,795  
       
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.59.

The HSBC Holdings Group Share Option Plan expired on 26 May 2005. No options have been granted under the Plan since that date.

The HSBC Share Plan                          
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50                      
                                 
                  Options   Options   Options      
              Options at   awarded   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   during   30 June  
award price (£)   from   until   2006   period   period   period   2006  
                                 
21 Jun 2005 8.794   21 Jun 2008   21 Jun 2009   552,526         552,526  
30 Sep 2005 9.170   30 Sep 2008   30 Sep 2015   74,985         74,985  

HSBC France and subsidiary company plans

When it was acquired in 2000, HSBC France and certain of its subsidiary companies operated employee share option plans under which options could be granted over their respective shares. No further options will be granted under any of these subsidiary company plans. The following are details of options to acquire shares in HSBC France and its subsidiaries.

HSBC France                            
shares of €5                            
                             
                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (€)   from   until   2006   period 1 period   2006 1
                             
9 May 1996 35.52   9 May 1998   9 May 2006   44,500   44,500      
7 May 1997 37.05   7 Jun 2000   7 May 2007   162,000   40,500     121,500  
29 Apr 1998 73.50   7 Jun 2000   29 Apr 2008   285,244   44,165     241,079  
7 Apr 1999 81.71   7 Jun 2000   7 Apr 2009   475,502   26,750     448,752  
12 Apr 2000 142.50   1 Jan 2002   12 Apr 2010   765,750   41,500     724,250  
   
1 Following exercise of the options, the HSBC France shares will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as for the acquisition of HSBC France (13 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC France share). At 30 June 2006, The HSBC Holdings Employee Benefit Trust 2001 (No. 1) held 18,536,428 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC France shares arising from the exercise of these options.

 

156


Back to Contents

HSBC Private Bank France                            
shares of €2                            
                             
                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (€)   from   until   2006   period   period   2006 1
                             
21 Dec 1999 10.84   21 Dec 2000   21 Dec 2009   91,150   18,000     73,150  
9 Mar 2000 12.44   27 Jun 2004   31 Dec 2010   82,160   8,000     74,160  
15 May 2001 20.80   15 May 2002   15 May 2011   229,275   50,625     178,650  
1 Oct 2002 22.22   2 Oct 2005   1 Oct 2012   195,075   11,250     183,825  
   
1 Following exercise of the options, the HSBC Private Bank France shares will be exchanged for HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the ratio of 1.83 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Private Bank France share. At 30 June 2006, The CCF Employee Benefit Trust 2001 held 1,301,578 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be exchanged for HSBC Private Bank France shares arising from the exercise of these options.

HSBC Finance and subsidiary company plans

Following the acquisition of HSBC Finance in 2003, all outstanding options and equity-based awards over HSBC Finance common shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares in the same ratio as the share exchange offer for the acquisition of HSBC Finance (2.675 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares for each HSBC Finance common share) and the exercise prices per share were adjusted accordingly. No further options will be granted under any of these plans.

All outstanding options and other equity-based awards over HSBC Finance common shares granted before 14 November 2002, being the date the transaction was announced, vested on completion of the acquisition. Options and equity-based awards granted on or after 14 November 2002 will be exercisable on their original terms, save that they have been adjusted to reflect the exchange ratio.

At 30 June 2006, the HSBC (Household) Employee Benefit Trust 2003 held 11,411,643 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares and 198,829 American Depositary Shares, each of which represents five HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, which may be used to satisfy the exercise of employee share options.

HSBC Finance                            
1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan                      
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50                      
                             
                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (US$)   from   until   2006   period 1 period   2006  
                             
11 Nov 1996 11.43   11 Nov 1997   11 Nov 2006   607,225   531,013     76,212  
14 May 1997 11.29   14 May 1998   14 May 2007   180,567     20,063   160,504  
10 Nov 1997 14.60   10 Nov 1998   10 Nov 2007   3,388,670   1,740,025   26,751   1,621,894  
15 Jun 1998 17.08   15 Jun 1999   15 Jun 2008   802,500       802,500  
1 Jul 1998 19.21   1 Jul 1999   1 Jul 2008   80,250       80,250  
9 Nov 1998 13.71   9 Nov 1999   9 Nov 2008   4,543,154   2,108,100   21,400   2,413,654  
17 May 1999 16.99   17 May 2000   17 May 2009   334,375       334,375  
3 Jun 1999 16.32   3 Jun 2000   3 Jun 2009   200,625       200,625  
31 Aug 1999 13.96   31 Aug 2000   31 Aug 2009   345,077   8,026   5,350   331,701  
8 Nov 1999 16.96   8 Nov 2000   8 Nov 2009   4,869,841   66,876     4,802,965  
30 Jun 2000 15.70   30 Jun 2001   30 Jun 2010   26,846       26,846  
8 Feb 2000 13.26   8 Feb 2001   8 Feb 2010   66,875       66,875  
13 Nov 2000 18.40   13 Nov 2001   13 Nov 2010   6,379,208       6,379,208  
12 Nov 2001 21.37   12 Nov 2002   12 Nov 2011   7,571,322       7,571,322  
20 Nov 2002 10.66   20 Nov 2003 2 20 Nov 2012   6,357,805   2,983,540     3,374,265  
   
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.71.
2 25 per cent of the original award is exercisable on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of award. The exercise period may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.

 

157


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Additional Information (continued)

   
   
   
HSBC Finance  
1996 Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan1  
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50  
                         
              Rights   Rights      
          Rights at   vested   lapsed   Rights at  
Date of Vesting   Vesting   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award from2    until 2 2006   period 3 period   2006  
                         
15 Nov 2002 15 Nov 2005   15 Nov 2007   4,817       4,817  
20 Nov 2002 20 Nov 2005   20 Nov 2007   1,132,606   15,391   9,107   1,108,108  
2 Dec 2002 2 Dec 2005   2 Dec 2007   7,137       7,137  
16 Dec 2002 16 Dec 2005   16 Dec 2007   23,902       23,902  
20 Dec 2002 20 Dec 2005   20 Dec 2007   91,853     3,567   88,286  
2 Jan 2003 2 Jan 2006   2 Jan 2008   1,338   445     893  
15 Jan 2003 15 Jan 2006   15 Jan 2008   31,432   10,473     20,959  
3 Feb 2003 3 Feb 2006   3 Feb 2008   9,501   3,157     6,344  
14 Feb 2003 14 Feb 2006   14 Feb 2008   147,393   49,128     98,265  
3 Mar 2003 3 Mar 2006   3 Mar 2008   1,338   445     893  
                         
1 Awards of Restricted Stock Rights which represent a right to receive shares for nil consideration if the employee remains in the employment of HSBC Finance at the date of vesting.
2 Restricted Stock Rights vest one-third on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the date of award. Vesting may be advanced to an earlier date in certain circumstances, e.g. retirement.
3 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which rights vested was £9.69.
   
Beneficial Corporation  
1990 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan  
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50  
                             
                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (US$)   from   until   2006   period 1 period   2006  
                             
20 Nov 1996 7.86   20 Nov 1997   20 Nov 2006   244,175   160,091     84,084  
14 Nov 1997 9.20   14 Nov 1998   14 Nov 2007   131,248       131,248  
19 Nov 1997 9.39   19 Nov 1998   19 Nov 2007   383,946   64,721     319,225  
1 Dec 1997 9.68   1 Dec 1998   1 Dec 2007   49,218       49,218  
                             
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.76.
   
Beneficial Corporation  
BenShares Equity Participation Plan  
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50  
                             
                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (US$)   from   until   2006   period 1 period   2006  
                             
31 Jan 1997 9.87   31 Jan 1998   31 Jan 2007   36,391   4,105   821   31,465  
15 Nov 1997 11.04   15 Nov 1998   15 Nov 2007   48,719   6,565     42,154  
                             
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.70.
   
Renaissance Holdings, Inc.  
Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan  
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50  
                             
                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (US$)   from   until   2006   period   period   2006  
                             
31 Oct 1997 1.25   31 Oct 1998   31 Oct 2007   1,325       1,325  
1 Jan 1998 1.25   1 Jan 1999   1 Jan 2008   1,424       1,424  
1 Oct 1998 1.74   1 Oct 1999   1 Oct 2008   803       803  
1 Jan 1999 2.24   1 Jan 2000   1 Jan 2009   5,024       5,024  

 

158


Back to Contents

Bank of Bermuda plans

Following the acquisition of Bank of Bermuda Limited (‘Bank of Bermuda’) in 2004, all outstanding options over Bank of Bermuda shares were converted into rights to receive HSBC Holdings ordinary shares based on the consideration of US$40 for each Bank of Bermuda share and the average closing price of HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, for the five business days preceding the closing date of the acquisition. No further options will be granted under any of these plans.

All outstanding options over Bank of Bermuda shares vested on completion of the acquisition. At 30 June 2006, the HSBC (Bank of Bermuda) Employee Benefit Trust 2004 held 2,478,806 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares which may be used to satisfy the exercise of these options.

Bank of Bermuda
Executive Share Option Plan 1997
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (US$)     from   until   2006   period 1  period   2006  
                             
1 Jul 1998 9.61   1 Jul 1999   1 Jul 2008   67,813       67,813  
23 Feb 1999 7.40   23 Feb 2000   23 Feb 2009   11,684       11,684  
3 Aug 1999 7.10   3 Aug 2000   3 Aug 2009   9,331       9,331  
4 Feb 2000 7.21   4 Feb 2001   4 Feb 2010   57,136   15,411     41,725  
1 Jun 2000 7.04   1 Jun 2001   1 Jun 2010   61,649       61,649  
31 Jul 2000 10.11   31 Jul 2001   31 Jul 2010   46,239   18,495     27,744  
11 Jan 2001 14.27   11 Jan 2002   11 Jan 2011   161,829       161,829  
                             
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.60.

Bank of Bermuda
Share Option Plan 2000
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (US$)   from   until   2006   period 1 period   2006  
                             
11 Jan 2001 14.27   11 Jan 2002   11 Jan 2011   134,857       134,857  
6 Feb 2001 16.41   6 Feb 2002   6 Feb 2011   799,334   86,659   26,381   686,294  
29 Mar 2001 15.39   29 Mar 2002   29 Mar 2011   270       270  
16 Apr 2001 15.57   16 Apr 2002   16 Apr 2011   539       539  
6 Jun 2001 18.35   6 Jun 2002   6 Jun 2011   8,091       8,091  
16 Jul 2001 16.87   16 Jul 2002   16 Jul 2011   158,485   81,438   62,117   14,930  
28 Aug 2001 15.39   28 Aug 2002   28 Aug 2011   13,486       13,486  
26 Sep 2001 12.79   26 Sep 2002   26 Sep 2011   448,945   6,655     442,290  
30 Jan 2002 15.60   30 Jan 2003   30 Jan 2012   1,226       1,226  
5 Feb 2002 16.09   5 Feb 2003   5 Feb 2012   1,051,814   93,632   13,126   945,056  
5 Feb 2002 16.41   5 Feb 2003   5 Feb 2012   1,383       1,383  
10 Jul 2002 15.84   10 Jul 2003   10 Jul 2012   12,260       12,260  
4 Feb 2003 10.69   4 Feb 2004   4 Feb 2013   199,345   15,086     184,259  
21 Apr 2003 11.85   21 Apr 2004   21 Apr 2013   48,853       48,853  
                             
1 The weighted average closing price of the shares immediately before the dates on which options were exercised was £9.64.

Bank of Bermuda
Directors’ Share Option Plan
HSBC Holdings ordinary shares of US$0.50

                  Options   Options      
              Options at   exercised   lapsed   Options at  
Date of Exercise   Exercisable   Exercisable   1 January   during   during   30 June  
award price (US$)   from   until   2006   period   period   2006  
                             
22 Sep 1999 8.02   22 Sep 2000   22 Sep 2009   7,706     4,624   3,082  
20 Sep 2000 11.31   20 Sep 2001   20 Sep 2010   9,440     5,394   4,046  
28 Mar 2001 15.76   28 Mar 2002   28 Mar 2011   15,508     2,697   12,811  
3 Apr 2002 16.01   3 Apr 2003   3 Apr 2012   29,424     4,904   24,520  
30 Apr 2003 12.23   30 Apr 2004   30 Apr 2013   9,808     4,904   4,904  

 

159


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Additional Information (continued)

   
   
   
3 Notifiable interests in share capital

According to the register maintained by HSBC Holdings under section 211 of the Companies Act 1985:
 
Legal and General Investment Management Limited gave notice on 11 June 2002 that it had an interest on 10 June 2002 in 284,604,788 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 3.01 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue at that date;
 
Barclays PLC gave notice on 26 May 2006 that it had an interest on 25 May 2006 in 403,450,986 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 3.52 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue at that date; and
 
Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited gave notice on 31 May 2006 that it and other Credit Suisse group companies had an interest on 31 May 2006 in 389,899,067 HSBC Holdings ordinary shares, representing 3.40 per cent of the ordinary shares in issue at that date.
 
There are no notifiable interests in the equity share capital recorded in the register maintained under section 336 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance of Hong Kong.
 
4 Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares

Except for dealings as intermediaries by HSBC Bank, HSBC Financial Products (France) SNC and The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, which are members of a European Economic Area exchange, neither HSBC Holdings nor any subsidiary undertaking has bought, sold or redeemed any securities of HSBC Holdings during the six months ended 30 June 2006.
 
5 Second interim dividend for 2006

The Directors have declared a second interim dividend for 2006 of US$0.15 per ordinary share. The second interim dividend will be payable on 4 October 2006 to holders of ordinary shares on the Register at the close of business on 18 August 2006. The dividend will be payable in cash, in US dollars, sterling or Hong Kong dollars, or a combination of these currencies, at the exchange rates quoted by HSBC Bank plc in London at or about 11.00 am on 25 September 2006, and with a scrip dividend alternative. Particulars of these arrangements will be mailed to shareholders on or about 30 August 2006, and elections must be received by 20 September 2006.
 

The dividend will be payable on shares held through Euroclear France, the settlement and central depositary system for Euronext Paris, on 4 October 2006 to the holders of record on 18 August 2006. The dividend will be payable in cash in euros at the exchange rate on 25 September 2006, or as a scrip dividend. Particulars of these arrangements will be announced through Euronext Paris on 17 August and 23 August 2006.

 

The dividend will be payable on American Depositary Shares (‘ADSs’), each of which represents five ordinary shares, on 4 October 2006 to holders of record on 18 August 2006. The dividend of US$0.75 per ADS will be payable in cash in US dollars or as a scrip dividend of new ADSs. Particulars of these arrangements will be mailed to holders on or about 25 August 2006. Elections must be received by the depositary on or before 15 September 2006. Alternatively, the cash dividend may be invested in additional ADSs for participants in the dividend reinvestment plan operated by the depositary.

 

HSBC Holdings ordinary shares will be quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong and Bermuda on 16 August 2006 and in Paris on 21 August 2006. The ADSs will be quoted ex-dividend in New York on 16 August 2006.

 

The Overseas Branch Register of shareholders in Hong Kong will be closed for one day, on Friday 18 August 2006. Any person who has acquired shares registered on the Hong Kong Branch Register but who has not lodged the share transfer with the Hong Kong Branch Registrar should do so before 4.00 pm on Thursday 17 August 2006 in order to receive the second interim dividend for 2006, which will be payable on 4 October 2006. Transfers may not be made to or from the Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register while that Branch Register is closed.

 

Any person who has acquired shares registered on the Principal Register in the United Kingdom but who has not lodged the share transfer with the Principal Registrar should do so before 4.00 pm on Friday 18 August 2006 in order to receive the dividend.

 

Any person who has acquired shares registered on the Overseas Branch Register of shareholders in Bermuda but who has not lodged the share transfer with the Bermuda Branch Registrar should do so before 4.00 pm on Friday 18 August 2006 in order to receive the dividend.

 

160


Back to Contents

Transfers of American Depositary Shares must be lodged with the depositary by 12 noon on Friday 18 August 2006 in order to receive the dividend.
 
6 Proposed third interim dividend for 2006

The Board has adopted a policy of paying quarterly dividends on the ordinary shares. Under this policy it is intended to have a pattern of three equal interim dividends with a variable fourth interim dividend. It is envisaged that the third interim dividend for 2006 will be US$0.15 per ordinary share. The proposed timetable for the third interim dividend payable on the ordinary shares for 2006 is:
   
Announcement 6 November 2006
American Depositary Shares quoted ex-dividend in New York 21 November 2006
Shares quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong and Bermuda 22 November 2006
Record date and closure of Hong Kong Overseas Branch Register of shareholders for one day 24 November 2006
Shares quoted ex-dividend in Paris 27 November 2006
Payment date 18 January 2007
 
7 Final results and fourth interim dividend for 2006

The results for the year to 31 December 2006 will be announced on Monday 5 March 2007. It is intended that any fourth interim dividend for 2006 that is announced on that date would be payable on 10 May 2007 to shareholders on the Register on 23 March 2007. HSBC Holdings ordinary shares would be quoted ex-dividend in London, Hong Kong and Bermuda on 21 March 2007 and in Paris on 26 March 2007. The American Depositary Shares would be quoted ex-dividend in New York on 21 March 2007.
 
8 Corporate governance

HSBC is committed to high standards of corporate governance.
 
HSBC Holdings has complied with the applicable code provisions of the Combined Code on Corporate Governance issued by the Financial Reporting Council (‘the Combined Code’) throughout the six months to 30 June 2006 save that the Group Chairman did not on appointment meet the Combined Code’s independence criteria. On 26 May 2006 S K Green, who had previously served as Group Chief Executive, became Group Chairman. In accordance with the provisions of the Combined Code in the circumstance where a Chief Executive becomes Chairman, the Board consulted major shareholders in advance of the appointment. Sir Brian Moffat, the senior independent non-executive Director and the Chairman of the Nomination Committee, wrote to all shareholders to explain the Board’s decision and the reasons for the appointment. These are also described on pages 200 and 201 of the Annual Report and Accounts 2005.
 
HSBC Holdings has complied with all applicable code provisions of the Code on Corporate Governance Practices in Appendix 14 to the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited throughout the six months to 30 June 2006.
 
The Board of HSBC Holdings has adopted a code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities by Directors that complies with The Model Code in the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority and with The Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (‘Hong Kong Model Code’) set out in the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, save that The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited has granted certain waivers from strict compliance with the Hong Kong Model Code, primarily to take into account accepted practices in the UK, particularly in respect of employee share plans. Following a specific enquiry, each Director has confirmed he or she has complied with the code of conduct for transactions in HSBC Group securities throughout the period.
 
There have been no material changes to the information disclosed in the Annual Report and Accounts 2005 in respect of the number and remuneration of employees, remuneration policies and share option plans.
 

 

161


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Additional Information (continued)

   
   
   
9 Telephone and online share dealing service

For shareholders on the Principal Register who are resident in the UK, Channel Islands or Isle of Man with a UK, Channel Islands or Isle of Man postal address, and who hold an HSBC Bank personal current account, the sharedealing service HSBC InvestDirect is available for buying and selling HSBC Holdings ordinary shares. Details are available from:
 
HSBC InvestDirect
Exchange Place
Poseidon Way
Leamington Spa
Warwickshire CV34 6BY
UK
 
Telephone: 08456 002 469
Web: www.investdirect.hsbc.co.uk
 
10 Stock symbols

HSBC Holdings plc ordinary shares trade under the following stock symbols:
 
London Stock Exchange HSBA
Hong Kong Stock Exchange 5
New York Stock Exchange (ADS) HBC
Euronext Paris HSB
Bermuda Stock Exchange HSBC
 
11 Copies of the Interim Report 2006

Further copies of the Interim Report 2006 may be obtained from Group Corporate Affairs, HSBC Holdings plc, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom; or from Group Public Affairs, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong; or from Employee Communications, HSBC-North America, 2700 Sanders Road, Prospect Heights, Illinois 60070, USA; or from the HSBC website, www.hsbc.com.
 
Shareholders may at any time choose to receive corporate communications in printed form or electronically. To register online to receive electronic communications, or revoke or amend an instruction to receive electronic communications, go to www.hsbc.com/ecomms. If you received this document electronically and would like to receive a printed copy or would like to receive future shareholder communications in printed form, please write to the appropriate Registrars at the address given below. Printed copies will be provided without charge.
 
A Chinese translation of this and future documents may be obtained on request from the Registrars. Please also contact the Registrars if you have received a Chinese translation of this document and do not wish to receive such translations in the future.
 
Principal Register  Hong Kong Overseas Branch  Bermuda Overseas Branch 
  Register  Register 
     
Computershare Investor Services PLC Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited Corporate Shareholder Services
PO Box 1064 Hopewell Centre, 46th Floor The Bank of Bermuda Limited
The Pavilions 183 Queen’s Road East 6 Front Street
Bridgwater Road Wan Chai Hamilton HM11
Bristol BS99 3FA Hong Kong Bermuda
United Kingdom    
     
     

 

162


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Glossary of Terms

   

 

Terms used  Brief description 
   
The Act Companies Act 1985 (UK)
ADS American Depositary Share
AIEA Average interest-earning assets
ALCO Asset and Liability Committee
ARMs Adjustable rate mortgages
ATM Automatic teller machine
Banca Nazionale Banca Nazionale del Lavoro S.A., the Argentine operations of Banca Nazionale del Lavoro SpA acquired in
     April 2006
Bank of Bermuda The Bank of Bermuda Limited
Bank of Communications Bank of Communications Limited, mainland China’s fifth largest bank,
     owned 19.9 per cent by HSBC
Basel Committee Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
Basel I The 1988 Basel Capital Accord
Basel II Final Accord of the Basel Committee on proposals for a new capital
     adequacy framework
BRIC Brazil, Russia, India and China
CPI Consumer Price Index
CRD EU Capital Requirements Directive
Cyprus Popular Bank The Cyprus Popular Bank Limited
Doha The November 2001 declaration of the Fourth WTO Ministerial
     Conference in Doha
DPF Discretionary participation features
ECB European Central Bank
EU European Union
FSA Financial Services Authority (UK)
FTSE 100 The Financial Times-Stock Exchange 100 Index
GAAP Generally accepted accounting principles
GDP Gross domestic product
GHOS Hong Kong Government Home Ownership Scheme
Global Markets HSBC’s treasury and capital markets services in Corporate, Investment
     Banking and Markets
Group HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
Hang Seng Bank Hang Seng Bank Limited, the largest locally incorporated bank in Hong
     Kong in terms of market capitalisation
Hong Kong Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of
     China
HSBC HSBC Holdings together with its subsidiary undertakings
HSBC Bank HSBC Bank plc, formerly Midland Bank plc
HSBC Finance HSBC Finance Corporation, formerly Household International, Inc
HSBC France HSBC’s French banking subsidiary (formerly CCF S.A.)
HSBC Holdings HSBC Holdings plc
HSBC Premier  HSBC’s premium global banking service
HSBC Seguros HSBC Seguros de Automoveis e Bens Limitada, a Brazilian non-life
     insurer sold in the second half of 2005
IAS International Accounting Standard
IASB International Accounting Standards Board
Industrial Bank Industrial Bank Co. Limited, a national joint-stock bank in mainland
     China of which Hang Seng Bank acquired 15.98 per cent in 2004
IFRIC International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee
IFRSs International Financial Reporting Standards
IMF International Monetary Fund
IPO Initial public offering
IVAs Individual voluntary arrangements
Mainland China The People’s Republic of China excluding Hong Kong
Metris Metris Companies Inc., US credit card issuer acquired in December 2005

 

163


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Glossary of Terms (continued)

   

 

Terms used Brief description
   
MSCI World Morgan Stanley Capital International World Index
Ping An Insurance
Ping An Insurance (Group) Company of China, Limited, the second-largest life insurance company in mainland China, in which HSBC holds a 19.9 per cent stake
PS05/5
FSA policy statement ‘Implications of a changing accounting framework’, issued in April 2005
SEC US Securities and Exchange Commission
SMEs Small and medium-sized enterprises
TSR Total shareholder return
UK United Kingdom
US United States of America
US GAAP US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
VAR Value at risk
WTAS Wealth and Tax Advisory Services
WTO World Trade Organisation

164


Back to Contents

H S B C  H O L D I N G S  P L C

Index

   

Accounting policies 87, 124 Derivatives
Assets        by product contract type 130
       by customer group 29        cash flow hedges 132
       by geographical region 38        fair value hedges 132
       deployment 26        hedges of net investments in foreign
       financial assets designated at fair value 128                  operations 132
       maturity analysis 135        hedging instruments 131
       trading 127        trading instruments 131
Auditor’s review report 149 Directors
Balance sheet (consolidated) 120, 147        biographies 8
Basis of preparation of accounts 38, 123        interests 150
Capital Distribution of results 3
       effect of IFRSs 115 Dividends 124, 160, 161
       future developments 115 Earned insurance premiums (net) 19
       management 116 Earnings per share 125
       measurement and allocation 115 Economic background
       structure 117        Europe 40
       Tier 1, source and application of 117        Hong Kong 50
Cash flow        Rest of Asia-Pacific 58
       consolidated statement 122        North America 67
       notes 143        South America 78
Cautionary statement – Inside Front Cover Economic profit 27
Changes in presentation of 2005 interim Equity 137
       comparatives 145 Europe
Changes in presentation of segmental analysis by        economic background 40
       customer group 85        profit before tax 39
Commercial Banking        profit before tax by customer group 46
       business highlights 33 Fair value and price verification control 108
       performance in Europe 43 Fee income (net) 15
       performance in Hong Kong 51 Financial assets
       performance in Rest of Asia-Pacific 61        designated at fair value 128
       performance in North America 71        net total credit risk 105
       performance in South America 80 Financial highlights 1
Comparison of financial information 3 Financial investments 18, 132
Concentrations of exposure 87 Financial liabilities designated at fair value 135
Constant currency 2 Funds under management 27
Contents – Inside front cover Future accounting developments 87
Contingent liabilities and contractual Gains less losses from financial investments 18
       commitments 144 Geographical regions 3, 38
Copies of the Interim Report 2006 162 Group Chairman’s Comment 4
Corporate governance 161 Group Managing Directors 10
Corporate, Investment Banking and Markets Hong Kong
       business highlights 34        economic background 50
       performance in Europe 44        profit before tax 49
       performance in Hong Kong 52        profit before tax by customer group 54
       performance in Rest of Asia-Pacific 61 IFRS effect on capital adequacy 115
       performance in North America 72 Impairment allowances 97
       performance in South America 80 Income from financial instruments designated at
Credit risk management 87        fair value (net) 17
Customer groups 3, 29 Income statement (consolidated) 119
Daily distribution of trading revenues 108 Insurance claims incurred and movement in
Dealings in HSBC Holdings shares 160        policyholders’ liabilities (net) 21
Defined terms – Inside front cover Insurance operations, risk management of 113

 

165


Back to Contents

H S B C   H O L D I N G S   P L C

Index (continued)

   

 

Insurance risk 114 Profit before tax 12
Interest income (net) 13        adjustments at 30 June 2005 86, 145
       projected interest income sensitivity 111        by country 39, 49, 57, 66, 77
Interim Report 2006 145        by customer group 29
Liabilities        by geographical region 38, 40, 49, 58,
       financial liabilities designated at fair value 135                  67, 78, 144
       maturity analysis 135        consolidated 119
Liquidity and funding management 106        summary 12
Litigation 144 Ratios
Loans and advances        capital 2, 117
       by credit quality 95        cost efficiency 25
       by geographic region 90, 94        credit coverage 2
       by industry sector 88, 90        efficiency and revenue mix 2
       group advances to personal customers 100        financial 2
       impaired 95, 103        net liquid assets to customer liabilities 106
       past due but not impaired 95        performance 2
       within Rest of Asia-Pacific and Regulation and supervision
                  South America 93        future developments 115
Loan impairment charges and other credit risk Reputational risk management 113
       provisions 22 Rest of Asia-Pacific
Market risk management 106        economic background 58
Non-trading portfolios 110        profit before tax 57
Non-traditional lending 102        profit before tax by customer group 63
North America Restructuring of loans 102
       economic background 67 Risk elements, analysis of 104
       profit before tax 66 Risk elements in the loan portfolio 102
       profit before tax by customer group 74 Risk management
Notifiable interests in share capital 160        credit 87
Operating expenses 23        insurance 113
Operating income        liquidity and funding 106
       net 144        market 106
       other 20        operational 113
Operational risk management 113        reputational 113
‘Other’ customer group Risk-weighted assets by principal
       Europe 45        subsidiary 118
       Hong Kong 53 Segment analysis 144
       North America 73 Sensitivity
       notes 37        projected net interest income 111
       Rest of Asia-Pacific 62        reported revenues to interest rate
       South America 81                  movements 112
Personal Financial Services Share capital
       business highlights 32        notifiable interests 160
       performance in Europe 41 Share dealing service 162
       performance in Hong Kong 50 Share of profits in associates and joint ventures 25
       performance in Rest of Asia-Pacific 59 Share option plans
       performance in North America 68        all-employee share plans 153
       performance in South America 79        Bank of Bermuda plans 159
Post-employment benefits 125        discretionary share incentive plans 155
Potential problem loans 103        HSBC Finance and subsidiary company
Private Banking                  plans 157
       business highlights 36        HSBC France and subsidiaries company
       performance in Europe 44                  plans 156
       performance in Hong Kong 52 South America
       performance in Rest of Asia-Pacific 62        economic background 78
       performance in North America 73        profit before tax 77
       performance in South America 81        profit before tax by customer group 82

 

166


Back to Contents

Staff numbers 24
Statement of recognised income and expense (consolidated) 121
Stock symbols 162
Structural foreign exchange exposures 113
Tax expense 126
Telephone and on-line share dealing service 162
Total shareholder return 1
Trading
     assets and financial investments 26, 127
     market risk 108
Trading income (net) 16
Troubled debt restructurings 103
Value at risk 106

 

167


Back to Contents

 

This document comprises the Interim Report 2006 to shareholders and information contained herein is being filed on Form 6-K with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’), for HSBC Holdings plc and its subsidiary and associated undertakings.

HSBC HOLDINGS PLC
Incorporated in England with limited liability. Registered in England: number 617987

REGISTERED OFFICE AND GROUP HEAD OFFICE
8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ, United Kingdom
Web: www.hsbc.com

© Copyright HSBC Holdings plc 2006
All rights reserved
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of HSBC Holdings plc.

Published by Group Finance, HSBC Holdings plc, London

Designed by Group Public Affairs, The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Hong Kong

Printed by D&F Print Services, Inc., Glendale Heights, Illinois, USA, on Utopia One X Silk paper using vegetable oil-based inks. Made in the United States, the paper comprises 90% virgin fibre and 10% post-consumer waste. Pulps used are elemental chlorine-free.

The FSC logo identifies products which contain wood from well-managed forests certified in accordance with the rules of the Forest Stewardship Council.

Mixed Sources
SGS-COC-2186
© 1996 Forest Stewardship Council A.C. 

168


Back to Contents

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  HSBC Holdings plc
   
By:    /s/ P A STAFFORD
 
Name:    P A Stafford
Title:    Assistant Group Secretary
Date: 4 August 2006